Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
R-2012-012 Naches River Water Treatment Plant Filter Backwash Lagoon Improvements Contract with POW Contracting, Inc.(Vol 1)
RESOLUTION NO. R- 2012 -12 A RESOLUTION authorizing the City Manager to execute the attached and incorporated engineering and consulting services agreement with Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc for engineering and consulting services associated with the design and production of contract documents for the Water Treatment Plant Backwash Storage Project. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima Water /Irrigation Division requires engineering, consulting services and construction associated with the Water Treatment Plant Backwash Storage Project; and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima Water /Irrigation Division representatives have complied with the provisions of RCW 39.80 which concerns the procurement of engineering and architectural services by a city; and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima Water /Irrigation Division representatives will continue to comply with the provisions of RCW 39 80 which concerns the procurement of engineering and architectural services by a city for future engineering and architectural services; and WEREAS, Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. has the necessary expertise and experience to perform and provide the required engineering and construction management services and is willing to do so in accordance with the attached agreement; and WHEREAS, the City Council deems it to be in the best interest of the City to enter into an agreement with Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., for engineering and consulting services associated with the design and construction of the Water Treatment Plant Backwash Storage Project; and WHEREAS, the City Council deems it to be in the best interest of the City to authorize the City Manager to execute all other documents related to the design, contract administration and construction associated with the Water Treatment Plant Backwash Storage Project; Now, Therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute the attached and incorporated engineering and consulting services agreement with Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc for engineering and consulting services associated with the design of the Water Treatment Plant Backwash Storage Project. ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this 17 day of Janua 2012. /Z4 Mayor l ATTEST: yPKIMq `�� ' eborah Kloster, City -rk : *, * SEAL c I � '‘y gSHINcl I I CITY OF YAKIMA r NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS I City of Yakima Project No. 2259 HLA Project No. 11108 I DWSRF Project No. DM11- 952 -038 I ------ _ Vi i o 0 / . • i ii • P— S 4 rm. A ) • A I Volume 1 I Contract Documents: Section 1 -5 I Technical Specifications: Divisions 1 -10 Construction Contract Specifications & Bid Documents JUNE 2013 I Water & Irrigation Division •♦• III IE 2301 Fruitvale Boulevard rd Yakima, WA 98902 Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. Phone (509) 575 - 6020 Civil Engineering • Land Surveying + Planning I Fax (509) 575 -6238 1 "ORIGINAL - CITY OF YAKIMA" 1 ' ADDENDUM NO. 2 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON ' NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS City of Yakima Project No 2259 HLA Project No 11108 1 BID OPENING: July 17, 2013 2:00 p.m. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and ' Specifications for this project: SECTION 3 — BID PACKAGE ' Delete items (n) and (o) from the Bidder's Checklist, and pages 3 -39 through 3 -42 of the bid package EPA Form 6100 -3 and 6100 -4 are not required to be completed or submitted with the bid ' SECTION 6 — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES SECTION 02667 — SITE WATER PIPING ' 1 Revise paragraph 2 01 A. to read as follows A. Ductile Iron Pipe Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 -30 1(1) ' of the Standard Specifications, except that required thickness class shall be as specified in Section 15060 of the Technical Specifications Pipe joints shall be rubber gasket push - on type, "Tyton Joint," or approved equal Fittings shall be mechanical joint in accordance ' with Section 9 -30 2(1) of the Standard Specifications Pipe joint and fitting restraints, where required, shall be as specified in Section 15060 SECTION 15101 — VALVES, GATES AND CONTROLS 1 Delete the last sentence of paragraph of 2 19 F and paragraph 2.19 G Tapered - wedge sluice gates will not be required on this project. SECTION 16230 — GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 1 Add the following sentence to Paragraph 2 5 A. 1 • If the manufacturer cannot provide spring isolators it is acceptable to provide dual rubber isolators and sufficient information to verify that the concrete slab is adequately sized to support the vibration proposed 2. Revise Paragraph 2.5 A. 2 as follows Replace 99 percent with 94 percent. 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No 2 docx 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 I CONTRACT PLAN CHANGES SHEET GC -2, 48 OF 100 1 Gate Schedule Detail 3 4 Revise the description of Gate Nos 1, 2 and 3 to read t Stainless steel slide gate, non -self- contained wall mounted frame, EPDM seals, neoprene seat, pedestal mounted bevel geared crank operator with clear stem cover level indicator ' This ADDENDUM is to i be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. Ir� r.% 7 / 1 S/I 3 ' Justin L. riellamy, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone (509) 966 -7000 I 1 i 1 1 1 1 r I r G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\ 11108 Addendum No. 2.docx 2 ADDENDUM NO. 2 I ADDENDUM NO. 1 ' To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON ' NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS City of Yakima Project No 2259 HLA Project No 11108 BID OPENING: July 17, 2013 2:00 p.m. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: SECTION 5 — LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS Replace the federal wage General Decision Number WA130045, dated 06/07/2013 with the attached federal wage General Decision Number WA130045, dated 07/05/2013 SECTION 6 — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES SECTION 01300 — SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE ' 1 Add the attached page 01300 -6 and page 01300 -7 to this section SECTION 02607 — MANHOLES AND COVERS 1 Add the following to paragraph 3 04 C In Gravel /Unsurfaced Secure frame and risers with a 6 -inch concrete collar in ' , accordance with the following 1. Adjust frame to required grade to provide flush finished surface and accessible 1 manhole cover. 2 Place Class 3000 commercial cement concrete around frame and risers, 6" wide The collar shall be deep enough to reach within 1 -1/2 inches of finished grade and the top ' of the cone or top slab 3 In non - vehicular /non- pedestrian areas. Place surfacing material to maintain 1/2 -inch reveal at frame /cover 4 In vehicular /pedestrian areas Place surfacing material flush with cover SECTION 03300 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1. Revise the second sentence of paragraph 2 12 A. 1 a. to read. Class 5000LS concrete shall have a maximum water /cement ratio of 0 40, a minimum water /cement ratio of 0 35, contain a minimum of 588 pounds of cement per cubic yard, and contain 1% to 3% entrained air with no air admixtures. 2. Revise. the first sentence of paragraph 2.12 A. 1 d to read G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Class 4000G concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi, a maximum water /cement ratio of 0 38, and a maximum aggregate size of 3/8 -inch. ' 3 Add the following to paragraph 2 12 A. 2.. Class 4000G concrete shall have a slump of 2 inches to allow it to be placed as shown on the Plans. SECTION 04200 — MASONRY UNITS ' 1 Revise the last sentence of paragraph 2 02 B to read The completed wall system shall have a continuous insulation R -value of a least 5 7, or as required by the latest edition of the Washington State Energy Code (WAC Chapter 51 -11C) SECTION 09900 — PAINTING ' 1 Delete paragraph 1.01 D in its entirety ti SECTION 11215 — VERTICAL PUMPS AND MOTORS I 1 Revise the first sentence of paragraph 2 02 G to read' Motor frames for vertical turbine /mixed flow pumps shall conform to the latest NEMA standard MG1 for Type P frames SECTION 15050 — BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ' 1 Add the following paragraphs to Part 2 — Products of this section 2.12 ROOF DRAINS A. Combination roof drain and overflow drain shall be Zurn Model Z164, or approved equal, with 12 -inch diameter drains, dura- coated cast iron bodies, combination membrane flashing clamp /gravel guard, double top -set deck plate, and low silhouette cast iron domes Provide static drain body extension in length as required for the roofing system material and insulation thickness as specified and shown on the plans Provide vertical expansion joint at each drain and overflow drain connection, Zurn Model Z190, or approved equal. B Roof drain downspout nozzle shall be Zurn Model Z199, or approved equal, with nickel bronze body. C Roof drain leader pipe and fittings shall be solvent weld DWV PVC, conforming to ASTM D2665 and ASTM D3311. Provide galvanized` pipe hangers to support horizontal piping Secure vertical leaders to wall with galvanized offset clamps, Tripac Fig TP -7 or equal. Sleeve drain piping through wall. Seal annular space with backer rod and sealant on both sides of wall. 2.13 PREFABRICATED TRENCH DRAINS A. Prefabricated trench drains shall have a minimum nominal clear opening width of 8 1 inches, minimum nominal invert of 8 inches, a minimum built -in slope of 0 5 %, and a 6 -inch bottom outlet. Length and drain outlet location shall be as shown on the plans. Trench drains shall be constructed of either HDPE or polymer concrete and have ductile iron slotted grating and heavy duty, 1/4 -inch minimum thickness coated steel or ductile iron frame, Zurn Model Z882, ACO Model S200K, or approved equal. Provide all required accessories and appurtenances for a complete installation Connect drain pipe and fittings as called out on the plans Install trench drain system in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1 docx 2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 SECTION 16422 — MOTOR CONTROLLERS 1 Add the following sentence to Paragraph 2 3 A. 1 ' Note that the new 20 HP filter -to -waste pumps and 10 HP recycle pumps located in the pump building have 900 and 1,200 rpm motors respectively SECTION 16910 — PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS 1 Add the following sentence to Paragraph 2 5 A.. Software shall be RS Logix 500 standard addition at a minimum 2. Delete paragraph 2.5 B. in its entirety CONTRACT PLAN CHANGES SHEET C -7, 13 OF 100 t 1 Revise the last sentence of note N28 to read Connect new 42" CCP plant drain similar to detail 1.5/GC -2. SHEET GC -3, 49 OF 100 1 Delete the pipe bedding material callout in its entirety, including references to sanitary sewer & storm drain and domestic watermain installations, and replace it with the following Bedding material for all pipes shall meet the requirements of crushed surfacing top course per ' Section 9 -03 9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer SHEET E -4, 59 OF 100 1 Modified Electrical Site Plan ' a Revise the callout on the Pacific Power pole southeast of the Fluoridation Building to delete the word "New " The pole is existing b Add a callout of "See Detail 3/E -5" to the Basin Drain Pump and associated float switch. SHEET E -5, 60 OF 100 1. Sheet Notes a. Add Note 1 as follows. "INSTALL FLOATS AT ELEVATION GIVEN IN FIELD BY ENGINEER: TEST PUMP STATION OPERATION AND ADJUST FLOAT SETTINGS (ELEVATION) ON CABLE AS REQUIRED BY ENGINEER. RECORD FINAL FLOAT SETTINGS ON RECORD DRAWINGS USE LOW WATER ELEVATION 1319 00 FOR INITIAL FLOAT ELEVATIONS." b Add Note 2 as follows. "PROVIDE A BUSHING AT THE END OF THE CONDUIT " 2. Replace Detail 2/E -5 with revised Detail 2/E -5 attached to this addendum 3. Add Detail 3/E -5 attached to this addendum 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 3 ADDENDUM NO. 1 . SHEET E -8, 63 OF 100 1 Existing /Demolition One Line Diagram Motor Control Center "MCC -1 " a Revise the name of the transformer to be Transformer T -LP in lieu of T -LF 1 b. Add Note 5 as follows. "DEMOLISH EXISTING CONDUCTORS FROM EQUIPMENT BACK TO MOTOR CONTROL CENTER. PRESERVE EXISTING CONDUIT, DISCONNECT AND EQUIPMENT FOR DEMOLITION BY OWNER " I c. Add a callout of "Note 5" to the circuits for the flash mixer, lime feeder and carbon feeder SHEET E -10, 65 OF 100 1 1 Existing /Demolition One Line Diagram Motor Control Center "MCC -1 " a. Delete the callout of "(Note 1)" on the feeder circuit to the 75kVA transformer Identify the transformer as "Transformer T -LF " SHEET E -12, 67 OF 100 ' 1 Sheet Notes: a. Revise Note 8 to Read "PROVIDE NEUTRAL BLOCK IN EXISTING. " in lieu of "PROVIDE NEUTRAL IN EXISTING " b Add Note 9 as follows "SPLICE CONDUCTORS FOR MOTOR TEMPERATURE /SEAL ' LEAK CIRCUITS TO PUMP MANUFACTURER'S CABLE IN DISCONNECT." c. Add Note 10 as follows: "INSTALL CONDUIT FROM THE DISCONNECT TO THE INTERIOR OF THE WET WELL WALL. PROVIDE A BUSHING AT THE END OF THE CONDUIT THE BUSHING SHALL BE A CORD GRIP BUSHING UNLESS CABLE SUPPORT SHOWN IS BEING PROVIDED BY OTHER MEANS." 2. Modified One Line Diagram. a. Revise the one line diagram for the basin drain pump as shown on attached Partial Sheet E- 12. b. Add a grounding electrode connection to Panel HPB with a callout of "Note 1 " c. Revise the feeder circuit to Panel LB to be "3 #2/0 +1 #2/0N +1 #6G (NEW), Existing Conduit" in lieu of "3#4/0 +1 #4 /0N +1 #6G (NEW), Existing Conduit." d Revise the feeder circuit to transformer T -LP to be shown as new conduit and conductors, in lieu of new conductors in new and existing conduit. e Revise the feeder circuit to transformer T -LF to be 3 #1 +1 #6G, 2 "C, in lieu of 3 #1/0 +1 #6G 1 (NEW), 2" C (EXISTING & NEW). f. Revise the feeder circuit to Panel PB to be "2 sets, each with 3 #1/0 +1#4G (NEW), 2' /z "C (EXISTING)" in lieu of "2 sets each with 3 #3/0 +1 #2/0G (NEW), 2' /z "C (EXISTING) " SHEET E -13, 68 OF 100 1 MCC Schedule a. Revise the EWD reference for unit 2E to be 2/E -15 in lieu of 3/E -15 ' b Revise the EWD reference for unit 3E to be 3/E -15 in lieu of 4/E -15 G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 4 ADDENDUM NO. 1 I SHEET E -14, 69 OF 100 1. New One Line Diagram 1 a. Delete the grounding electrode conductor connection to the motor control center Delete Note 1 in its entirety ' b Delete the second sentence of Note 2. The voltage and KAIC ratings shall match what is shown for the motor control center (480 volt, 3 phase and 22 KAIC) SHEET E -15, 70 OF 100 1 Service Water Pump Elementary Wiring Diagram 1/E -15 — Revise the Elementary Wiring Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -7 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel 2. Backwash Pump No 1 Elementary Wiring Diagram 2/E -15 - Revise the Elementary Wiring Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -1 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel 3 Backwash Pump No 2 Elementary Wiring Diagram 3/E -15 - Revise the Elementary Wiring Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -2 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel. SHEET E -16, 71 OF 100 1: Surface Wash Pump Elementary Wiring Diagram 1/E -16 - Revise the Elementary Wiring Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -8 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the ' existing control panel. 2. Air Compressor No 1 Elementary Wiring Diagram 2/E -16 - Revise the Elementary Wiring 1 Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -3 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel. 3 Air Compressor No 2 Elementary Wiring Diagram 3/E -16 - Revise the Elementary Wiring I Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -4 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel. 4 Ice Protection Blower Elementary Wiring Diagram 4/E -16 - Revise the Elementary Wiring Diagram to show a relay contact from Relay IPR 5 -16 in lieu of the HOA switch and PLC contact in the existing control panel. SHEET E -17, 72 OF 100 1 Sheet Notes: a. Add Note 1 as follows "BASIS OF DESIGN IS WARRICK SERIES 17, COORDINATE ACTUAL RESISTANCE MONITORING RELAY TO BE PROVIDED WITH SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE ALL NEEDED MODIFICATIONS .' FOR UNITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT SHALL BE CLOSED IF RELAY IS POWERED AND MOISTURE (LOW RESISTANCE) IS DETECTED CONTACT SHALL BE IN OPENED CONDITION OTHERWISE." b. Add Note 2 as follows. "PROVIDE ENCLOSURE THERMOSTAT, THERMOSTAT SHALL CLOSE WHEN TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW USER ADJUSTABLE SET POINT " I G:\ PROJECTS\ 2011 111108\ 11108 Addendum No. 1.docx 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 • I 2 Basin Drain Pump Elementary Wiring Diagram I a. Replace Elementary Wiring Diagram 5/E -17 for the basin drain pump in its entirety with the new Elementary Wiring Diagram 5/E -17 attached to this addendum SHEET E -25, 80 OF 100 1. Modified Control Panel Wiring Diagram • 1 a. Revise the callout at line CP -33 to be "Call Polymer System" in lieu of "Polymer System." b. Revise the callout at line CP -76 to be "Polymer System Running" in lieu of "Polymer System " ' SHEET E -26, 81 OF 100 1. Modified Control Panel Wiring Diagram a. Add a discrete input at line CP -141 with a description of "Polymer Low Polymer Flow " Show the discrete input connected to the Polymer System similar to what is shown on Lines CP- 139 and CP -140. SHEET E -29, 84 OF 100 1 1 Control Panel "PBCP" Elementary Wiring Diagram a. Revise the flowmeter pulse output at line PBCP -16 to be shown connected with a shielded 1 cable b Add a discrete input at line PBCP -26 with a description of "BASIN DRAIN PUMP OVERTEMPERATURE." Add a discrete input at line PBCP -27 with a description of "BASIN DRAIN PUMP LEAK." Show both discrete inputs connected to a fuse similar to what is shown on Line PBCP -23 SHEET E -31, 86 OF 100 1 Sheet Notes. 1 a. Add "Note 9" as follows "DEMOLISH EXISTING CONDUCTORS FROM TRANSFER SWITCH TO CONTROL PANEL. PRESERVE EXISTING CONDUIT AND EXTEND TO REVISED LOCATION OF TRANSFER SWITCH." 2. Existing /Demolition First Floor Electrical Plan. a. Add a block heater circuit for the generator connected to Panel "LA," circuit 5 Show the ' circuit being demolished (crosshatched) b. Add a circuit from the transfer switch to the control panel located in the control room on the first floor. Show the circuit as being demolished (crosshatched) with a callout of "Note 9 " SHEET E -33, 88 OF 100 1 1 Existing /Demolition Filter Gallery Electrical Plan. a. Add two existing valve actuators (See Sheets F -1 and F -2 for location) with callouts reading 1 "Disconnect and reconnect valve actuator power and controls as required for re- orientation of the actuators See Sheets F -1 and F -2 " G:\PROJECTS\2011 111108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 6 • ADDENDUM NO. 1 I SHEET E -37, 92 OF 100 1 Sheet Notes ' a. Revise Note 1 to reference Sheets E -12 and E -14 in lieu of E -12. 2. Modified First Floor Electrical Plan a. Note that new circuit's new conduits that route to the existing control panel (located on the second floor) are to utilize existing blockouts and /or sleeves in the first floor ceiling to enter ' the control panel b Revise the callout for the circuit with a continuation of "See Sheet E -39 for Continuation" and a callout of "Note 1" to have a revised callout of "Panel "HPB" Feeder (Note 1) c. Add the following sentence after the first sentence in Note 5 "CUT PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR SLAB " ' d Add a circuit from the relocated transfer switch to the control panel located in the control room on the first floor Add a callout of "2 #14, Existing and New Conduit." SHEET E -38, 93 OF 100 1 Sheet Notes. a. Revise Note 1 to reference Sheets E -12 and E -14 in lieu of E -12. 2. Modified Second Floor Electrical Plan a. Add a feeder circuit from disconnect "D -LF" to the point where the existing conduit penetrates the floor (at the location of the removed transformer "T -LF" as shown on Sheet E -32) b. Add a feeder circuit from disconnect "D -LP" to the point where the existing conduit penetrates the floor (at the location of the removed transformer "T -LP" as shown on Sheet E -32) 1 SHEET E -39, 94 OF 100 1 Sheet Notes a. Add the following sentence after the first sentence in Note 6 "CUT PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR SLAB " 1 2. Modified Grounding Plan a. Add a grounding electrode conductor with a callout of "Note 4" and a continuation of "To Building Water Piping " Add a callout of "Note 6" where the grounding electrode conductor penetrates into the building SHEET E-40, 95 OF 100 1 1 Modified Building Section B a. Revise the leftmost section of the MCC to match the MCC -1 elevation shown on Sheet 68 of 100 b. Revise the two disconnects for the two transformers to be "D -LP" and "D -LF" in lieu of "T -LP" and "T -LF " G1PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No. 1 docx 7 ADDENDUM NO. 1 I SHEET E-42, 97 OF 100 ' 1 General Sheet Notes a. Add Note 4 as follows. "GRID SPLIT FACE BLOCK FLAT TO INSTALL LIGHTING ' FIXTURES " 2 Lighting Plan Pump Building ' a. Add a callout of "Note 4" to the eight exterior lighting fixtures. b Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shown on Sheet 27 of 100 1 3 Grounding Plan Pump Building a Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shown on Sheet 27 of 100 SHEET E -43, 98 OF 100 ' 1 General Sheet Notes a. Add Note 5 as follows. "GRIND SPLIT FACE BLOCK FLAT TO INSTALL RECEPTACLES IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE." 2. Power Plan Pump Building 1 a. Add a callout of "Note 5" to the three exterior GFCI receptacles b Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shown on Sheet 27 of 100. 1 3 HVAC Power Plan Pump Building: a. Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shown on Sheet 27 of 100 1 b. Revise the electrical circuit for AC -1 to show a 240 volt plug in connection in lieu of a hard wire connection Add a note callout to the plug that reads "Provide manufacturer's recommended size plug or provide hardwired connection to match equipment supplied on site " c Add a motor rated switch between the two exhaust fans and their associated junction boxes 111 Delete the two callouts of "Note 4" associated with the exhaust fans SHEET E -44, 99 OF 100 1 1 General Sheet Notes a. Add Note 5 as follows: "SEE 2.3 ON SHEET GP -1 FOR LEVEL SENSOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS " b. Delete the last sentence of Note 3. 1 2 Process Power Plan Pump Building a. Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shownzon Sheet 27 of 100 ' b. Add a #12G to the flowmeter circuit routing to LPB -5. G:IPROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 8 ADDENDUM NO. 1 I 1 3 Process Control and Instrumentation Plan Pump Building - a. Revise the orientation of the north arrow to match what is shown on Sheet 27 of 100 b. Add a callout of "Note 5" to the two ultrasonic level sensors. c. Revise the conductor callout from the flowmeter to the control panel to be "2- 2 /C #18STP, 1 "C" in lieu of "1- 2/C #18STP +2 #14, 1 "C " d Revise the callout for the three float switches to their associated junction boxes to be "Float Cable" in lieu of "2 #14, 3 4 "C SHEET E -45, 100 OF 100 1 East Wall Elevation a. Add a second conduit from each VFD to the associated pump 1 2. Typical Motor Connection Pump Room Pump Building I a. Show a second conduit connected to the pump motor connection box. b Add a #12G to the flowmeter circuit routing to LPB -5. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in "the body of the Plans and Specifications All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. 1 ` �-�-- Justin L: Be lamy, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone. (509) 966 -7000 1 I 1 I G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No 1 .docx 9 ADDENDUM NO. 1 ' PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE ' A. Submittals shall be accompanied by transmittal form /letter Equipment or identification numbers shall be listed on the form for items being submitted Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole B A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XX ", where "XX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XX -Y ", where "XX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i e , A, B, or C being the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively Submittal 02 -B, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal number 2. C Submittal Completeness Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted are not acceptable and will be returned without review ' D Submittal Priority Contractor shall indicate priority for receipt of reviewed submittals when multiple submittals have been sent to the Engineer for review Engineer will attempt to review and reply to the highest priority submittals in the timeliest manner when Contractor indicates that there is a priority; otherwise submittals will be reviewed in the order received, in accordance with the time indicated in paragraph 3 02 E. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings and samples shall be submitted only by the Prime Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other means, that he has checked the shop drawings. The Contractor Stamp of approval on the shop drawings shall constitute a representation to the Owner 1 and Engineer that the Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, or similar data and assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each shop drawing or sample with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 02 REVIEW PROCEDURE A. For each required submittal, the Contractor shall submit the specified information as follows 1. One reproducible original of all the submitted information. 2 Five (5) additional copies of all the submitted information B. Unless otherwise specified, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the submittal, the Engineer will review the submittal and return the marked -up reproducible original noted in paragraph 1 above. The returned submittal will indicate one of the following actions. 1 If the review indicates that the material, equipment, test or work method is in general conformance with the design concept and complies with the Contract Documents, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event the Contractor may begin to incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. 2 If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or that limited corrections are required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED " The Contractor may begin incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections Where submittal information G. \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No 1 docx 01300 -6 ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 will be incorporated in Operation and Maintenance data, a corrected copy shall be provided, otherwise no further action is required 3 If the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT." If the comments are of a nature that can be confirmed without a resubmittal, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" with "CONFIRM" or "VERIFY" written where appropriate on the submittal. If the comments require a revision and resubmittal, copies will be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT Except at its own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until the attached comments have been either confirmed by a separate written communication or the submittal has been revised, resubmitted and returned to the Contractor marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED " 4 If the review indicates that the material, equipment, test or work method is not in general conformance with the design concept or in compliance with the Contract Documents, copies of the submittal will be marked "REJECTED" and "REVISE AND RESUBMIT," or "REJECTED" and "SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM." Submittals with deviations that have not been identified clearly may be rejected Except at its own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 3 03 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Review of drawings, tests, methods of work, or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Owner or by any officer or employee of the Owner, and the Contractor shall have no claim under the Contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work and test, material, or equipment so reviewed A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the Owner has no objection to the Contractor, upon the Contractor's own responsibility, providing the materials or equipment proposed B The Engineer's review shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The review shall not extend to the means, methods, sequences, techniques, or procedures of construction, or to safety precautions or programs incidental thereto. The review by the Engineer of a separate item as such will not indicate review of the assembly in which the item functions END OF SECTION 01300 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\ 2011 \11108 \11108 Addendum No.1.docx 01300 -7 ADDENDUM NO. 1 I General Decision Number: WA130045 07/05/2013 WA45 II Superseded General Decision Number: WA20120045 State: Washington I Construction Type: Building County: Yakima County in Washington. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family II homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Modification Number Publication Date II 0 01/04/2013 1 01/11/2013 2 01/18/2013 3 02/01/2013 4 02/08/2013 II 5 02/22/2013 6 04/05/2013 7 04/12/2013 8 06/07/2013 . 9 07/05/2013 I ASBE0007 -002 06/01/2012 Rates Fringes I ASBESTOS WORKER /HEAT & FROST INSULATOR $ 41.36 15.45 BRWA0001 -002 06/01/2012 I Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER $ 27.32 13.25 I CARP0770 -017 07/07/2012 Rates Fringes I . CARPENTER (Excluding Acoustical Ceiling Installation) $ 25.83 12.60 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL I CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: I Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen - Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend I Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26 -35 radius miles $1.00 /hour 36 -45 radius miles $1.15 /hour 46 -55 radius miles $1.35 /hour I Over 55 radius miles $1.55 /hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) I Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: I 0 -25 radius miles Free 26 -45 radius miles $ .70 /hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50 /hour I ttp: / /www wdol. gov/ wdoUscafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4.51 40 PM] ELEC0112 -014 06/01/2012 II Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN $ 36.55 16.28 ENGI0302 -017 06/01/2012 West of the 120th Meridian 1 Rates Fringes Power equipment operators: II Group lA $ 36.54 15.90 Group IAA $ 37.11 15.90 Group lAAA $ 37.67 15.90 Group 1 $ 35.99 15.90 I Group 2 $ 35.50 15.90 Group 3 $ 35.08 15.90 Group 4 $ 32.72 15.90 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS II GROUP lAAA - Cranes -over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP IAA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom ' (including jib with attachments); Trackhoe: Over 90 metric tons GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom II (including jib with attachments); Loaders - overhead, 8 yards and over; Trackhoe: over 50 metric tons to 90 metric tons GROUP 1 - Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Trackhoe: over 30 metric II tons to 50 metric tons; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Dozer D -10; Screedman; Scrapers: 45 yards and over; Grader /Blade GROUP 2 - Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; II Drilling machine; Trackhoe: 15 to 30 metric tons; Horizontal /directional drill operator; Loaders - overhead under 6 yards; Crane Oiler -100 Tons and Over; Compactor; Scraper: under 45 tons II GROUP 3 - Cranes -thru 19 tons with attachments; Dozers -D -9 and under; Motor patrol grader - nonfinishing; Roller -Plant Mix; Crane Oiler under 100 tons; Trackhoe: under 15 metric tons; Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with attachments II GROUP 4 - Roller -other than plant mix; Forklift: under 3000 lbs with attachments ENGI0370 -018 06/01/2012 , Rates Fringes Power equipment operators: II GROUP 1 $ 25.21 12.60 GROUP 2 $ 25.53 12.60 GROUP 3 $ 26.14 12.60 GROUP 4 $ 26.30 12.60 GROUP 5 $ 26.46 12.60 I GROUP 6 $ 26.74 12.60 GROUP 7 $ 27.01 12.60 GROUP 8 $ 28.11 12.60 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 II Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, 1 Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Compactor; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including , seal and chip coatings II http:// www. wdol. gov/ wdoUscafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4:51 PM] II GROUP 2: Fork Lift II GROUP 3: Bulldozer (up to D -6 or equivalent) GROUP 4: Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Oiler; Loaders (overhead & front -end, under 4 yds. R /T); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) II GROUP 5: Trackhoe (hoe Ram) (under 3/4 yd.); Cranes (25 tons & under), Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar) II GROUP 6: Asphalt Roller; Trackhoe (Hoe Ram) (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Compactor (self-propelled with blade); Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), Bulldozer, 834 R/T & similar; Loader Operator (front -end & overhead, 4 yds. II incl. 8 yds.); Scrapers, all, rubber -tired GROUP 7: Trackhoe (Hoe Ram) (3 yds & over); Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons); Loaders (overhead & front -end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber -tired Scrapers II (multiple engine with three or more scrapers) GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower); Loaders (overhead and front -end, II 10 yards and over) BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale II NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. II HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. I IRON0086 -009 01/01/2012 Rates Fringes I IRONWORKER (Reinforcing, Structural, and Ornamental) $ 31.35 20.10 LABO0001 -014 06/01/2013 I Rates Fringes GROUP 2 $ 21.47 9.85 - GROUP 3 $ 23.51 9.85 GROUP 4 $ 24.08 9.85 GROUP 5 $ 24.49 9.85 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA II ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall II ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS li GROUP 2: Flagman GROUP 3: Mason Tender - Cement /Concrete; Chipping Gun (under II 30 lbs.); Form Stripping GROUP 4: Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Concrete Saw Operator; Grade Checker; Gunite; Vibrating Plate 1 GROUP 5: Mason Tender -Brick PAIN0005 -026 06/01/2008 li ttp: / /www wdol. gov/ wdol/ scafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4.51:40 PM] Rates sFringes II Painters: (Parking Lot and highway Striping) $ 26.50 11.40 II * PAIN0005 -027 04/15/2013 Rates Fringes II Painters: BRUSH, ROLLER AND SPRAY $ 15.58 10.23 PAIN0054 -004 06/01/2008 II Rates Fringes DRYWALL FINISHER /TAPER $ 22.78 8.88 II PAIN0054 -012 10/01/2005 Rates Fringes FLOOR LAYER: Carpet and Vinyl $ 15.50 4.22 II PLAS0072 -009 06/01/2012 Rates Fringes I PLASTERER $ 25.44 11.64 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 II BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston, Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 -45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office I PLUM0598 -017 06/01/2012 Rates Fringes I PLUMBER (including HVAC Pipe Installation) $ 46.85 24.89 ROOF0189 -014 07/01/2012 I Rates Fringes ROOFER (Includes Roof Tear II Off, Waterproofing, and Installation of Metal Roofs) $ 24.16 10.27 SFWA0699 -005 01/01/2013 II Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 28.93 19.65 II SHEE0066 -021 08/01/2011 Rates Fringes Sheet metal worker $ 27.51 16.90 I SUWA2009 -033 05/22/2009 Rates Fringes II LABORER: Common or General $ 14.50 0.00 LABORER: Handheld Drill $ 17.17 5.36 LABORER: Irrigation $ 11.58 0.00 II LABORER: Landscape $ 11.08 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer $ 17.25 4.40 II OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 19.59 0.00 http: / /www wdol. gov/ wdoUscafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4:51 PM] II II OPERATOR: Bobcat /Skid Steer /Skid Loader 1 $ 22.05 7.35 OPERATOR: Concrete Pumper $ 22.30 5.27 OPERATOR: Excavator $ 25.02 5.43 OPERATOR: Mechanic II $ 24.33 4.33 OPERATOR: Oiler $ 23.76 8.71 OPERATOR: Roller. $ 19.08 0.00 OPERATOR: Screed $ 19.08 0.00 I PIPEFITTER $ 23.88 6.62 TILE SETTER $ 25.51 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck $ 11.87 0.00 I TRUCK DRIVER: Semi - Trailer Truck $ 20.59 5.56 I WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. II Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses II (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). I The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage II determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non - union. I Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that I classification. Example: PLUM0198 -005 07/01/2011. The first four letters PLUM, indicate the international union and the four -digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., I Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate /collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. II Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rates. II 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January. ' Non -Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived 1 from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non -union data. Example: SULA2004 -007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates, I ttp: / /www wdol. gov/ wdollscafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4:51 40 PM] LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 1 http:// www. wdol. gov/ wdol /scafiles /davisbacon/WA45.dvb ?v= 9[7/8/2013 4.51 40 PM] I . . I TOP VIEW I 4'X3' CONCRETE PAD I I — SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MONITORING PANEL. SEE E.W.D. 5/E -17 NAM EPLATE ENG WITH I.D. OF MOTOR / LOAD SEE DETAIL 1/E -5 ,� � FOR CONTROL STATION/ I DISCONNECT BACKPLATE tI I MOUNTING 1 ei -F DISCONNECT SWITCH ' p J ''Z __ __ ______ POWER /CONTROL CONDUIT I TO MOTOR STARTER POWER /CONTROL 3' -4" CONTROL CONDUIT CONDUIT TO MOTOR —■ TO FLOAT SWITCH I I J ®IL �/ \ < _ o II I I \� \ 6" CONCRETE SLAB I I / / p I I I I b Y //� I P I / td ta . ' t.CI • '\\ 6" SAND BEDDING W ' - ' - � / , i ��` V V • y �/ V j V • V V ‘ ` , , EARTH / j - /// / i i / i i / /i i \ f / i \ / /i / /i / /i / / / /, / /, //. DETAIL 2/E -5 I CONTROL STATION DISCONNECT 801 North 39th Avenue DATE No —08— CITY OF YAK I M A Yakima, WA 98902 DATE 07 - 08 - 2013 i #.H DRAWING: —5.dwg DRAWN BY: PEN NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT 4 509.966.7000 CHECKED BY: BRB FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. Fax 509.9 I Civil Engineering > Land Surveying❖Planning www.hlacivil.com ADDENDUM NO. 1 I I - PROVIDE 1 /2 MINIMUM STAINLESS STEEL SAFETY HOOK I (TYPICAL OF 2) ON SIDE OF HATCH OPENING FOR FLOAT SEE DETAIL 2/E -5 I PROVIDE 8' OF EXTRA FLOAT AND PUMP CABLE. FOR CONTINUATION CABLE IN LOOP FOR SENSOR CABLE. CABLE ATTACH WITH PLASTIC TTE WRAPS. _I Ii '�_� 11P- \ \\ \ \ \\ \)-r \\ II \ \ \\y\ 5 STRA RELIEF BU II II TYPICAL HEYCO OR EQUAL 4 0 I) IJ Q I 4 2 FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL FLOAT SWING SUPPORT BRACKET i 0 . - PROVIDE 8' OF (1 1/2 X 1/4' PLATE) J EXTRA CABLE IN LOOP FOR PUMP CABLE. PROVIDE KELLEMS d STAINLESS STEEL I a — CABLE GRIP FOR PUMP CABLE (0 I)>17 I e n FLOAT CABLE ° / FURNISHED ° WITH FLOAT , di o 4 I ' • WEIGHT e# y FLOAT SWITCH 1 a , a (NOTE 1) . a a ° • I d BASIN DRAIN PUMP WET WELL . .4 L • a j ° n 111 a r � °. y\ . d a� 4 a 4 . • d d / / \ / d °° d a 4 4 ' I ' i tr f�Nr'is r f Y t 4i!-►fe�� . c �� ,. -� t ,� t � a f +p + ! ,! M , a t it . ��' s t + ! f � +!• + a ' n' \\<‹\ DETAIL 3/E -5 BASIN DRAIN PUMP WET WELL I SCALE: NONE JOB 8oi North 39th Avenue N0: 11108 CITY OF YAK I M A L Y akima, WA 8 02 DATE 07 —2013 ' 9 9 DRAMANG: E -5.dwg DRAWN BY: PEM NACRES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT 509.966.7000 CHECKED BY: BRB FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS V Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. Fax 509.965.3800 Civil Engineering > Land Surveying•.Planning www.hkacivik.com ADDENDUM NO. 1 I I BDP -FU • BDP —XFMR BDP -1 - AUXILIARY CONTACT IN - - DISCONNECT CH BOP-1 FS STOP BDP-OL BDP - --O-O o� - - - o— — —0__Lo- -O 0— - O e CR2 -- • START MOTOR I I I I - - - I I BDP -3 r I — — — — — 0 • BDP—M 1 L CONTROL STATION BDP -4 I (MOUNTED O MOM R ADJACENT BONE I THERMAL ) 0 • � DETECTORS IN MOTOR WINDINGS I BDP -5 L * OVERTEM I 0 I ENCLOSURE THERMOSTAT BDP -6 I - - - - (NOTE 2) - - I � HEATER - I I L /� J BDP -7 I I _ ` MOTOR STATOR I REL A AY U(NO 1)CT10N ii BDP -8 • I I O L O -I - - - -. BDP -9 I R O- - - -H1 I 47K 1 I C R H O- 1 � 1 If SUBMERSIBLE PUMP BDP -10 I NO G I I MONITORING PANEL t o T A I TO BDP -11 I MOTOR 0 - - -(2)-e TO PLC -- -- -- -- � INPUT I BDP -12 TO PLC INP TO PLC BDP -13 BDP DISCRETE BDP DISCRETE t-0i INPUT �? UT TO PLC BDP 1 DISCRETE BDP -14 F-I2)--e INPUT I TO PLC BDP -CRZ DISCRETE F-0-t INPUT ELEMENT BASIN DRAIN PUMP 5/E -17 I 801 North 39th Avenue JOB N0 11108 1 A HIAA DATE 07 -08 -2013 CITY OF YAK I MA Yakima, WA 98902 DRAWING: E- 17.dwg DRAWN BY: PEN NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT 509.966.700 CHECKED BY: BRB FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. Fax 509.965.3 I Civil Engineering > Land Surveying>Planning www.hlacivil.com ADDENDUM NO. 1 I I I - NEW PANEL "HPB" 225 AMP, 480 VOLT, 3P, 4 WIRE, NEMA 1, 30 KA BRACING I I ) 3P -20A 480V II 30 KAI - // S I o-- 3# 10 +1 # 10G,1 "C o COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER I I S IZE � ! SIZE 1 I O I (NOTE 3) I o-- 3 #10 +1 #10G+ 7 #14,1 "C JUNCTION _ _ _ _ BOX �� _- __ 4 1 I c--3#10+1#10G+ 4#14,1"C 3 #14,3/4 "C-0 I To I CONTROL @ ' STATION i © l i e ice- NOTE 9 6#14,3/4"C o I o I SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MONITORING PANEL PUMP MANUFACTURER'S CABLE, 2 "C 2#14,3/4"C " NOTE 10 — emu Q PUMP MANUFACTURER'S O CABLE 0 I BASIN DRAIN PUMP I MODIFIED ONE UNE DIAGRAM I BASIN DRAIN PUMP I 8 oi North 39th Avenue JOB "a 11108 CITY OF YAK I MA I 4 IIHII Yakima, WA 98902 DR G: E— 2013 DRAWING: E-12.dwg DRAWN BY: PEM NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT 509.966.7000 CHECKED BY: BRB FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS T , hrarttcn T unman Accnriatae TN' Fax cna.ak.g800 I CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS ' gS , L. BE q �1 131 WA ` , t >v � `, 0 • 46336 9 w� () ,0 % , *.- Q1STE�� G 1 SS IONAL V� 1 111 City of Yakima Project No. 2259 HLA Project No. 11108 DWSRF Project No. DM11- 952 -038 OWNER: - ENGINEER: City of Yakima Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA) Water & Irrigation Division 801 North 39th Avenue i; 2301 Fruitvale Boulevard Yakima, WA 98902 Yakima, WA 98902 FUNDING AGENCY: Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) 1011 Plum Street SE Olympia, WA 98504 JUNE 2013 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx I I CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON J CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT I FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS City of Yakima Project No. 2259 L. HLA Project No. 11108 I TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO. I SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS . .... . . . . .. .... .. . ... .. 1 -2 SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS I INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS . .............. ... ......... 2 -2 SECTION 3 - BID PACKAGE BIDDER'S CHECKLIST.... ..... . ... . .. . .. .. .. .... . . .. 3 -2 I ' BID PROPOSAL.. .. 3-4 UNIT PRICE BID PROPOSAL 3 -5 BID PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE 3 -7 BID BOND 3 -8 NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT . 3 -9 SURETY AND BIDDER INFORMATION.. . .. 3 -10 1 BIDDER'S DATA FORM 3 -11 PRIME CONTRACTOR WORK 3 -12 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST ...... ...... 3 -13 BIDDER'S LIST (DWSRF). 3 -14 I CITY OF YAKIMA NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISION ... .... ... .. . . . . . 3 -17 CITY OF YAKIMA WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY 3 -18 CITY OF YAKIMA RESOLUTION NO. D -4816 ... ... .. . . . ......... ... . . . 3 -19 CITY OF YAKIMA AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN ... 3 -20 I CITY OF YAKIMA BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION. 3 -22 CITY OF YAKIMA SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION 3 -23 CITY OF YAKIMA MATERIALITY AND RESPONSIVENESS . .. .. . 3 -24 M COMPLIANCE WITH IMMIGRATION AND NATURALIZATION ACT 3 -26 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION REGARDING FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS 3 -27 ATTACHMENT I - FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS. ... . 3 -28 I ATTACHMENT II - DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENTS ... . 3 -29 ATTACHMENT III - DWSRF CONTRACT PROVISIONS.. 3 -31 CERTIFICATION REGARDING SUSPENSION, DEBARMENT, INELIGIBILITY OR VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION ... . 3 -37 I CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES.......... .. 3 -38 DBE SUBCONTRACT PERFORMANCE FORM (EPA 6100 -3) .. .. .. .... ........ 3 -39 DBE SUBCONTRACTOR UTILIZATION FORM (EPA 6100 -4). . 3 -41 CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL -AID CONTRACTS . .. .... . . 3 -43 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS CONTRACT . .4 -2 CONTACT BOND 4 -4 SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS . . 4 -6 NOTICE TO LABOR UNION OR OTHER ORGANIZATION OF WORKERS. . .. 4 -7 DBE SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION FORM (EPA 6100 -2) .. .. .... . 4 -8 I i G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx I . SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS PREVAILING WAGE RATES . 5 -2 DWSRF - LABOR STANDARDS PROVISION MUNICIPAL BORROWERS.. 5 -3 I DLI (YAKIMA COUNTY) EFFECTIVE 06 -13 -2013 BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -2013 SUPPLEMENTAL TO WAGE RATES EFFECTIVE03 -03 -2013 FEDERAL WAGE RATES EFFECTIVE 06 -07 -2013 SECTION 6 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS . 6 -2 1 APPENDIX A AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS it APPENDIX B GN NORTHERN, INC , REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION I APPENDIX C YAKIMA COUNTY SHORELINE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT I APPENDIX D STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) I It it I I ,„, ,1 I II I I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx I I I I SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS I U a G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx 1 -1 I 'I ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 is The City of Yakima invites separate sealed BIDS for the construction of the NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS, City of Yakima Project No. 2259, HLA Project No. 11108, including the following approximate major quantities of work: III Construction of four 86 ft. x 123 ft. x 9 ft. deep reinforced concrete filter -to -waste and backwash water settling basins, complete with concrete baffle wall, outlet control box, access ramp, stainless steel weir, slide and sluice gates, aluminum access grating, and associated supply and drain piping Installation of approximately 1,300 linear feet of 8 -inch, 12 -inch, 16 -inch, 18 -inch and 30 -inch site 11 piping, fittings and valves; installation of approximately 440 linear feet of 42 -inch concrete cylinder pipe (CCP) and fittings; construction of an 8 ft. x 10 ft. x 16 ft. deep reinforced concrete control box structure; and installation of a settling basin drain pump station with a submersible solids handling pump and guiderail system Construction of a 1,008 square foot CMU block filter -to -waste and recycle water pump station building with a 7 ft. x 28 ft. x 16 ft. deep reinforced concrete wet well, vertical mixed -flow and I turbine pumps, piping, fittings and valves, heating, ventilation and cooling system, and electrical '_ control system. Installation of a polymer feed system in the existing filter control building and modifications to 1, existing filter pipe gallery piping. Existing filter and control building electrical system and service upgrades. I Completion of finish site grading and surface restoration including, 1,600 square yards of gravel surfacing, 2,300 square yards of HMA pavement, cement concrete sidewalks, gravity block retaining wall, and hydroseeding I ` All work on this contract will need to be completed by May 1, 2014, to allow for unrestricted use of all new and existing treatment facility components upon startup of the plant. Bids will be received by the City Clerk at Yakima City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901, until 2 00 p m., July 17, 2013, and then shortly thereafter will be publicly opened and read aloud at the Yakima City Council Chambers. �, The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be examined at the following locations. Yakima City Hall, Yakima, Washington Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA), Yakima, Washington Tri -City Construction Council Yakima Plan Center I, Copies of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be obtained at the office of HUIBREGTSE, LOUMAN ASSOCIATES, INC. (HLA), 801 North 39th Avenue, Yakima, Washington, 98902, (509) 966 -7000, upon payment of $100.00 for each set, non - refundable. Planholder list and addenda will be available on the I internet at www.hlacivil.com Each bid or proposal must be accompanied by a bond or a certified check, payable to the order of the Treasurer of the City of Yakima for the sum of not less than 5% of said bid or proposal and none will be considered unless accompanied by such deposit, to be forfeited to the City of Yakima in the event the G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108Specs.docx 1-2 II I successful bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into a Contract with the City for the making and construction of the aforesaid improvement. All bids or proposals must be in writing on the forms bound in the Specifications, sealed and filed with the Clerk on or before the day and hour above mentioned Attention is called to the fact that not less than the minimum salaries and wages as set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project, and the Contractor must ensure that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin Small, Minority- and Women -owned firms are encouraged to submit bids. All work performed project l subject to the higher of the prevailing state or federal wage rates The City of oh Yakima this reserves the be right to reject any and all bids and to waive technicalities or irregularities, and after careful consideration of all bids and factors involved, make the award to best serve the interests of the City of Yakima. �f This project is partially funded through a loan from the Department of Health, Public Works Board, and Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF). Sonya Claar Tee City Clerk Publish: June 17, 2013 June 24, 2013 1 I 1 I G: \PROJECTS\2011\ 11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 -3 I I I I SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 2 -1 i INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BIDS will be received by the City of Yakima, Washington (herein called the "OWNER "), at City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901, until 2 00 p m., July 17, 2013, and then at the Yakima City Council Chambers publicly opened and read aloud Each BID must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to Yakima City Clerk, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901 Each sealed envelope containing a BID must be plainly marked on the outside as BID for NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON 1 IMPROVEMENTS, and the envelope should bear on the outside the BIDDER'S name, address, and license number if applicable, and the name of the project for which the BID is submitted If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the BID must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the OWNER at Yakima City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901 All BIDS must be made on the required BID form All blank spaces for BID prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the BID form must be fully completed and executed when submitted Only one copy of the BID form is required. -the OWNER may waive any informalities or minor defects or reject any and all BIDS Any BID may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of BIDS or authorized postponement thereof. f . Any BID received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No BIDDER may withdraw a BID within 60 days after the actual date of the opening thereof Should there be reasons why the Contract cannot be awarded within the specified period; the time may be extended by mutual agreement between the OWNER and the BIDDER. BIDDERS must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in the BID SCHEDULE by examination of the site and a review of the Drawings and Specifications including ADDENDA. After BIDS have been submitted, the BIDDER shall not assert that there was a misunderstanding concerning the quantities of WORK or of the nature of the WORK to be done. The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS contain the provisions required for the construction of the PROJECT. Information obtained from an officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER or any other person shall not affect the risks or obligations assumed by the CONTRACTOR, nor relieve the CONTRACTOR from fulfilling any of the conditions of the Contract. Each BID must be accompanied by a BID BOND payable to the OWNER for five percent of the total amount of the BID When the Agreement is executed, the bonds of the unsuccessful BIDDERS will be returned. The BID BOND of the successful BIDDER will be retained until the CONTRACT BOND has been executed and approved, after which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a BID BOND. A CONTRACT BOND, in the amount of 100 percent of the CONTRACT PRICE, with a corporate Surety approved by the OWNER, will be required for the faithful performance of the Contract. Attorneys -in -fact who sign BID BONDS or CONTRACT BONDS must file with each BOND a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney The party to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute the Agreement and obtain the CONTRACT BOND within ten (10) calendar days from the date when NOTICE OF AWARD is delivered to the BIDDER. The NOTICE OF AWARD shall be accompanied by the necessary Agreement and BOND forms. In case of failure of the BIDDER to execute the Agreement, the OWNER may consider the BIDDER in default, in which case the BID BOND accompanying the proposal shall become the property of the OWNER. The OWNER may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the BIDDER to perform the WORK, and the BIDDER shall furnish to the OWNER all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any BID if the evidence G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 2 -2 submitted by, or investigation of, such BIDDER fails to satisfy the OWNER that such BIDDER is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the WORK contemplated therein. A conditional or qualified BID will not be accepted. Award will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible BIDDER or all bids will be rejected All applicable laws, ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the PROJECT shall apply to the Contract throughout. Each BIDDER is responsible for inspecting the site and for reading and being thoroughly familiar with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The failure or omission of any BIDDER to do any of the foregoing shall in no way relieve any BIDDER from any obligation in respect to its BID. Further, the BIDDER agrees to abide by the requirement under Executive Order No 11246, as amended, including specifically the provisions of the equal opportunity clause set forth in these Contract Documents. The low BIDDER shall supply the names and addresses of major material SUPPLIERS and SUBCONTRACTORS when required to do so by the OWNER. The ENGINEER is Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., represented by Justin L. Bellamy, PE The ENGINEER'S address is 801 North 39th Avenue, Yakima, Washington 98902, phone. (509) 966 -7000, FAX. (509) 965 -3800 t. I I I I I. I I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 2 -3 I I I I I I I • SECTION' 3 - BID PACKAGE I I I I I I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11106 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -1 I BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 1 The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms which must be executed in full and submitted with the bid: (a) Bid Proposal and Unit Price Bid Proposal Bid prices must be shown in the space provided. Acknowledge all addenda in the space provided (b) Bid Proposal Signature Page To be filled in and signed by the bidder. (c) Bid Deposit or Bid Bond Sign the Bid Deposit in the space provided if the bid is accompanied by a certified check or cashier's check in the amount of not less than 5% of the total amount bid, or complete the Bid Bond Form. This form is to be executed by the bidder and Surety Company. The amount of this bond shall be not less than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. Provide Power of Attorney for Surety's agent. (d) Non - Collusion Affidavit Must be subscribed and sworn to before a Notary Public and included with the Bid Proposal (e) Surety and Bidder Information To be filled in by the bidder. (f) Bidder's Data Form To be filled in by the bidder List all projects of a similar nature completed over the previous five (5) years Include references with contact name and phone number (g) Prime Contractor Work and Subcontractor List To be filled in by the bidder. (h) Bidder's List (DWSRF) Complete and submit form with the Bid Proposal. (i) City of Yakima Bidder's and Subcontractor's Certification The Bidder's Certification shall be filled in and signed by the bidder. The Subcontractor's Certification is not required to be completed at the time of bid. (j) City of Yakima E- Verify Compliance Declaration Complete and submit form with the Bid Proposal. (k) Bidder's Certification Regarding Federal and State Requirements 1 To be filled in and signed by the bidder. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \ 11108 Specs.docx 3 -2 I I I (I) Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility or Voluntary Exclusion I Contractor shall read and be responsible for understanding the requirements as a condition of submitting a Bid Proposal (m) Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities I Complete and submit form with the Bid Proposal (n) EPA Form 6100 -3 -DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form The Bidder shall provide this form to all DBE subcontractors. DBE subcontractors shall complete the form and submit to the Bidder The Bidder (Prime Contractor) shall then sign the form, include it with the Bid Proposal, and submit to EPA (Attn Greg Luchey, EPA Region 10, M/A OMP -145, Seattle, WA 98101, (206) 553 -2967; luchey.greg @_epamail.epa.gov). If the Bidder (Prime Contractor) does not receive a bid /quote from a DBE subcontractor, the Bidder shall write "No .1 DBE Bids Received" then sign and include the form with the Bid Proposal (o) EPA Form 6100 -4 -DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form I To be completed by the Bidder (Prime Contractor) Bidder shall include with the Bid Proposal and submit to EPA (Attn Greg Luchey, EPA Region 10, M/A OMP -145, Seattle, WA 98101, (206) 553 - 2967, luchey.greg(epamail.epa.gov). If no DBE subcontractors are planned to be utilized, the I Bidder shall write "No DBE Subcontractors Utilized" then sign and include the form with the Bid Proposal. (p) Certification for Federal -Aid Contracts I Contractor shall read and be responsible for understanding the requirements as a condition of submitting a Bid Proposal. 1 The following forms are to be executed and /or submitted for approval after the Contract is awarded (1) Contract: to be executed by the successful bidder and the City of Yakima. (2) Contract Bond: To be executed by the successful bidder and his Surety company Provide Power of Attorney. 1 (3) Certificate of Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance: Must be provided by the successful bidder in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. (4) Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages: To be completed by successful bidder and by any and all subcontractors. 1 (5) Schedule of Working Hours: To be executed by the successful bidder (6) Notice to Labor Unions or Other Organization of Workers: Non - Discrimination in I Employment must be completed by the successful bidder and posted in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment (6) DBE Program Subcontractor Form 6100 -2: To be executed by subcontractors and I submitted directly to EPA (Attn: Greg Luchey, EPA Region 10, M/A OMP -145, Seattle, WA 98101, (206) 553 -2967; luchey.greq @epamail.epa.gov). I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -3 I BID PROPOSAL A Proposal of POW Conn t r r1k&, 1'N!i (hereinafter called "BIDDER "), RRrg anized and existing under the laws of the State of vol.. doing business as (.0 12,000441149A/ 1 To the CITY OF YAKIMA, Washington, (hereinafter called "OWNER ") In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposes to perform all work for the construction of the NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS — City of Yakima Project No. 2259, HLA Project No 11108, in strict accordance with. the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, in the case of a joint BID each party thereto certifies as ' to its own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract within ten (10) calendar days after NOTICE TO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT in accordance with Section 1 -08 5 of the Special Provisions: ' BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum specified for each working day thereafter as provided in Section 1 -08.9 of the Special Provisions BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDA. 7 1/ 0 / 1 3 /) 1 f Nvit3 ' Addenda will be posted on the Internet at the Engineer's website, www.hlacivil.com BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following unit prices or lump sum amounts. I 1 I 1 1 Insert "a corporation," "a partnership," or "an individual" as applicable. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3-4 ., I I UNIT PRICE BID PROPOSAL I (NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown. Any changes /corrections to the bid must be initialed by the signer of the bid, in accordance with Section 1 -02.5. of the Special Provisions) I CITY OF YAKIMA I NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT NO. 2259 HLA PROJECT NO. 11108 I ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT DOLLARS-CTS LLARS -CTS 1 Mobilization LS - - -- X - - -- _ I. i, 9047 - I 2 Temporary Erosion/Water Pollution Control LS - - -- X = - -- f .0� DOD - 3 Clearing and Grubbing LS X = ZS 000 4 Removal of Structure and Obstruction LS - - -- X = 1S, DOD - ' 5 Unclassified Excavation and Backfill CY 11,000 X = 44, ODD- / 6 Haul Excess Excavated Material CY 4,000 tP - 2# 00 o - '/ I 7 Shoring or Extra Excavation LS -_ -- X - - -- = � 000 8 Site Piping, Fittings and Valves, Complete LS X ---- = 3501 000 - 9 48 -Inch Diameter Drain Manhole EA 3 X 2-1519D -- = 7, 5 - ./ I 10 Backwash Water Settling Basin Drain LS X - - -- - N6- Pump Station, Complete - , DOO - Plant Drain Outlet Diversion Box, Complete LS X - _ !e ODD - Ill 12 Backwash Water Settling Basins, Complete LS - - -- X - T Dv 13 Gravity Block Wall SF 350 X 53' = /8193-0." — / I 14 Final Site Grading LS X - = OD 0 15 Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching LS 1.25 X !j l D D 0 = ( 2,tp - ✓ 16 Crushed Surfacing Top Course TON 700 X 49 - = / j ! �0 — / U 17 Crushed Surfacing Base Course TON 6,000 X = ‘/ �!� V 91 o00 18 Quarry Spalls CY 550 X 36 - = l9,2-so / II 19 HMA CI.% inch PG 64 -28 TON 420 X 9S - = 39 lop / 20 4 -Inch Cement Concrete Sidewalk, Incl. SY 50 X Aggregate Base (e 0 = 3 � 00 e 21 Chain Link Fencing LF 200 X 26 - = 5/ 00 0 - . / 22 Chain Link Gate, 30 Feet Wide EA 1 X 3' 0 o '� = 3 00o- 23 Record Drawing (Minimum Bid $3,000) LS -- X = $ / , 00p� I 24 O &M Manuals (Minimum Bid $2,000) LS X ---- = 3 000 25 Minor Change FA - - -- X - - -- = $15,000.00 I I C:IPROJECTS12 0 1 1M108\11108 Specs.docx 3 -5 I I I I ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. DOLLARS -CTS DOLLARS -CTS FILTER -TO -WASTE AND RECYCLED BACKWASH WATER PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS I 26 Filter -to -Waste and Recycled Backwash LS X %�j Water Pump Building, Complete 0 0'd 27 Vertical Mixed Flow Filter -to -Waste Pump EA 2 X / = 6,e) 000' 120,000 I and Motor Vertical Turbine Recycled Backwash Water EA 2 X r,, pp p0D — '" 28 Pump and Motor Y! i D = �I 29 Pump Building Piping, Fittings and Valves, LS X ---- Complete = /2—D DOD — Heating, Ventilation and Cooling System, 30 LS X = I Complete D00'" Pump Building Electrical and Control 31 System, Complete X !3 /. p 299' _ I FILTER AND CONTROL BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS 32 Polymer Feed System, Complete LS - - -- X - - -- _ 125 ppp •• Filter Pipe Gallery Piping, Fittings and 33 LS X - - -- = I Valves, Complete '7l,, pp - 34 Filter and Control Building Electrical and LS X = Control System Improvements, Complete g 33� 15 I 35 Engine Generator and Enclosure, Complete LS - - -- X - - -- _ J O I . 37S'_ / BID SUBTOTAL 3 /7y STATE SALES TAX 8.2% 2,419!b st� BID TOTAL 35 j8 3h F7 // I �A I I I I I I GIPROJECTS12D1 1111 1 0811 1 1 08 Specs.docx 3 -6 I I BID PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT ' FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT NO 2259 HLA PROJECT NO. 11108 w Corltra t tiro, Lnc) 1/I7 , 2013 BIDDER (CONTRACTOR) DATE BY / Corp Q0 / Trea6 AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL'S SIGNATURE TITLE She, 'ad M muuorth ADDRESS (Please print or type name) SL-12 t T Box. 1 4R'1' 2. Phone: WI) "✓Lt2. Vh 9- ' c c o, IA) 11 - gel 3b2. FAX. ( ) 542 - S cR E -mail address: 0)9.1 19 a_p_ou)nontractino 41. n M Washington State Contractor License Number: w C D 44-314- 063 R ' Unified Business Identifier (UBI) Number: (c'0 I L7" W 3q Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 01 103 6 13 ( 3 4 Federal ID Number: "1 I — lei-543g NOTE: ' (1) If the bidder is a co- partnership, so state, giving firm name under which business transacted If the bidder is a corporation, this proposal must be executed by its duly authorized officials (2) Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda, if any, in the space provided on the first page of this proposal (3) If no bid is submitted, kindly mark NO BID" on the cover and return to the Yakima City Clerk at the address provided in the call for bids. (4) Bidder shall include Bid Bond /Bid Deposit, notarized Non - Collusion Affidavit, Surety Information and Bidder's Oath with Bid Proposal G:IPROJECTS12 01111 1 1 08 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -7 1 BID DEPOSIT Herewith find deposit in he form of a certified check or cashier's check in the amount of $ , which amount is not less than five percent (5° /a) of our total bid for this projec . 1 Sign Here ' OR BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS ' That we Pipe of Washington, Inc. dba POW Contracting as Principal, and The Guarantee Company of North America USA as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF YAKIMA, as Obligee, in the penal sum of ** *Five Percent of the Amount of the Contractor's Bid*** (5% of Bid) Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. ' The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS — City of Yakima Project No. 2259, HLA Project No. 11108, according to the terms of the proposal or bid made ' by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee, or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for ' bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. ' SIGNED, SEALED, AND DATED THIS 17th DAY OF July , 2013. Pi /of Washington, In' . a POW Contracting ' Principal ' ty Judith C Kaiser - Smith, ' ttorney -in -Fact July 17, , 2013 1 G:IPROJECTS1201 111 1 1 08\11108 Specs,dox 3-8 1 i I T1°€ THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA GUARANTEE POWER OF ATTORNEY Southfield, Michigan I I KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS. That THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, having its principal office in Southfield, Michigan, does hereby constitute and appoint James E. Majeskey II, Walter W. Wolf, Judith A. Rapp, Shawn M. Wilson, Judith C. Kaiser- Smith, Nicholas W. Paget, Shelly Donovan 1 PayneWest Insurance, Inc. its true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract I or otherwise. The execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at the principal office. I The Power of Attorney is executed and may be certified so, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article IX, Section 9.03 of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA at a meeting held on the 31' day of December, 2003. The President, or any Vice President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority 1 To appoint Attomey(s) -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds I and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and 2. To revoke, at any time, any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given, except as provided below 3. In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and /or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of I Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and /or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. 4. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner — Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. I Further, this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 6th day of December 2011, of which the following is a true excerpt: RESOLVED that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and I such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. a TEe,i 0 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 23rd day of February, 2012. I s. THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA .,� I STATE OF MICHIGAN Stephen C. Ruschak, Vice President Randall Musselman, Secretary County of Oakland On this 23rd day of February, 2012 before me came the individuals who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn, said that each is the herein described and authorized officer of The Guarantee Company of North America USA, that the seal affixed to said I instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the Corporate Seal and each signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of Cynthia A. Takai IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand at The Guarantee �,?s i; Notary Public, State of Michigan Company of North America USA offi the day and year above written. ' County of Oakland "'-IT r,*4 := 1 My Commission Expires February 27, 2018 � V Z47 , w" Actin in Oakland Coun I, Randall Musselman, Secretary of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, which is still in full force and effect. I ( n ) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have thereunto set my hand and attached the seal of said Company this]. 7 th day of July , 2013 q'" ""`p� Randall Musselman, Secretary I I 1 7/17/13 Listing of Certified Companies: Surety Bonds: Programs and Systems: Financial Management Service in MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, PR, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN. Ohio. GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK (NAIC #22136) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 301 E Fourth Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202. PHONE: (513) 369 -5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $4,523,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: New York. Great Northern Insurance Company (NAIC #20303) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, NJ 07059. PHONE: (908) 903 -2000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $43,859,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MP, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Indiana. Greenwich Insurance Company (NAIC #22322) BUSINESS ADDRESS: SEAVIEW HOUSE, 70 SEAVIEW AVENUE, STAMFORD, CT 06902. ' PHONE: (203) 964 -5200. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $44,080,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, GU, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE ► NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, 0, 6 0 , • -, ", • • RI, SC, SD, TN, TX , , °, V, WI, '. NCORPO• ' ID IN: Delaware. Guarantee Compa y of North America U (The) (NAIC #36650) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Towne Square, Suite 1470, Southfield, MI 48076 - 3725. PHONE: (248) 281 -0281 x -6012. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $14,172,000. SURETY LICENSES ' c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Michigan. Return to top of page o - - t a letter to j • . to an item. A E F G N 1 J K M N O P Q R S T U V X Y Z Hanover Insurance Company (The) (NAIC #22292) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MA 01653 - 0002. PHONE: (508) 853 -7200 x -4476. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $75,381,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: New Hampshire. HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (NAIC #26433) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 702 OBERLIN ROAD, RALEIGH, NC 27605 - 0800. PHONE: (919) 833- , 1600. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $14,264,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MP, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Illinois. ' Harleysville Mutual Insurance Company (NAIC #14168)3 Harleysville Worcester Insurance Company (NAIC #26182) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 355 Maple Avenue, Harleysville, PA 19438 - 2297. PHONE: (215) 256- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $19,161,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AR, CT, DE, DC, GA, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, NE, NH, NJ, NY, NC, ND, OH, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, VT, VA, WV, WI. INCORPORATED IN: Pennsylvania. ' Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company (NAIC #22357) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE: (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $220,024,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, ' AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, PR, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Connecticut. Hartford Casualty Insurance Company (NAIC #29424) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE: (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $90,732,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /. AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, ' MT, NE, NV, NH, N], NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Indiana. Hartford Fire Insurance Company (NAIC #19682) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE: (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $1,301,254,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, www. fms .treas.gov/c570 /c570_a- z.html 11/25 7/17/13 www. insurance. wa. gov/ consumertoolldt/Company /CompanyProfile.asp)QWAOIC= 22913 I A Search > GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA THE I GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA THE I General I Contact i Licensing_ I Appointments I Complaints I Orders I National Info I Ratings Back to Search General information Contact information I Name: GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA Registered address Mailing address USA THE ONE TOWNE SQUARE STE ONE TOWNE SQUARE STE I Corporate family group: n/a wnat is f1-is? 1470 1470 Organization type: PROPERTY SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076 SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076 WAOIC• 229139 Telephone Telephone ' NAIC: 36650 248- 281 -0281 248- 281 -0281 Status: ACTIVE I Admitted date: 06/22/2004 Ownership type: STOCK 1 ^ Lac p k Co Co Types of coverage authorized to sell w , at ,sth; s , I Insurance types Surety I t'a_ck_ t tc q Agents and agencies that represent this company I (Appointments) L r :,. t ; 5 th:, Lview a 1 View,agencies . j l - Lack t o Cop ......... .. ..... _ I Company complaint history y p y vVhet , thi I [ View:complaints,j - J to top I Disciplinary orders 2008 -2013 What is No disciplinary orders are found I Looking for other orders? Our online orders search allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. " Lack to top I National information on insurance companies I Want more information about this comnanv? The NATC's Consumer Information (CTS) nane allows you to www.insurance.wa.g ov/consumertool lat/ Company /CompanyProfile.asp OWAOIC= 229139 1/2 7/17/13 www. insurance. wa. gov/ consumertoolIaUCompany /CompanyProfiIe.asp OWAOIC= 229139 retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance companies, plus has information and tips to help you understand current insurance issues. back to too Ratings by financial organizations 9 Y 9 The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. A.M. Best Weiss Group Ratings Standard and Poor's Corp Moody's Investors Service Fitch IBCA, Duff and Phelps Ratings b to top I 1 t I 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 www. insurance. wa. gov /consumertoolId/ Company /CompanyProfiI e.asp OWAOIC= 229139 2/2' I . I NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT I STATE OF WASHINGTON ss. NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT I COUNTY OF fin-Al-AA-0J ) I Stijl( (, kinsw, n o. 1 pp W GtrwheAl'f , being first duly sworn, on oath sa s that the bid submitted is a genuine antd not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and the said bidder further says that the said I bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refr_� from bidding; and that said bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to themselv -: - • advantage over any other bidder or bidders. (Contractor's Signa I I Signed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on S'L,I�j / , 2013, by M/I L -ktr -L v 01II1//� I \‘‘‘ PEE L. z. `� ( Nota Pub c :c.., AR 9• I. . Pi 0 I * • Yom• i = My Appointment Expires F s PUBLIC S . \ .#3, ••:c'0T fib• � \� I ii OP vits0'■ I I I 1 I G: \PROJECTS12011\11108111108 Specs.docx 3-9 I I I SURETY If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this bid, the Surety who provides the Contract Bond will be (i87M,p(444. 1 7F AlBv6't1 ("VI dutiose address is q chit. 2 t. N'e (�. wc k4' liw Irt�.dpel M 07�' Str City State Zip BIDDER INFORMATION The name of the Bidder submitting this Bid is F D. (A) n t rac 9 d �� whose address is: 1 . o. 4 2 ga3o2 P �x �� �as� G�� Street City State Zip which is the address to which all communications concerned with this Bid and with the Contract shall be I sent. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this Proposal, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in this Proposal as principals are as follows: b 0 6f a, w, v�sv�r v h� � �cr� � j�-u air v P c■itAil{.y A-ik trivia hrp Sc&`1rcu J kk.sm Vtb 1 1 1 G:IPROJECTS12011111108111108 Specs docx 3 -10 • MI BIDDER'S DATA FORM The following information will be verified by the City of Yakima. Supplemental information may be attached to this form. • 1 Past experience with similar type work; include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of clients, locations of jobs performed, project descriptions, and contract amounts. • A---- A., (.1 rto 2. Past maintenance services performed on similar systems; include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of clients, locations where service performed, and service descriptions. • S • A ■I 3. Are you currently a named party in any pending litigation? If so, please identify the civil action �! number and jurisdiction. !� J ■ � 111 4 List key personnel, including supervisory personnel, to be used on this project and their individual experience and certifications. ■; ktik12-0 IS d1/40t4 e i \)o tio31 .a-m. A-�rrlf NOTE: Complete this Bidder's Data Form and submit with Bid. Failure to submit any or all of the foregoing information will be cause for rejection of the bid affected. ai �j n G:IPROJECTS12 01 111 1 1 0011 1 1 08 Specs.docx 3 -11 I l 9. •144! •] Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA North Richland Well Field Pump Improvement City of Richland, WA Jay Marlow 509- 942 -7540 2005 • Contract Value: $566,000 Built booster pump house, installed deep wells and chlorination system and installed booster • pumps. • Zone 3 Reservoir .1 City of Kennewick, WA Skaar Construction, Inc.- General ContractorJoel 253- 939 -6671 2006 ®! Contract Value: $1.4 million 300 ft diameter rock/basalt excavation, under drain reservoir piping, built pump station, installed distribution lines and chlorination system on 3 million gallon new reservoir construction. • Water Treatment Plant Intake City of Richland, WA Jay Marlow 509- 942 -7450 2006/2007 ■? Contract Value: $120,000 Supply intake and pump for city domestic water supply. Ii Well No. 8 Well Pump & Pump House Improvements it City of West Richland, WA Ilka Gilliam 509- 967 -5434 2007 ■ Contract Value: $548,000 Built booster pump house, installed deep wells and chlorination system and installed booster ■l pumps. 11 P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 11 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 -� 1 J �° °IV I I Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA I Cle Elum River Well Field & Transmission Main Phase 1 City of Cle Elum, WA Terry Alapeteri 509- 966 -7000 2007/2008 I Contract Value: $914,000 I Drill and install 8 shallow wells with pumps for river intake for water system distribution. I 200,000 Gallon Water Reservoir I Kittitas County Water District #7 Terry Alapeteri 509- 966 -7000 2007 Contract Value: $365,000 I Demo existing wood reservoir. Erect concrete reservoir. Install distribution lines for domestic water system. I I Glenn Drive Reservoir Irrigation Pump Station Improvements City of Yakima, WA Michael Battle 509- 966 -7000 2007/2008 I Contract Value: $325,000 Modify water intake. Remove existing pump. Pour concrete weir. Erect and fabricate intake I structure. I Chelan Hatche ry Well Field Construction I Chelan County PUD Gary Rice 509- 661 -4441 2008 Contract Value: $1,012,000 I Continuation of existing project, install 28" hdpe water lines, install pumps and control system, and erected control building. I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 c• t °40P Contracting, Inc. I Pasco, WA 2008 Pump Station & Reservoir I Sun Harbor Water District #3 Bob Spinks 509- 946 -1581 2008 Contract Value: $459,000 1 Erect 1 million gallon steel reservoir, pump house, booster pump station, chlorination system and distribution lines. I Treetop, Inc. JUB Engineering Ben Volk 509- 783 -2144 2009 1 Contract Value: $714,000 I Repaired lined reservoir. Installed HDPE lined & process pipe, stainless pipe system, control building, standby generators, and aerators for aeration system. I Horn Rapids Irrigation Booster Pump Station I City of Richland Jay Marlow 509- 942 -7450 2009 I Contract Value: $466,000 Installed welded steel 36" pipe line with headers and built pump house. I Water System Improvements -2009 Project Town of Endicott Dave Jepsen 509 -529 -9260 2009 I Contract Value: $1.2 million Build concrete reservoir, pump house, deep well system for city water distribution. 1 I I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 I Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I I I 9' Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA I Regional Water System Chlorination Project City of Wenatchee Chuck Mayhew 509- 888 -3206 2009 I Contract Value: $771,000 I Revise existing water pump house. Pour circular concrete tanks. Reconstruct city chlorination system. I Dodd Road Well Building Improvements I Port of Walla Walla John Wells 509 -529 -9260 2009 I Contract Value: $528,000 Remove existing pump system. Revise piping and modify concrete structures. I I Alive Downtown Improvement Phase 1 & Phase 2 City of Grandview Cus Arteaga 509- 882 -9213 2010 -2011 I Contract Values: $2,409,000 & $1,400,000 I Install Water mains, waste, storm water, & concrete 1 Bauer Day Water Main Replacement I City of Richland Sheldon Williamson 509- 942 -7492 2010 Contract Value: $720,000 I Install Water mains I I 1 P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I 9.t. Contracting, I Pasco, WA 1 Enclosed Lateral Improvement Project 2010 -2011 Region 011, 013, 014 Sunnyside Valley Irrigation District Don Schramm 509- 837 -6980 2010 -2011 Contact Value: $2,495,000 Install 9 miles of HDPE 34" irrigation lines 1 C -Basin Sanitary Sewer Rehab City of Richland Sheldon Williamson 509 -542 -7492 2010 -2011 Contract Value: $194,893 Install Sewer I Well No.1 & Well No. 3 Improvements City of College Place Paul Hartwig 509 -525 -0510 2010 -2011 1 Contract Value: $961,670 Install deep well pump & water distribution. Build 2 pump houses. Chiawana High School Storm Remediation Pasco School District Gary Fleming/Meier Associates 509- 735 -1589 2011 Contract Value: $269,000 ' Install storm water retention systems P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 9' ' Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA ' Blue Mountain Station Phase 1 t Port of Columbia Howard Boggs /Anderson Perry 509 -529 -9260 2011 Contract Value: $ 329,375 Install infrastructure improvements which included; water, sewer, curb, gutter, & asphalt Little Goose Dam Waste Water Treatment Plant US Corp of Engineers David M Schmode 509 -527 -7424 2011- Present Contract Value: $ 926,000 Rehabilitate waste water system r ' Parker Community Water System Yakima County Joe Stump 509 -574 -2300 2011 - Present ' Contract Value: $ 2,274,774 Build reservoir, pump house, deep well system for city water distribution. St John Water System Reconstruction & Sanitary Sewer Line Improvements ' Town of St John Dave Jepsen/Anderson Perry 509 -529 -9260 2011 - Present Contract Value: $ 1,496,857 Rehabilitate water and sewer lines system. Build pump house. I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 Contracting, I Pasco, WA 1 Bailey Avenue Improvements Town of Granger Alan Rainey /Spink Engineerin g 509- 946 -1581 2011 Contract Value: $ 616,000 ' Install Water mains, waste, storm water, & concrete SVID Schedule A Laterals 2011 -2012 i Sunnyside Valley Irrigation District Don Schramm 509- 837 -6980 2011 -2012 Contract Value: $ 1, 075,000 Install irrigation water transfer system I SVID Pumphouse Sunnyside Valley Irrigation District Don Schramm 509- 837 -6980 2011 -2012 Contract Value: $ 843,430 ' Build Booster Pump Station with telemetry building for irrigation water Moses Lake Pump Station Wells 11 & 24 1 City of Moses Lake Richard Law 509- 764 -3701 2012 Contract Value: $369,773 Build Booster Pump Station with well pump & telemetry 1 I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 1 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 1 �° °� I Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA I West Richland Intertie Booster I City of West Richland Ilka Gilliam 509- 967 -5434 2012 Contract Value: $ 653,393 I Build Booster Pump Station with booster pumps I Mattawa Industrial Parks 2 & 4 Improvements I City of Mattawa Gary Weatherly /JUB Engineers 509- 783 -2011 2012 I Contract Value: $ 428,000 Build pump enclosures with Chlorination equipment and road improvements r I Chelan PUD Squilchuck & Eagle Rock Reservoirs Chelan PUD John Goodwill 509- 661 -4022 2012- Present I Contract Value:$ 1,726,315 I Build two fresh water reservoirs with pump houses and piping. I Keene Rd Utility Improvements rovements I City of West Richland Ilka Gilliam 509- 967 -5434 2012 I Contract Value: $ 234,197 Water, Sewer, Road Utility Improvements I I I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I I 9 :6111 4/ Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA Klindworth/Campbell Water Efficiency Program I City of Connell Howard Boggs /Anderson Perry 509 -529 -9260 2012- Present I Contract Value:$ 1,249,833 Downtown improvements including, water line, asphalt, curb & gutter, and landscape repair I I West Adams Street Reconstruction and CIA Access Road City of Connell Howard Boggs /Anderson Perry 509 -529 -9260 2012 - Present I Contract Value: $797,074 I Street improvement including drainage, retaining wall, landscape r Dodd Road Waterline & Fire Hydrant Project I Port of Walla Walla John Wells /Anderson Perry 509 -529 -9260 2012 Contract Value: $248,692 r Infrastructure including 18" ductile iron pipe, railroad crossing, & future services I Howard Amon Park - Tennis Courts and Access Road Reconstruction City of Richand Dave Bryant 509- 942 -7755 2012 I Contract Value: $ 396,126.75 Demolition and reconstruction of existing access road, tennis courts and tennis court lights. I I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 I Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I r 9.t- Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA Beech Street Area Sewer Project City of Yakima Bruce Floyd 509 -575 -6138 2012 ' Contract Value: $ 609 033.46 Install sewer pipe, saw - cutting existing pavement, pavement repair, and structure excavation. Gunn Ditch Improvements Pioneers Water Users Association Dan Howell 509- 667 -1426 2012- ' Contract Value: $2,876,408.76 New well house and new irrigation pipe. I Industrial Waste Force Mains Railroad Crossing City of Yakima Shelley Willson 509 -576 -6303 2012 Contract Value: $179,774.30 ' Install storm pipe under railroad tracks. ' N.R.W.F. E -Well Improvements City of Richland Jay Marlow 509 -539 -9830 2013 Contract Value: $83,163.5 ' Remove vault, pull pump /clean reinstall small run of D.I. pipe. I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 r 9. UV Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA 1 Source Water Disinfection and Storage Improvements City of Moxee Byron Adams 509 -575 -8851 2013 Contract Value: $ 1,752,447.06 I New poured in place concrete reservior 5000 + /- Water system and Chlorination system. 1 Columbia Park Lift Station Project Phase 2 City of Richland Jack Arnold 509- 942 -7390 2013 Contract Value: $482,989.30 ' New deep sewer with lift station and small amount of water pipe. 2013 Sewer Main Spot Repair I City of Moses Lake Richard Law 509- 764 -3782 2013 Contract Value: $ 144,388.60 Replace A/C pipe in various locations with C -900 ACP repair. 1 Park Avenue Reconstruction Phase 1 Nob Hill to Park Avenue Bridge Town of Saint John Adam Schmidtgall 509 -529 -9260 2013 1 Contract Value: $518,366.00 Street Demo, with new drainage system, HMA, and landscape. 1 I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 1 1 I Contracting, Inc. Pasco, WA I East Beech St. Stormwater Pre - Treatment Vault I City of Yakima Bruce Floyd 509 - 575 -6138 2013 II Contract Value: $18,499.00 Install city provided vault plus concrete to sewer system. I I I I I I I I I I I I I P.O.W. Contracting, Inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I I 9.t.tf, Contracting, Inc. I Pasco, WA I Management Overview Ray Johnson- Project Manager 40 yrs industrial construction experience I Shelley Ainsworth- Corp Secretary & AR/AP 20 years experience I Dale Ainsworth- Superintendent /Project Mng 20 yrs industrial construction experience Jerrad Johnston- Purchaser & Safety Director 8 yrs waterworks & safety experience 1 Scott Seguin- Project Manager 13 yrs industrial construction experience Aaron Jones- Project Manager 20 yrs industrial construction experience Rod Shearer- Project Manager 30 yrs industrial construction experience I I I I I I I I I P.O.W. Contracting, inc. P.O. Box 4772 Pasco, WA 99302 I Office: (509) 542 -8507 Fax: (509 542 -8508 I 1 PRIME CONTRACTOR WORK ' To be Submitted with the Bid Proposal ' Categories of work exceeding ten percent (10 %) of the contract price to be performed by the prime contractor must be listed below. r Prime Contractor Name Pow C Kn me:0 (� t Categories of Work ,“1/74,c1 ( C..1S � ` i fra,( k-t.t.c, � � 1 &U ppt, p - tt.O 3pril_a' . fk S� 6 14r p w I�'CGrL "CL.r � ��/ a i7L�. b-6Tt 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS \2011111108111108 Specs.docx 3 -12 1 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST To be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City of Yakima Project No 2259 Name NACRES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT HLA Project No. 11108 FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS Identification of subcontractor(s), if required by RCW 39.30.060, shall be listed below in the space provided. The work performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. 1 If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name: l ,t4iJ b t - Gz1U <</ 0 "N'Q WI' Categories of Work: L C Z_I Subcontractor Name' Categories of Work: Subcontractor Name. Mit0 Pi IM, b I4 1 fir v CV AM' Categories of Work: pl IAAM..6t 0 Q Subcontractor Name: MIL Lett Sii-Ett A4 Er442_ a1R -EGti+ p erhv wt* ' Categories of Work: ! Plrc- G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -13 BIDDER'S LIST (DWSRF) t (40 CFR Part 33 Part 33.501) All bidders shall submit the following information with their bid proposal, for all firms that bid or quote on subcontracts (including both DBE and non -DBE firms)* ' 1. Entity's name with point of contact; 2. Entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; 3 The procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and 4. Entity's status as an MBE /WBE or non - MBE/WBE. Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City of Yakima Project No. 2259 ' Name NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT HLA Project No 11108 FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS Bidder Name: 4' V IA). 1, Of QL * i f o . � r Point of Contact: hP.I'�u aflYl Wo f ' Address: PD. 2x L4 - 9-2 Pace.o, . 43O2 Telephone #, E -mail Address. ((fA) 942 • (2)50 f ..Ueu @ p we oitra.c r g . C Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply). MBE WBE None ` ' If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractors to perform the work. r Subcontractor Name: M t (kV St,t 14t {,11,t,"( Point of Contact: al 1�6s Address I ( Lt 2. N.1 9A.vitt ,, ff Q 1- 1 iec- 144 W `t8' 3 _ ' Telephone #, E -mail Address: �(0 q 0 i41 -173 ? Type of Work to be Performed: FO!'--- Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None f_kt,t 6 Zo A/k. L kA - Gu>+e- Subcontractor Name �' rNre 2-- G ' Point of Contact: LIL6 Address: TO - sox. 11D, Q Uk.11n(Ai VJVI" 6 1g84b ' Telephone #, E -mail Address: - o 9 el of Work to be Performed. l edYL Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply)* MBE WBE None (Continue list on the next page as needed for additional Subcontractors) G:IPROJECTS12011111108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -14 BIDDER'S LIST (Continued) Subcontractor Name: G 1t,P7 -( Pirr F yL60n1 C N C/1 Point of Contact: Al l CAA/ ' Address: pO P7QK ?,(QZ ( J wain" qg i Telephone #, E -mail Address: V't-g?7 -(47 ' Type of Work to be Performed. derkCk'Ci fett4.I4Pw1.41 Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply) ( E WBE None Subcontractor Name elbl a i !!, l • eD'14& .Jz9's jiLG Point of Contact: Jef (1 Address. pt 69 1 / V a tt4 ' , wl - q0107 ' Telephone #, E -mail Address: cog • 462-m I '/5 Type of Work to be Performed: ' e writs J p t ' Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None Subcontractor Name Xf 1r'Oi11.. C'g w Point of Contact: Q�al -w Q ' Address: fC Box (10 Pots(. 144'4 6 1`13D1 Telephone #, E -mail Address: 5.01 —9 0 ' Type of Work to be Performed. rti v4 ' Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply) - MB WBE None Subcontractor Name: -1-04{C._ IL Lot cL j 0"e4/14..c0"e4/14..c. Point of Contact: / Address: 1 S ,dow l a>A 4 5t1 -rrrez / .■ 4 46 3ff ' Telephone #, E -mail Address: '3 I "7 — $ Li 2-1 7. o Type of Work to be Performed kVA- t./v -s Currently Certified under der EPA s DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None (Continue list on the next page as needed for additional Subcontractors) G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 3 -15 1 I �t BIDDER'S LIST (Continued) I I Subcontractor Name: 0 I' /� " C 414 - 4 -k ' Point of Contact: p J/ I Address: j6l1/ C4, (IAeijt4f , FV1(4.,4kC i I'i4 fo2.Z G4/' Telephone #, E -mail Address: 3(Q 0 g D2' 1 vK -/ I Type of Work to be Performed Pt/K(4 i j Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE 9 Subcontractor Name: 1 4- 1GI1ckk. Pat011/11 I Point of Contact: Q Address: (0 2.I 1 5 1 - •CJ 91.1w& it t VD(,i+mezt c1 (p I Telephone #, E -mail Address: &A .4 W-2--- q 2,442— Type of Work to be Performed: p Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply) MBE WBE None 1. (s447 L64 M,L iu r z awh-tI I Subcontractor Name: IGbl GL Pt,G, e. 0 011 Point of Contact: �Jel� Q v I Address: T'IO ucke.rt e- 11 114p)cGG i 10 ' , 1J1- Telephone #, E -mail Address: 1 A 2,4g -4 S 11 ' Type of Work to be Performed: PCAAu- t• I Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE one Subcontractor Name j Yw Gtr tatL. c kc4y( L I Point of Contact: U Address: 119er t.(,I.tf 1—G - (to 1 t (e./ Le f 1444. q13% I Telephone #, E -mail Address: 1,--- q4 ` 0 3?,0 I Type of Work to be Performed: G .d.'hrl Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply). MBE WBE None / If additional pages are needed, make copies and include with bid proposal. I G:\PROJECTS\ 2011111108 \ 11108 Specs.dacx 3 -16 I i BIDDER'S LIST (Continued) I Subcontractor Name: /. d s F GLk� 0 Point of Contact: P'hktnil Address: ti/t Swv.v- L L ( +� uk�w.& (, ' Clggb( Telephone #, E -mail Address: 60q - 45 3000 1 Type of Work to be Performed GI VI Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None ) 1 �y Subcontractor Name: (i01.t4 nel Mfl AV f-I*L 1 1 Point of Contact: 72.4, U L .014 Address: >t jc "331 1 G. L 44.- Al* /e 09 I Telephone #, E -mail Address: - RC1- 3 " 2..v c„ Type of Work to be Performed: H I Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE I Subcontractor Name: /4 L 'P1 IL4, l i _ ^ Point of Contact: ,�GO T p /_ I Address. 6 .. , s .. l :t. k �q la (t ( �y /W Telephone #, E -mail Address: 3 co- l 6 . "]2. (v CT I Type of Work to be Performed: 6 ` - Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE (N Subcontractor Name: &kVI tm,eru..1* - 1 H.. El e. h -i L III Point of Contact: y f C/EZ-- Address: 10 S.©k '7D 1 ,p,,(2.64,.,(4"..- WO. qq Zl 0 I Telephone #, E -mail Address: 4 —34.3 - 2-1 03 I Type of Work to be Performed: ri V-411, , ad Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE o 1 If additional pages are needed, make copies and include with bid proposal. I G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs dacx 3 -16 I I BIDDER'S LIST (Continued) Subcontractor Name. (L M ( V eArcAA Point of Contact: 22 'L (� ,,, I, /� ' Address: 12 :/� R 1 11 4 ' ) N 1 P4 •C W ' Z 130 / Telephone #, E -mail Address: 6 `/32 —12-23 Type of Work to be Performed: I �l Ck _i1( irk V Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None Subcontractor Name: 1 - 010 v Pi (.lint tog Point of Contact: si-j `661 Address: I 't1 1.40144 t S /mil , Pro“ t r 101- q 13 6 a 1 Telephone #, E -mail Address: WI'' age 57 ozi Type of Work to be Performed: pk4.1M, I Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None Subcontractor Name: kr it t , ge Point of Contact: Address: Address: i� 0 Ox 57 , Gll/'�k� �/ q/ � -; Telephone #, E -mail Address: 7" ` ` 7 7� 2-Lt Type of Work to be Performed: l w11 / re-4-ow- Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None Subcontractor Name: 11 r()S • RG64 ' Point of Contact: Lit V1 Address: ( RcIS 12 .4 � &k. - t. 1444 VV qa0/ Telephone #, E -mail Address. 5 S Type of Work to be Performed: vl.k.l( V�Ld l� ' Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply). MBE WBE one If additional pages are needed, make copies and include with bid proposal. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \1 1 1 0811 1 1 08 specs.docx 3 -16 1 1 BIDDER'S LIST (Continued) Subcontractor Name: /(//.1,914 W bfAU d, D yU l ap& Point of Contact: Address: P X. IP 70 - ' 1CUe,n - CM/WIZ -, Vv vl q' 334, Telephone #, E -mail Address: 681- - 947 - OD, 3 ' Type of Work to be Performed 5k6/ St 9 s ro Dr' 1 L Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE ) WBE None Subcontractor Name: t )F r 144 S oii V Point of Contact: J/LhVv Address: PO 66x "! p 415 04/12-144.,,e , �� q8 1v1 Telephone #, E -mail Address: 4 tj 77 8 egg Type of Work to be Performed: b I V , vt j' Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None ' Subcontractor Name' / 1+i (vz P4/ / vi king , .TM U Point of Contact: ] P-61,14 C! 1 Address: !'7 1 (I /l Lt ( 11 1.Ai /24 Abl4roe i ( W e2,7 #, E -mail Address: 3 (Pb- 8 - 0 o Type of Work to be Performed: Tkl1/1,(14 Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply): MBE WBE None Subcontractor Name: Point of Contact: ' Address: Telephone #, E -mail Address: ' Type of Work to be Performed: Currently Certified under EPA's DBE Program (Circle all that apply). MBE WBE None If additional pages are needed, make copies and include with bid proposal. G:\ PROJECTS \2011111108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -16 1 ------------------- SUBCONTRACTOR SOLICITION INFORMATION To be filled out for all Subcontractors Solicited PROJECT NAME: Gt/ ' of L 111A— 1\ l ot.r ke5 R_Lvev 4, -fit- - Fri xtrau -t PLa 4't t F11 )3u-e aVA SL MBEvpil Subcontractor Name, Address, OR Description of Fax # and Date Date of Phone Followup & Amount of Bid or TV- QGt. - bne , i t Telephone No., and email Address WBE. work Offered Solicitaion Faxed Person Contacted Reason for not quoting C-0 3.i 1 Pliont MU ,po 2 s nz C on utt--to DtsCo Paula/ �L . ► NO CiMslAW .Turyau (vwv Spec itklif S aht Corn fi.t 423 .A.st z 1 i aevm,, , w'� CDC (X�. � }u - 521 3 12� c G1 I,VZP f wasp Z, Vol - 89 DGO.n ncil Ir 5 N. y /t Rt ttC Lay(,,,. , 1.i z ae-ft rya ss v lar 2`°. A t 51 C W1Df ete, 1 6t° -(.oc1 - ( e .t - - �‘.., John vvawk (brtstruc tzA R i x. 20« Dm- of &nut& w , wc� qi o CoVt�� �o� q�ts O U , 25) I to lDaw n LANIav et3Zbly , - q_1 1 PlitalA of,i,56ornia_A-(1/ e(4309 west- It Katt, to g6D3Z Con ur-et6 !-i2i) 35-it) NO OAI S 1/ &z }25/ - WO I Z Lti() Corr u-ELL Dvt Stvl c CGt" 771i- 2(J 13 Tco bus i8 (LQ ` M I) ai Ual..a /e 12- bAel- fl a Mess /01 Ci Cb�t c v-�t (, 0225- uyoo R ' 3coo 2 s -4g 6i5Y1 r)r�l. � 4' () 12 2�I� 2215 -I- B I` . ,�,'� C � LZS� Le Z y �2( o �' Too C� r � "�b Wtt �I'-L P� b tai s U . � (4/2-t0 MBE Subcontractor Name, Address, OR Description of Fax # and Date Date of Phone Followup & Amount of Bid or Telephone No., and email Address WBE work Offered Solicitaion Faxed Person Contacted Reason for not quoting _ Nil y Lee, Ilru, 6;So2_ tsv, u � Cbr utt�t� �13D -1-4 (b0 NO GLI�g taL (L f EAAY6tgdfrnIX-e,U, C on �� T. 12 Le-r-1- m�ss� 3--J:) 3 tc � i , to vy � lez�CeU� Dl RAA9m ntaf'1 ,`t itnaA +17 6 . 9- 1 - 2s7 i 40 fVlPiudA0tYlauk, nn _ ,�, gyl� - 1i 1 "Tba ►CAW 3) 0-40 V � Ie S vi C L --e 4. i2 Left m e t13zl - Eg 5 5 comAujot_ t e(,trib 9e* f31,0 Ite-t16Lak , f (- 2 0 1 3 j OD -- it r cu u J V 3 1 2)S6ec-r2 'Pc4 UU52 1- e. -t�lA1 ." r2/ (lb GIV5b �Q,t�li w �a��) q'3- 5 ) � Cn�2 213 100 "i I CLUOCUJ i -Oa X13 el-et rib \1 l q iZZO �5 -c, ied 0� � 32g- 3 0 0,v‘Su -k i \2 This information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge Contractor Name, Address, and Telephone Number Signature Title Date MIII — ® N I — II — • • MI • • • MI • NM MI • j DBE SUBCONTRACTOR SOLICITION INFORMATION To be filled out for all Subcontractors Solicited PROJECT NAME: C I & &.,, , NCB 6 ,v,ei• U\k-i1A' — Cr c 'w it .1A,v\ -t 1-1-14e -r ck LQicjoaii MBE 1 Subcontractor Name, Address, OR Description of Fax # and Date Date of Phone Followup & Amount of Bid or Telephone No., and email Address WBE work Offered Solicitaion Faxed Person Contacted Reason for not quoting rf low ��.�(a, lv‘U o J383� 11 2013 - 11)0 - GtW is cease i wig 'I f aiP Na (I y (4 O- ttontme lyk.t,c ,l'u+c -a-L \ 0 u c--,-- 14vfto 11 2_b13 Tbo fu '- s •� tom ��a C tO �q3 I I -. D4.1{Af101 M Wen 013/ 40 v a I / 1 W nap o2-5 11 i3 TOO IBS �'� -- 3) 4,1€3 s ,wu r X 01 I v► -ic+;L- Z I n Y1AU XlG.uol'Y l r2 i m e�hi � - , w� 9 .654-9- B A ail. - co (3 Leto 1-1111 - -tl o A C 6 Pluka � Q y 1Y Lzi4 S 3 c)L & �' � N �# e., wa gg144 {pit�lIN1�U�l� _20 2,3 - (X" pA,i (Zoo 4-2s- ;pi s 4 ` -tI Phow isoonl2eci4/ = O - Q -7 �.l 1 2- U O tt W ,5623\ 2AI Sys olIt�vuce.(, c, a 3 q6312 P ,wt ly f?�teQ) � - �i9 � I 20 I i u p �-r GUA- C�-1 j I n Plti(�v►� NO 2(ii }y to 4 � - Left m.ec Saty) NiD SO— rqf) - ® - - MBE Subcontractor Name, Address, OR Description of Fax # and Date Date of Phone Followup & Amount of Bid or Telephone No., and email Address WBE work Offered Solicitaion Faxed Person Contacted Reason for not quoting This information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge Contractor Name, Address, and Telephone Number Signature Title Date V :rify Workers' Comp Premium Status - Employer Liability Certificate https: // fortress. wa. gov/ Ini/crpsi /AcctInfoPrint.aspx ?Accountld= 945... Washington State Department of Employer Liability ' Labor and Industries ; Certificate 7tz_ai „ ' Department of Labor and Industries Employer Liability Certificate Date: 07/17/2013 UBI #: 601 837 639 Business Name: POW CONTRACTING Legal Business Name: PIPE OF WASHINGTON INC 1 Account #: 945,922 -00 ' Doing Business As' Name: POW CONTRACTING Estimated Workers Reported: Quarter 1 of Year 2013 "21 to 30 Workers" (See Description Below) ' Workers' Comp Premium Status: Account is current. Firm has voluntarily reported and paid their premiums. ' Licensed Contractor? Yes License: POWCO * *037R4 Expire Date: 1/4/2014 Account Representative: TO / KARLA BOWMAN (360)902 -5535 - Email: BOWK235 @lni.wa.gov ' What does "Estimated Workers Reported" mean? Estimated workers reported represents the number of full time position requiring at least 480 hours of work per calendar quarter. A single 480 hour position may be filled by one person, or 1 several part time workers. Industrial Insurance Information Employers report and pay premiums each quarter based on hours of employee work already performed, and are liable for premiums found later to be due. Industrial insurance accounts have no policy periods, cancellation dates, limitations of coverage or waiver of subrogation (See RCW 51.12.050 and 51.16.190). r I 1 of 1 7/17/2013 5:17 PM System for Award Management https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/?portal:componentId=8db... PIPE OF WASHINGTON INC 1100 E COLUMBIA ST STE 64 DUNS: 016393634 CAGE Code: 1LP62 Status: Active PASCO, WA, 99301-4355 , UNITED STATES Entity Overview Entity Information - Name: PIPE OF WASHINGTON INC Doing Business As: POW CONTRACTING Business Type: Business or Organization POC Name: None Specified Registration Status: Active Expiration Date:02/11/2014 I Exclusions Active Exclusion Records? No SAM I System for Award Management 1.0 IBM v1.1016.20130614 • WWW3 Note to all Users: This is a Federal Government computer system. Use of this system constitutes consent to monitoring at all times. I US.4.00.2 1 of 1 7/17/2013 5:18 PM Verify Workers' Comp Premium Status - Employer Liability Certificate https: // fortress .wa.gov /In Icrpsi/AcctInfoPrint .asps ?AccountId = 560... I Washington State Department of ; Employer Liability 4 `: , f� Certificate Labor and Industries i .' f r - I Department of Labor and Industries I Employer Liability Certificate Date: 07/17/2013 I UBI #: 601 634 684 I Business Name: AMERICAN ELECTRIC INC Legal Business Name: AMERICAN ELECTRIC INC I Account #: 560,571 -02 I 'Doing Business As' Name: AMERICAN ELECTRIC INC Estimated Workers Reported: Quarter 2 of Year 2013 "31 to 50 Workers" (See Description Below) I Workers' Comp Premium Status: Account is current. Firm has voluntarily reported and paid their premiums. I Licensed Contractor? Yes License: AMERIEI055OF I Expire Date: 9/6/2013 Account Representative: T4 / KYLE MAXWELL (360)902 -4724 - Email: I MAXK235 @lni.wa.gov I What does "Estimated Workers Reported" mean? Estimated workers reported represents the number of full time position requiring at least 480 hours of work per calendar quarter. A single 480 hour position may be filled by one person, or I several part time workers. Industrial Insurance Information I Employers report and pay premiums each quarter based on hours of employee work already performed, and are liable for premiums found later to be due. Industrial insurance accounts have no policy periods, cancellation dates, limitations of coverage or waiver of subrogation (See RCW I 51,12.050 and 51.16.190). I I 1 of 1 7I17i ?ni z S• 1Q PM s System for Award Management https://www.sam.gov/portalipublic/SAM/?portal:componentId=8db AMERICAN ELECTRIC, INC 1999 BUTLER LOOP RD DUNS: 884734922 CAGE Code: 3CXZO Status: Active RICHLAND, WA, 99354-4944, UNITED STATES Entity Overview Entity Information Name: AMERICAN ELECTRIC, INC Business Type: Business or Organization POC Name: None Specified Registration Status: Active Expiration Date:05/21/2014 Exclusions Active Exclusion Records? No - • • SAM I System for Award Management 1.0 IBM v1.1016.20130614-1637 WWW3 Note to all Users: This is a Federal Government computer system. Use of this system constitutes consent OD monitoring at all times. Th USA.gov 1 of I 7/17/1C11 DNA s System for Award Management https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/?portal:componentId=8db... Search Results Current Search Terms: taylor* plumbing* Your search for "Taylor* Plumbing*" returned the following results... Entity D. L. Taylor Plu ' g, Inc. Status: Active a DUNS: 154902402 CAGE Code: 6WP68 ,11rieiii Details , Has Active Excl n?: No DoDAAC: SAM 1 System for Award Management 1.0 IBM v1.1016.20 8,14 Note to all Users: This is a Federal Government computer system. Use of this e umIggy,_ system constitutes consent to monitoring at all times. I I I I I I 1 of 1 7/17/2011 5.7h PM i erify Workers' Comp Premium Status - Employer Liability Certificate https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni /crpsi /AcctlnfoPrint.aspx ?Accountld= 440... Washington State Department of I, sTAr4' Employer Liability r , Certificate Labor and Industries y ' Ff x"a` Ny r I Department of Labor and Industries 1 Employer Liability Certificate Date: 07/18/2013 I UBI #: 600 410 566 I Business Name: MILLER SHEETMETAL INC Legal Business Name: MILLER SHEETMETAL INC I Account #: 440,139 -00 'Doing Business As' Name: MILLER SHEETMETAL INC I Estimated Workers Reported: Quarter 1 of Year 2013 "11 to 20 Workers" (See Description Below) I Workers' Comp Premium Status: Account is current. Firm has voluntarily reported and paid their premiums. 1 Licensed Contractor? Yes License: MILLESI153MT I Expire Date: 9/1/2014 Account Representative: T1 / TYRONE COLEMAN (360)902 -4807 - Email: I COTI235 @lni.wa.gov 1 What does "Estimated Workers Reported" mean? Estimated workers reported represents the number of full time position requiring at least 480 hours of work per calendar quarter. A single 480 hour position may be filled by one person, or I several part time workers. Industrial Insurance Information I Employers report and pay premiums each quarter based on hours of employee work already performed, and are liable for premiums found later to be due. Industrial insurance accounts have no policy periods, cancellation dates, limitations of coverage or waiver of subrogation (See RCW 1 5 1.2.050 and 51.16.190). I I 1 of 1 7/1 RY)n1 Z ')•Zn PM System for Award Management https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/?portal:componentId=8db... I Search Results Current Search Terms: miller* Sheet* Metal* I Your search for:Miller* Sheet* Metal*" returned the following results,_ _ __ _ _ _...:_. 7 _ ,, _ _ 1 _ 7 .i.. __ i _ Entity MILLER'S SMITH & LO SHEET METAL INC. Status: Active 3 i DUNS: 027250174 CAGE Code: 3VBR8 I Has Active Exclusion?: No Entity DoDAAC: MM MILLER ROOFING AN SHEET METAL INC . _ Status: Active 3 DUNS: 940919962 CAGE Code: 1WR36 _? , I Has Active Exclusion?: No Entity GREG MILLER DoDAAC: Status: Active DUNS: 831601406 CAGE Code: 3BAU7 'N faetKIJIS, I Has Active Exclusion?: No DoDAAC: Entity C&C PLUMBING & HEp9G, L.L.P. Status: Active DUNS: 038 381265 CAGE Code: 0C357 : Vrew5et I Has Active Exclusion?' o DoDAAC: SAN I System for Award Management 1.0 IBM v1.1016.21130.14 I Note to all Users: This IS a Federal Government computer system. Use of this system constitutes consent to monitoring at all times. — , USA.gov ,..., x Mr.s•xxx, I I I I I I I I I ? I I 1 of 1 7/1 7/,(111 5/)A Pl'a 1 CITY OF YAKIMA NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISION ' During the performance of this Contract, the contractor agrees as follows: The Contractor shall not discriminate in violation of any applicable federal, state and /or local law or regulation on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, national origin, creed, age, marital status, disability, ' honorably discharged veteran or military status, pregnancy, sexual orientation, political affiliation, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical handicap, and any other classification protected under federal, state, or local law This provision shall include but not be limited to the following. employment, ' upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, selection for training, and the provision of services under this Agreement. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the ' Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective ' bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of August 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice ' in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No 11246 of August 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. ' The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of August 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor ' for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with ' any such rules, regulation, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of August 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of August 24, 1965, or ' by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. The Contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to ' Section 204 of Executive Order No 11246 of August 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions ' including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -17 1 CITY OF YAKIMA WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY ' It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10 %) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000 Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City ' Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities, and women ' employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities, and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans /specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. I 1 1 G :PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -18 1 R° - SOLUTION NO. ® 41 8 i A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. ' WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with Women And Minority Business Eater- prises for the performance of public works, and a.S , it is the intention of the City o.f Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHERM4S, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding proceas through the adoption of the "Women: And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached here o, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF Tilt: CITY Y OF YAKIMA: ' The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy ", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. ,Q(J ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this . 57 t day of , t 1963. Monti t • (' Aft A-t'. c-e-C Mayor ' ATTEST: City Clerk 1 CITY OF YAKIMA AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima. This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to ' these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. ' Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed ' at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps a. The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. b. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women ' worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If such worker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore ' c. The contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. d The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the ' Department of Labor. e The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, ' employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. f The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 3-20 g. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) ' recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. ' h. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. i. The contractor shall validate all man specifications, selection requirements, tests, etc. I j. The contractor shall make every effort to promote after school, summer and vacation employment to minority youth. ' k. The contractor shall develop on -the -job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. ' I. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. m. The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc., do not have a discriminatory effect. ' n. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non - segregated. o. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is ' being carried out. p The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of ' minority and women contractor associations. q. Non - cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow ' of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor ' shall immediately notify the Engineer. I 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011\1110B\11108 Specs.docx 3 -21 r CITY OF YAKIMA ' BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION ' A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: ' 1 0. W. e I 1 . certifies that ( DER) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: • a pCvrvi (,a,40--e,vs r,p. - l',.4tA14.4.1 and; As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the ' Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: L ei/IA wz Ut 1 ' and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub - contract under this Contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. 1 • (S ure of Authorized Representative of Bidder) I G: \PROJECTSl2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -22 1 CITY OF YAKIMA SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION ' Subcontractor's Certification is not required at the time of bid. This Certification must be completed by each subcontractor prior to award of any subcontract: ' certifies ertifies that: 1 It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract: and; ' As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: and, 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcontract under this subcontract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. (Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) 1 1 G: \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -23 , 1 I CITY OF YAKIMA MATERIALITY AND RESPONSIVENESS This certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will ' govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of this bid Failure to submit the certification will render the bid non - responsive. COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and ' subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on August 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible bidder for government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such ' sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any ' bidder, contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non - compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this ' project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions, including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet its fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209(a) of Executive Order ' 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer ' represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets it goals, or if the contractor or ' subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor or the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with the Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal ' sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractor's or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the ' regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet its goals shall shift to it the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that it has met the "good faith" requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceeding shall be taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or subcontractor can comply with the I G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -24 requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty (30) days Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to. Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance ' U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D C. 20210 ' and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 1 G:IPROJECTS■2011%1I108111108 Specs.docx 3 -25 t ' !+= ar "lit- 7T3; ''k' . r ' .. E '1 ;I:gtoiaiplitailite with Immigration and 1Va alii iii a J : . 5 n's�i�i C ` ky'V ,#,�'� F�'x 6.iigaa "'`� � � N4x' �' ti 0121 { +"�tn@ n-,,,3 1=014 x,`,.t�+" 1 t �. i`h,"% .-. � �S� . ak ,r1,t,,,u,. ,.�a..�..<.x��k� r�"�.9.�, �,<xi.3�. -ar.. a`"F � ,... S '- �� -�akc 5�- .r_= '-v.__ . t.�:e`..�7_ - �^�:_,.. The City of Yakima supports the Federal Immigration, Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended. The City requires that all contractors or business entities that contract with the City for the award of any City contract for public works in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), or any other city contract in excess of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500), enroll in the E-Verify program or its successor, and thereafter to verify its employees' proof of citizenship and authorization to work in the United States. ' E- Verify will be used for newly hired employees during the term of the contract ONLY: it is NOT to be used for existing employees. ' The Contractor must remain enrolled in the program for the duration of the contract and be responsible for verification of every applicable subcontractor. The contractor shall sign and return with their bid response the E- Verify Declaration below. Failure to do so may be cause for rejection of bid. E VERIFY COMPLIANCE DECLARATION The undersigned declares, under pena Ity of perjury under the laws of Washington State that: 1. By submitting this Declaration, I certify that I do not and will not, during the performance ' of this contract, employ illegal alien workers, or otherwise violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. 2. I agree to enroll in E- Verify prior to the start date of any contract issued by the City of ' Yakima to ensure that my workforce is legal to work in the United States of America. I agree to use E- Verify for all newly hired employees during the length of the contract. 3. I certify that I am duly authorized to sign this declaration on behalf of my company. ' 4. I acknowledge that the City of Yakima reserves the right to require evidence of enrollment of the E- Verify program at any time and that non - compliance could lead to suspension of this contract. Firm Name: pb• w. l��t I I ��I I��• Dated this /I _ day of , `J , 20 /3 . Signature: .► 44 I I Printed Name: )I MS 1/001 Address: P.D. ax. 11 2 1"(AJII 01 `�1O,'✓ ' Phone #: oi) 5 - 2' , c3✓V 9 Email Address: Shelley @G. putContra U .& 1 Homeland Security's Web Address is: http: / /www.dhs.gov /e- verify Completed declarations can be mailed to: City of Yakima Purchasing, 129 No. 2 " Street, Yakima, WA 98901, faxed to 509 -576 -6394 or scanned and entailed to sownby @ci.yakima.wa.us I BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION REGARDING ' FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS The Bidder, PD. U.. eon I 1 l/ Iamb �nv' does hereby certify that its ' organization will comply with the following fed I and state requirements and will impose these same requirements on any and all subcontractors which they employ ' Utilization of Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) As mandated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the CONTRACTOR is required to follow the steps identified in ATTACHMENT II DISADVANTAGES BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ' REQUIREMENTS The goals for the utilization of disadvantaged businesses are as follows: Construction 10% MBE 6% WBE ' Supplies 8% MBE 4% WBE Equipment 8% MBE 4% WBE Purchased Services 10% MBE 6% WBE Federal and State Requirements ' The CONTRACTOR assures compliance with all applicable Federal and State requirements, including, but not limited to, those listed in Attachment I, II and III Name. She iletA mr,t,u or H1 lease Type or Print ' Title. GAY c)C 1 I TYt Please Type or Print Signature: Date. 1/17/13 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -27 ATTACHMENT I FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS 1) Environmental Authorities a) Archeological and Historic Preservation Act of 1974, Public Law 86 -523 as amended b) Clean Air Act, Public Law 84 -159 as amended c) Coastal Barrier Resources Act, Public Law 92 -583 as amended d) Endangered Species Act, Public Law 93 -205 as amended e) Environmental Justice, Executive Order 12898 f) Floodplain Management, Executive Order 11934 as amended by Executive Order 12148 g) Protection of Wetlands, Executive Order 11990 h) Farmland Protection Policy Act, Public Law 97 -98 i) Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, Public Law 85 -624 as amended j) National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, Public Law 89 -665 as amended k) Safe Drinking Water Act, Public Law 93 -523 as amended ' I) Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, Public Law 90 -542 as amended 2) Economic and Miscellaneous Authorities a) Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1996, Public Law 89 -754 as amended, Executive Order 12372 b) Procurement Prohibitions under Section 306 of the Clean Air Act and Section 508 of the Clean Water Act, including Executive Order 11738, Administration of the Clean Air Act and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act with Respect to Federal Contracts, Grants, or Loans c) Uniform Relocation and Real Property Policies Act, Public Law 91 -646 as amended d) Debarment and Suspension, Executive Order 12549 3) Social Policy Authorities ' a) Age Discrimination Act of 1975, Public Law 94 -135 b) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Public Law 88 -352 c) Section 13 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92 -500 (the Clean Water Act) d) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Public Law 93 -112 (Including Executive Orders 11914 and 11250) e) Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order 11246 f) Women's and Minority Business Enterprise, Executive Orders 11625, 12138 and 12432 ' g) Section 129 of the Small Business Administration Reauthorization and Amendment Act of 1988, Public Law 100 -590. 4) State Laws ' a) Chapter 36 70A RCW, Growth Management Act b) Chapter 39.80 RCW, Contracts for Architectural and Engineering Services c) Chapter 39 12 RCW, Washington State Public Works Act d) Chapter 43.20 RCW, State Board of Health e) Chapter 43 70 RCW, Department of Health f) Chapter 70.116 RCW, Public Water Systems Coordination Act of 1977 g) Chapter 70 119 RCW, Public Water Supply Systems Certification and Regulation of Operations ' h) Chapter 70.119A RCW, Public Water Systems, Penalties & Compliances i) Chapter 246 -290 WAC, Group A Public Water Systems j) Chapter 246 -291 WAC, Group B Public Water Systems k) Chapter 246 -292 WAC, Waterworks Operator Certification Regulations I) Chapter 246 -293 WAC, Water Systems Coordination Act m) Chapter 246 -294 WAC, Drinking Water Operating Permits n) Chapter 246 -295 WAC, Satellite System Management Agencies o) Chapter 173 -160 WAC, Minimum Standards for Construction & Maintenance of Wells p) Title 173 WAC, Department of Ecology Rules q) Title 40 Part 141 Code of Federal Regulations, Federal National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (Section Adopted by Reference) r) Chapter 42.40 RCW, The Whistleblower Act I G:IPROJECTS12011 \1 1 1 0811 1 1 08 Specs.dock 3 -28 I ATTACHMENT II DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENTS Small, minority and women -owned firms should be afforded the maximum opportunity to compete for and obtain bid documents for projects funded by the DWSRF program. The level of participation by small, minority and women -owned firms should be consistent with their general availability within the professional community involved ' General Compliance (40 CFR Part 33) The contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency's Program for Participation By Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) 40 CFR Part 33. ' Non discrimination Provision (40CFR Appendix A to Part 33) The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract which may result in the termination of this contract or other legally available remedies. The contractor shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S.0 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Six Good Faith Efforts (40 CFR Part 33 Subpart C) ' The contractor agrees to make the following good faith efforts whenever procuring subcontracts, equipment, services and supplies. The contractor shall retain records documenting compliance with the following six good faith efforts. 1 Ensuring Disadvantaged Business Enterprises are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal, State and Local and Government recipients, this will include placing Disadvantaged Business Enterprises ' on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources. Qualified Women and Minority business enterprises may be found on the Internet at www.omwbe.wa.gov or by contacting the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Enterprises at 360- 704 -1181. ' 2. Making information on forthcoming opportunities available to Disadvantaged Business Enterprises and arrange time frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way that encourages and facilitates participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in the competitive process. This includes, whenever possible, posting solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date. 1 3. Considering in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with Disadvantaged Business Enterprises. For Indian Tribal, State and local Government recipients, this will include dividing total requirements when economically feasible into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by Disadvantaged Business ' Enterprises in the competitive process. 4. Encourage contracting with a consortium of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises when a contract e is too large for one of these firms to handle individually. 5. Using services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -29 I 6. If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, requiring the subcontractors to take the six good ' faith efforts in paragraphs 1 through 5 above Fair Share Objective Goal (40 CFR Part 33 Subpart D) A fair share objective is a goal based on the capacity and availability of qualified, certified Minority ' Business Enterprises (MBEs) and Women's Business Enterprises (WBEs) in the relevant geographic market. As mandated by EPA, all general contractors and subcontractors must comply with the requirements of the EPA's Program for Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women's Business Enterprises (40 CFR, Part 33) in procurement under the DWSRF program. The goals for the utilization of disadvantaged businesses are as follows Construction 10% MBE 6% WBE Supplies 8% MBE 4% WBE Equipment 8% MBE 4% WBE Purchased Services 10% MBE 4% WBE ' All general contractors and subcontractors must accept the fair share objective /goals stated above and attest to the fact they are purchasing the same or similar construction, supplies, services, and equipment, in the same or similar relevant geographic buying market as the Washington Office of Minority Women ' Business goals. IMPORTANT: Only MBEs and WBEs that are certified by EPA, SBA, DOT, or by state, local, tribal or private entities whose certification criteria match EPA's can be counted towards the MBEs and WBEs ' utilization goal. MBE/UVBE Reporting (40 CFR Part 33 Parts 33.302, 33.502 and 33.503) The contractor shall provide EPA Form 6100 -2 DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to all DBE ' subcontractors. Subcontractors may submit EPA Form 6100 -2 Subcontractor Participation Form to the EPA Region 10 DBE coordinator in order to document issues or concerns with their usage or payment for a subcontract. The contractor shall require all DBE subcontractors to complete EPA Form 6100 -3 DBE Subcontractor Performance Form. The contractor shall complete EPA Form 6100 -4 DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The contractor shall submit EPA Form 6100 -4 and all completed EPA Form 6100 -3 forms with the bid ' proposal. Contract Administration Provisions (40 CFR Part 33.302) The contractor shall comply with the contract administration provisions of 40 CFR, Part33.302. ' 1. The contractor shall pay its subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the contractor's receipt of payment. 2. The contractor shall notify the owner in writing prior to any termination of a DBE subcontractor 3. If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts when soliciting a replacement subcontractor 4 The contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts even if the contractor has achieved its fair share objectives. 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -30 1 ATTACHMENT III DWSRF CONTRACT PROVISIONS Equal Opportunity Clause (41 CFR Part 60- 1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment ' advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment ' without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin 3 The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided ' advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4 The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. ' 5 The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, ' regulations, and orders. 6 In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or ' suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law 7. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and ' the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor The contractor will take such action with respect to any ' subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. G:IPROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -31 1 II II Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246 and 41 CFR Part 60 -4 3) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S Treasury Department Form 941 d. "Minority" includes: i Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); ii. Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); iii. Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands), and iv American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through ' membership and participation or community identification) 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of ' $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. ' 3 If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4 5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be ' in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4 The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract ' resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally ' assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Registering notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The ' Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified 5 Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto 1 G: \PROJECTS12011111108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -32 1 a 0 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting Q the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U S. Department of a Labor. 7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative action's to ensure equal employment opportunity The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and ' female off- the - street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall ' be documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken d Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. ' e. Develop on -the -job training opportunities and /or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor ' shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its ' EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with ' onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and ' Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. G.IPROJECTS\2011111108 \11108 Specs.docx 3 -33 0 0 i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community U organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and I women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force . Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60 -3. 0 I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel a practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8 Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor - union, contractor - community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities ' and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non - minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular ' group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). ' 10 The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246 12 The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications ' and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11 \MOB Specs.docx 3 -34 II II existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as Q amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. O 13 The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60 -4.8. n 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work a was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form, however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. a 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program) a Reporting Requirements (EEO - 1) On or before September 30 of each year, a contractor that is subject to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of Q 1964, as amended, and that has 100 or more employees, shall file with the EEOC or its delegate an "Employer Information Report EEO -1" Instructions on how to file are available on the EEOC's website at http.// www. eeoc. gov/ employers /eeolsurvey /howtofile.cfm. The contractor shall retain a copy of the most recent report filed. Segregated Facilities (41 CFR Part 60 - 1.8) The contractor shall ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin cannot result. The contractor may ll neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensuring that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated This 0 obligation extends to all contracts containing the equal opportunity clause regardless of the amount of the contract. The term "facilities," as used in this section, means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, wash rooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees; Provided, that separate or single -user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Nondiscrimination Provision 0 During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S C. 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). p In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance or refusal to comply with any applicable nondiscrimination law, regulation, or policy, this Contract may be rescinded, canceled, or terminated in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts with the Board. The Contractor shall, fl however, be given a reasonable time in which to cure this noncompliance. G ;PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -35 I' a 0 The Contractor must also include the following terms and conditions in contracts with all contractors, subcontractors, engineers, vendors, and any other entity for work or services necessary for the project. "The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR Part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under Environmental Protection Agency financial agreements. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract which may result in termination of this Contract." Prohibition Statement Pursuant to Section 106 of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2009, as amended, the Contractor and its employees may not engage in severe. forms of trafficking in persons during the period of time the Contract is in effect, procure a commercial sex act during the period of time the Contract is in effect, or use forced labor during the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall require this prohibition statement in contracts with all contractors, subcontractors, engineers, vendors, and any other entity for D work or services necessary for the project. In the event that the Contractor or any of its employees is determined to have violated the terms of this section, this Contract may be terminated Other Prohibited Interests No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, Q make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting, or approving any architectural, engineering, inspection, construction or material supply become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part hereof No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, 0 executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any other contract pertaining to the project. No officer or employee of the Washington State Department of Commerce or the Owner shall receive any personal O or pecuniary gain or interest, direct or indirect, in any contract or subcontract, or the proceeds thereof, for work to be performed in connection with this project. Third Party Beneficiary Partial funding of this project is being provided through the Washington State Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. All parties agree that the State of Washington shall be, and is hereby, named as an express third -party beneficiary of this contract, with full rights as such Access to the Construction Site and to Records The contractor shall provide for the safe access to the construction site and to the contractor's records by Washington State Department of Commerce, Washington State Department of Health, and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) personnel. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records and accounts to facilitate the Owner's audit requirements and shall ensure that all subcontractors maintain auditable records. These Project records shall be separate and distinct from the Contractor's other records and accounts. All such records shall be available to the Owner and to Washington State Department of Commerce, Washington State Department of Health and EPA personnel for examination. All records pertinent to this project shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of three (3) years after the final audit. 1 G:IPROJECTS12011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -36 11 O CERTIFICATION REGARDING SUSPENSION, DEBARMENT, INELIGIBILITY OR VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 1. The CONTRACTOR, by signing this agreement, certifies that it is not suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or otherwise excluded from contracting with the federal government, or from receiving contracts paid for with federal funds. If the CONTRACTOR is unable to certify to the statements contained in the certification, they must provide an explanation as to why they cannot. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide immediate written notice to the Department if at any time the CONTRACTOR learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or had become m erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. . The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549 You may contact the department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 0 4 The CONTRACTOR agrees it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under the applicable Code of Federal Regulations, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered I transaction. . The CONTRACTOR further agrees by signing this agreement, that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion" without modification in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions 6. Pursuant to 2CFR180 330, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that any lower tier covered transaction complies with certification of suspension and debarment requirements 7. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that failing to disclose the information required in the Code of Federal Regulations may result in the delay or negation of this funding agreement, or pursuance of legal remedies, including suspension and debarment. 8. CONTRACTOR agrees to keep proof in its agreement file, that it, and all lower tier recipients or contractors, have "no exclusions" (i.e not suspended or debarred), and will make this proof available to the Department upon request. RECIPIENT /CONTRACTOR must run a search in www.SAM.gov and print a copy of completed searches to document proof of compliance. NOTE. If there is no information listed on the search, they will not show up in the system. Print the screen for documenting the search for contract file. This term and condition supersedes EPA Form 5700 -49, "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters " 1 11 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 3 -37 1 11 111 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 111 (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his 0 employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated 111 facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest a rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which O are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certi ' ation in this file. r paid LiAlf Signature D / g at e h.t,tletA Ainsworth Corp Sec /Trea.s ame and titie of signer (please type) 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS12011111108111108 Specs.docx 3 -38 1 1 1 CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL -AID CONTRACTS The prospective participant certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of 1 his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a 1 Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, o amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of U Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. a This certification is material representation of the fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S Code Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and more than $100,000 for each failure The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108111108 Specs.dacx 3 -43 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 a 11 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS 11 11 11 11 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11106 \11108 Specs.docx 4 -1 1 CONTRACT THIS i44GRE Ef IT, made and entered into in quadruplicate, this 4 1 - ' day of , 2013, by and between the CITY OF YAKIMA, hereinafter called the OWNER, and P'o \ Goan -v-a_e hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR, WITNESSETH: 1 That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The CONTRACTOR shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS - City of Yakima Project No 2259, HLA Project No 11108, in accordance with and as described in the attached Plans and Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Munici- pal Construction, which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract and every part thereof 1 Work shall start within ten (10) calendar days after Notice to Proceed and shall be completed by the dates set forth in Section 1 -08.5 TIME FOR COMPLETION of the Special Provisions. The first chargeable working day shall be the date forth in the Notice to Proceed of the first day the Contractor begins work, whichever comes first. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the CONTRACTOR agrees to pay to the OWNER for each and every working day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, liquidated damages as determined in Section 1 -08 9. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this Contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the Specifications to be furnished by the OWNER. II. The OWNER hereby promises and agrees with the CONTRACTOR to employ, and does employ the CONTRACTOR to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached Plans and Specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained, and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached Specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this Contract. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, elected officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, causes of action, damages, losses, and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, including but not limited to, attorney's fees and court costs, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from The Contractor's performance or non - performance of the services, duties and obligations required of it under this Agreement. IV The CONTRACTOR for himself, and for his /her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein upon the part of the CONTRACTOR. V. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the OWNER by reason of entering into this Contract, except as expressly provided herein. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 4 -2 II IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and II year first herein above written. OWNER. AI City of Ya . a, Washington (SEAL) By — EMS ATTEST - Name T - e ony O Rour ` C a , u--. Title City Manage a N k Name Son a Claar Tee ' z ' '1 ' . , I i Title Cit Clerk / . 4 ` - ' . 1 P z " II :1 CONTRACTOR. ip p o \NI Got, o,.e-1 -►,, T4, I By' (SEAL) Name ?� 1-. f fY pi vv.. vv D V - J ATTEST . (Please-Print or Type) 1 Address: 4 $ c>x (- I P o 1473,,z__ Phone. 6 S'12 X86 O"] FAX: ---D "" t5 !P' —grb d WAL i _ -- '� E -mail Address. Skc ) Ic J c, fl C 4 lr 1�lk .c a, ti Name. ;� S (5 P (Please Print or Type I Employer Identification Number: q 1-)Q' -? 51 I City of Yakima Contract No.: /3_ /90. Resolution No • R- 2012 -12 I 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 4 -3 1 _/ CONTRACT BOND 6©??d_ - BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS' 1 That we, the undersigned,9.„i_- � � ���.�,!, < "ae.)G',„r�A� as principal, anck'4ie ��GC�I1 tee ep-m en L LP S GZ • a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of 12'f • as a Surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington become Surety upon I bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of 3, S� 9O- F7 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators, or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington and the Ordinances of the CITY YokKo* OF YAKIMA. i, Dated at , Washington, this 99 ` day of D'"" — , 2013 Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: /�'�� 1 WHEREAS, under and pursuant to action of the CITY OF YAKIMA, on �ti' - 4 t 2013, the City Manager of said CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the sal. - :, , 41.26 cym Imo e , the above bounden Principal, a certain ontr:ct, the sail 111 Contr being numbered City of Yakif a Project No 2259, HLA Project No. 11108, and providing for the construction of NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS (which Contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said Contract, and undertake to ' perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the said ;/ ,�- �� A i 1 , shall faithfully perform all the provisio s of aid Contrac /in the manner and within the time therei /set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said Contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men and all industrial insurance premiums, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said Contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said Contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docu 4 -4 1 \94-e_ g SURETYf lVPt {L GfSQ' • (SEAL) 7d7rit ATTEST. b-) Name fuudifh 164se"? /fh (Please Print or Typezi ' Agent: to: - - L/ / . � .,.ed lC2 , _ Address: .O. / �i! , / Name' oT/9n e5 £ • 1 ' ! il i 1/6e2eezi %>G( g9a /a - (Please Print or Type) CON ' A CTOR. f o CADLA t L � �V►lil, �C. ` 677- 70 - � y 3Z� - By � "( �J Name 11Z I 1 h S 1nl <D vi- 60-72 r° S'€ / t tS • (Pleas. Print or Type) 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 4-5 1 THE THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA ' GUARANTEE Southfield, Michigan • - POWER OF ATTORNEY I KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS. That THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, having its principal office in Southfield, Michigan, does hereby constitute and appoint James E. Majeskey II, Walter W. Wolf, Judith A. Rapp, Shawn M. Wilson, Judith C. Kaiser- Smith, Nicholas W. Paget, Shelly Donovan 1 PayneWest Insurance, Inc. its true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract I or otherwise. The execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at the principal office. I The Power of Attorney is executed and may be certified so, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article IX, Section 9.03 of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA at a meeting held on the 31 day of December, 2003. The President, or any Vice President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority' 1 To appoint Attomey(s) -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds I and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and 2. To revoke, at any time, any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given, except as provided below 3. In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and /or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of I Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and /or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. 4 In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner — Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. I Further, this Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 6th day of December 2011, of which the following is a true excerpt: RESOLVED that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and I such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. ".NTFpe IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 23rd day of February, 2012. � THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA N�MF.� STATE OF MICHIGAN Stephen C. Ruschak, Vice President Randall Musselman, Secretary County of Oakland On this 23rd day of February, 2012 before me came the individuals who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly swom, said that each is the herein described and authorized officer of The Guarantee Company of North America USA, that the seal affixed to said I instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the Corporate Seal and each signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of Cynthia A. Takai IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand at The Guarantee I cf rZT:r,; Notary Public, State of Michigan Company of North America USA offices the day and year above written. ej. �fl w, C ounty of Oakland . zX TL ' Pivlgb < My Commission Expires February 27, 2018 J a. 4_ = fir Acting in Oakland County I, Randall : Musselman, Secretary of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, which is still in full force and effect. I IN WITNESS W HEREOF, I have thereunto set my hand and attached the seal of said Company this y day of O 9013 i ( n rd e tE ec o Randall Musselman, Secretary 1 8/19/13 www. insurance. wa. goviconsumertoolldt/Company /CompanyProfile.aspQWAOIC= 229139 1 ft Search > GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA THE 1 GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA I THE General 1 C6n 1 Licensing_ I Appointments 1 Complaints 1 Orders 1 National Info 1 Ratings 1 ._ _ _ _ Back to Search I General information Contact information Name: GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA Registered address Mailing address USA THE ONE TOWNE SQUARE STE ONE TOWNE SQUARE STE Corporate family group: n /a ty a t 5 t s� 1470 1470 Organization type: PROPERTY SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076 SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076 1 WAOIC: Telephone Telephone NAIL: 36650 248- 281 -0281 248 - 281 -0281 I Status: ACTIVE Admitted date: 06/22/2004 Ownership type: STOCK Lack to t op I Types of coverage authorized to sell w ht, s ib; Insurance types Surety back to top I Agents and agencies that represent this company (Appointments) wrac ,s ei<a„ I ,View agepts! View agencies �b]C to top r Company complaint history .„ t „ . 1 [ viewcompia!nts. ■ ' a d< o t top ■ Disciplinary orders 2008 -2013 NJ�atftis I No disciplinary orders are found Looking for other orders? Our online orders search allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. ' - pack to top National information on insurance companies I Want more information ahniit this cmmnanv? The NATC'e Consiimer Tnfnrmatinn (CTS) nave allows voii to www. i nsurance. wa. gov/ consumertoolWt /Company/CompanyProfile.asp (?WAOIC= 229139 1/2 8/19/13 www.insurance.wa.g ov/ consumertoollat/Company /CompanyProfiIe.asp»QWAOIC= 229139 retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance companies, plus has information and tips to help you understand current insurance issues. bask Lo tap Ratings by financial organizations The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. A.M. Best Weiss Group Ratings Standard and Poor's Corp _ Moody's_Investors Service Fitch IBCA, Duff and Phelps Ratings ^b cktoto ........ ....... 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wvmrv.i nsurance.wa.g ov/ consumertoolldUCompany /CompanyProfil e.asp (?WAOIC= 229139 2/2 8/19/13 Listing of Certified Companies: Surety Bonds: Programs and Systems: Financial Management Service 1 MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, PR, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Ohio. I GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK (NAIC #22136) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 301 E Fourth Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202. PHONE: (513) 369 -5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $4,523,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, I NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: New York. 1 Great Northern Insurance Company (NAIC #20303) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, NJ 07059. PHONE: (908) 903 -2000. I UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $43,859,000. SURETY LICENSES c;f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MP, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, I WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Indiana. 1 Greenwich Insurance Company (NAIC #22322) BUSINESS ADDRESS: SEAVIEW HOUSE, 70 SEAVIEW AVENUE, STAMFORD, CT 06902. PHONE• (203) 964 -5200. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $44,080,000. SURETY LICENSES I c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, GU, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN MS. MO, MT NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, PR, RI, SC, SD, TN .--! , VA, WA, WV, WY. INC RPORA-T- ! ' Delaware. I Guarantee Company of North Am rer ica USA (The) (NAIC #3.650) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Towne Square, Suite 1470, Southfield, MI 48076 - 3725. PHONE: (248) 281 -0281 x -6012. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $14,172,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, I MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, T , TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Michigan. I it Return to to of page or se - : -tter to jump to an item. A B C D E F G N 1 s P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Hanover Insurance Company (The) (NAIC #22292) I BUSINESS ADDRESS: 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MA 01653 - 0002. PHONE: (508) 853 -7200 x -4476. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $75,381,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, I VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: New Hampshire. HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (NAIC #26433) BUSINESS ADDRESS: 702 OBERLIN ROAD, RALEIGH, NC 27605 - 0800. PHONE: (919) 833- I 1600. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $14,264,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MP, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN Illinois. 1 Harleysville Mutual Insurance Company (NAIC #14168)3 Harleysville Worcester Insurance Company (NAIC #26182) I BUSINESS ADDRESS: 355 Maple Avenue, Harleysville, PA 19438 - 2297. PHONE: (215) 256- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $19,161,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AR, CT, DE, DC, GA, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, NE, NH, NJ, NY, NC, ND, OH, PA, RI, SC, SD, TN, VT, VA, WV, WI. INCORPORATED IN: Pennsylvania. I Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company (NAIC #22357) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE: (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $220,024,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /• AL, AK, AZ, I AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, PR, RI, SC, SD, TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN: Connecticut. Hartford Casualty Insurance Company (NAIC #29424) I BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $90,732,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, AR, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MS, MO, MT, NE, NV, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, ND, OH, OK, OR, PA, RI, SC, SD,;TN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, 1 WV, WI, WY. INCORPORATED IN' Indiana. Hartford Fire Insurance Company (NAIC #19682) BUSINESS ADDRESS: One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155 - 0001. PHONE: (860) 547- 5000. UNDERWRITING LIMITATION b/: $1,301,254,000. SURETY LICENSES c,f /: AL, AK, AZ, whw.frns.treas.gov/c570/c570_a-z.html 11/25 1 1 SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS In accordance with SECTION 1 -08 0(2) HOURS OF WORK (Ma 25, 2006 APWA GSP), the normal straight time wor ing hours for this project will be from a.m to 3 % p m., days per week. It is understood t at normal straight time working hours shall not excee 40 hours per week, regardless of the number of days worked per week. All hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week shall be considered as overtime hours subject to the reimburse- ment provisions of SECTION 1 -08 0(3) REIMBURSEMENT FOR OVERTIME WORK OF CONTRACTING AGENCY EMPLOYEES (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) as modified by the Special Provisions. Overtime hours are defined as any hours in excess of or outside of the above normal straight time working hours when the Contractor and /or his subcontractors are on the project site performing work. hereby certify that my subcontractors have been notified of the normal straight time working hours �. provisions of this project and understand that Engineer /Contracting Agency costs for overtime hours will be deducted from amounts due to me for work performed on the project. SO W (A) (A CJ (//i4, / C. Co ctor Signature Date 1 1 ,1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 4-6 1 1 NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER ORGANIZATION OF WORKERS: NON - DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT 1 TO: CC -ctL ton < / Z. (name of union or organization of ) 1 The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with (,� J� (name of applicant) involving funds or credit of the U.S. Government or (a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding 1 such contract(s). You are advised that under the provisions of the above contracts) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, or national 1 origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION ' RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION ' SELECTION FOR TRAINING INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and Executive Order 11246. 1 Copies of this notice will be posted by the undersigned ilk •nspicuous places avaaable to employees or applicants for employment A sub contractor(s)) ) 1 1 1 1 1 WPROJECr812011N 8pem doer 4-7 1 1 1 OMB Control No: 2090 -0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Arti Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 I Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form 1 NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR' PROJECT NAME ADDRESS CONTRACT NO. TELEPHONE NO. EMAIL ADDRESS ' PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the a.ove EPA - funded project (e.g., reason for 1 termination by prime contractor, late payment, etc.). /h AMOUNT CONTRACT ITEM OF WORK OR DESC t PTION OF SERVICES RECEIVED FROM SUBCONTRACTOR ITEM NO. THE PRIME CONTRACT G R WAS PAID BY PRIME CONTRACTOR 1 1 1 1 Subcontractor Signature Title /Date Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100 - (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 4 -8 1 I OMB Control No: 2090 -0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 I ' " . Environmental Protection Agency 111 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form I The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resource expended by persons to I generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Fede . agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize - chnology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing . nd maintaining information, and II disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to co r ply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond tt a collection of information; search data sources, complete and review the collection of information; nd transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and . person is not required to respond to, a 1 collection of information unless it displays a currently valid *MB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this informatio , the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and I any suggested methods for minimizing responde b den, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategi ision, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, � 0460. Include the OMB control number in any 11 correspondence. Do not send the compt ' A DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to this address. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EPA FORM 6100 -2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) 1 I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 4 -9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 5 -1 1 1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39 12 RCW, as amended The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this Contract. A schedule of prevailing wage rates is included in these Specifications. Inasmuch as the CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for paying the higher rates of either Federal Wage Rates or State Wage Rates, this schedule of wages, it is imperative that all contractors and subcontractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates before submitting bids based on these Specifications. Before any payment is made by the local government body of any sums due under this Contract, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Also following the acceptance of the project, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of "Affidavit of Wages Paid" and, in addition, from the prime contractor a copy of "Release for the Protection of Property Owners and General Contractor," all approved by the State Department of Labor and Industries. Forms may be obtained from the Department of Labor and Industries. The CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor shall pay all fees associated with and make all applications directly to the Department of Labor and Industries. These affidavits will be required before any funds retained, according to the provisions of RCW 60.28 010, are released to the CONTRACTOR. Payment by the CONTRACTOR and subcontractor of any fees shall be considered incidental to the construction and all costs shall be included in other pay items of the project. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also be required to submit certified weekly payroll forms with an accompanying Statement of Compliance so that payment of prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits may be verified Payrolls shall list each employee's total (Hourly pay plus hourly fringe benefit) pay rate. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also be required to submit Monthly Employment Utilization Reports in accordance with these Specifications. Certified payrolls must be completed using the U.S. Department of Labor Payroll Form WH347 found at www.dol.gov. Certified payrolls are required to be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer, for the Contractor and all Subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors. If these payrolls are not supplied within ten calendar days of the end of the preceding weekly payroll period, any or all payments may be withheld until compliance is achieved Also, failure to provide these payrolls could result in other sanctions as provided by State laws (RCW 39 12.050) and /or Federal regulations (29 CFR 5.12). All certified payrolls shall be complete and ' explicit. Employee labor descriptions used on certified payrolls shall coincide exactly with the labor descriptions listed on the minimum wage schedule in the Contract unless the Engineer approves an alternate method to identify the labor used by the Contractor to compare with the labor listed in the Contract Provisions. When an apprentice is shown on the certified payroll at a rate less than the minimum prevailing journey wage rate, the apprenticeship registration number for that employee from the State Apprenticeship and Training Council shall be shown along with the correct Employee classification code. 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 5 -2 1 DWSRF - LABOR STANDARDS PROVISION MUNICIPAL BORROWERS Contract and Subcontract provisions. (a) The Recipient shall insure that the subrecipient(s) shall insert in full in any contract in excess of ' $2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and /or repair, including painting and decorating, of a treatment work under the CWSRF or a construction project under the DWSRF financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in § 5 1 or the FY 2011 appropriation , the following clauses: (1) Minimum wages. (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be .paid unconditionally and not Tess often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section, also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in § 5.5(a)(4) Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein Provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH- 1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. Subrecipients may obtain wage determinations from the U S Department of Labor's web site, www. dol.gov (ii)(A) The subrecipient(s), on behalf of EPA, shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The State award official shall approve a request for an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 5-3 11 their representatives, and the subrecipient(s) agree on the classification and wage rate (including the 1 amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), documentation of the action taken and the request, including the local wage determination shall be sent by the subrecipient(s) to the State award official. The State award official will transmit the request, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210 and to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the State award official or will notify the State award official within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their 1 representatives, and the subrecipient(s) do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the award official shall refer the request and the local wage determination, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the State award official, to the Administrator for determination. The request shall be sent to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt of the request and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics 1 includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the 1 benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 1 (2) Withholding. Th e subrecipient(s), shall u on written request 9• uest of the EPA Award Official or an P q authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency) may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the G. \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs .docx -4 1 1 1 wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved ' programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. 1 (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the subrecipient, that is, the entity that receives the sub -grant or loan from the State capitalization grant recipient. Such documentation shall be available on request of the State recipient or EPA. As to each payroll copy received, the subrecipient shall provide written confirmation in a form satisfactory to the State indicating whether or not the project is in compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) based on the most recent payroll copies for the specified week. The payrolls shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5 5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on the weekly payrolls. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e g., the last four digits of the employee's social security number) The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired Optional Form WH -347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http. / /www.dol gov /esa /whd /forms /wh347instr htm or its successor site The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the subrecipient(s) for transmission to the State or EPA if requested by EPA, the State, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the subrecipient(s). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following 1 (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under § 5 5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under § 5 5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH -347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States 1 Code • (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the State, EPA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 5 -5 1 hours on the job If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency or State may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5 12. (4) Apprentices and trainees. 1 (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U S Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not Tess than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractors registered program shall be observed Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved G:IPROJECTS12011 \11108 \11106 Specs.docc 5 -6 1 1 1 (iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended and 29'CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 1 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5 5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the EPA determines may by appropriate, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. 1 (7) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5 5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR I 5 12 (8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by 1 reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this ' contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7 Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and Subrecipient(s), State, EPA, the U S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their 1 representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 1 (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) 1 (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U S. Criminal Code, 18 U S.C. 1001 4 Contract Provision for Contracts in Excess of $100,000. 1 (a) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The subrecipient shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Item 3, above or 29 CFR 4 6 As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not Tess than one and one -half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 5 -7 1 be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United 1 States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 1 (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The subrecipient, upon written request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (a)(1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section (b) In addition to the clauses contained in Item 3, above, in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in 29 CFR 5 1, the Subrecipient shall insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid Further, the Subrecipient shall insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job 1 5. Compliance Verification (a) The subrecipient shall periodically interview a sufficient number of employees entitled to DB prevailing 1 wages (covered employees) to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates As provided in 29 CFR 5 6(a)(6), all interviews must be conducted in confidence. The subrecipient must use Standard Form 1445 (SF 1445) or equivalent documentation to memorialize the interviews. Copies of the SF 1445 are available from EPA on request. (b) The subrecipient shall establish and follow an interview schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. At a minimum, the subrecipient should conduct interviews with a representative group of covered employees within two weeks of each contractor or subcontractor's submission of its initial weekly payroll data and two weeks prior to the estimated completion date for the contract or subcontract. Subrecipients must conduct more frequent interviews if the initial interviews or other information indicates that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor is not complying with DB. Subrecipients shall immediately conduct necessary interviews in response to an alleged violation of the prevailing wage requirements. All interviews shall be conducted in confidence 1 (c) The subrecipient shall periodically conduct spot checks of a representative sample of weekly payroll data to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. The subrecipient shall establish and follow a spot check schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance G. \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 5 -8 1 1 with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. At a minimum, if practicable, the subrecipient should spot check payroll data within two weeks of each contractor or subcontractor's submission of its initial payroll data and two weeks prior to the completion date of the contract or subcontract. Subrecipients must conduct more frequent spot checks if the initial spot check or other information indicates that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor is not complying with DB. In addition, during the examinations the subrecipient shall verify evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder by contractors and subcontractors who claim credit for fringe benefit contributions. (d) The subrecipient shall periodically review contractors and subcontractors use of apprentices and trainees to verify registration and certification with respect to apprenticeship and training programs approved by either the U.S Department of Labor or a state, as appropriate, and that contractors and subcontractors are not using disproportionate numbers of, laborers, trainees and apprentices. These reviews shall be conducted in accordance with the schedules for spot checks and interviews described in Item 5(b) and (c) above (e) Subrecipients must immediately report potential violations of the DB prevailing wage requirements to the EPA DB contact listed above and to the appropriate DOL Wage and Hour District Office listed at http.//www.dol.gov/esa/contacts/whd/america2.htm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G. \ PROJECTS \2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 5 -9 Page 1 of 16 1 1 State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries I Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360- 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 I Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to 1 not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. 1 Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 6/13/2013 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note I Yakima Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $17.83 1 Yakima Boilermakers Journey Level $62.34 5N 1C Yakima Brick Mason Journey Level $41.48 5A 1M I Yakima Building Service Employees Janitor $9.19 1 Yakima Building Service Employees Shampooer $11.14 1 Yakima Building Service. Employees Waxer $9.19 1 1 Yakima Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $9.19 1 Yakima Cabinet Makers (In Shop) Journey Level $16.35 1 I Yakima Carpenters Journey Level $29.72 1 Yakima Cement Masons Journey Level $37.40 7B 1 N Yakima Divers & Tenders Diver $100.28 5D 1M 8A I Yakima Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $56.68 5D 1M Yakima Divers Et Tenders Diver Tender $52.23 5D 1M Yakima Divers & Tenders Surface Rcv & Rov Operator $52.23 5D 1M I Yakima Divers & Tenders Surface Rcv & Rov Operator $48.67 5A 1B Tender Yakima Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $51.07 5D 3G I On Dredge Workers Assistant Mate(deckhand) $50.56 5D 3G Yakima Dredge Workers _ Boatmen $51.07 5D 3G 1 I Yakima Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $51.12 5D 3G Yakima Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $52.69 5D 3G f 1 Yakima Dredge Workers Maintenance $50.81 5D 3G Yakima Dredge Workers Mates $51.07 5D 3G Yakima Dredge Workers Oiler $50.69 5D 3G I Yakima Drywall Applicator Journey Level $38.43 5D 1M Yakima Drywall Tapers Journey Level $32.51 7E 1 P Yakima Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $43.32 1 III ! Workers I I Il https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 2 of 16 i Yakima Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $54.82 5A 1 E Yakima Electricians - Inside Journey Level $52.94 5A 1 E Yakima Electricians - Inside Welder $56.71 5A 1E Yakima Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 ' Yakima Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 Yakima Electricians - Powerline Cable Splicer $64.95 5A 4A Construction 1 Yakima Electricians - Powerline Certified Line Welder $59.37 5A 4A Construction Yakima Electricians - Powerline Groundperson $42.16 5A 4A Construction Yakima Electricians - Powerline Head Groundperson $44.50 5A 4A I Construction I Yakima Electricians - Powerline Heavy Line Equipment $59.37 5A 4A Construction Operator Yakima Electricians Powerline Jackhammer Operator $44.50 5A 4A I 1 Construction Yakima Electricians Powerline Journey Level Lineperson $59.37 5A 4A Construction I IYakima Electricians - Powerline Line Equipment Operator $49.95 5A 4A Construction Yakima Electricians - Powerline Pole Sprayer $59.37 ' 5A 4A 1 Construction Yakima Electricians - Powerline Powderperson $44.50 5A 4A Construction 1 Yakima Electronic Technicians Journey Level $23.40 1 'Yakima Elevator Constructors Mechanic $77.70 7D 4A 'Yakima Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $84.24 7D 4A Yakima Fabricated Precast Concrete Craftsman - In- Factory Work $9.19 1 Products Only Yakima Fabricated Precast Concrete Journey Level - In- Factory $9.19 1 I Products Work Only !Yakima Fence Erectors Fence Erector $13.79 1 Yakima naggers Journey Level $24.62 1 !Yakima Glaziers Journey Level $22.43 61 1B Yakima Heat a Frost Insulators And Journey Level $25.32 1 Asbestos Workers Yakima Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $34.85 1 Yakima Hod Carriers a Mason Tenders Journey Level $33.71 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Industrial Power Vacuum Journey Level $9.24 1 Cleaner Yakima Inland Boatmen Journey Level $9.19 1 1 Yakima Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer $9.73 1 Sewer a Water Systems By Operator Remote Control Yakima Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Grout Truck Operator $11.48 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control { 1 I htt s: / /fortress.wa. ov /lni /wa elooku / rvWa elooku .as x 6/13/2013 I P g g pP g P P Page 3 of 16 1 I Yakima Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Head Operator $12.78 1 Sewer It Water Systems By Remote Control I Yakima Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Technician $9.19 1 Sewer a Water Systems By Remote Control Yakima Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Tv Truck Operator $10.53 1 I Sewer £t Water Systems By Remote Control 1Yakima Insulation Applicators Journey Level $38.43 5D 1M I 1Yakima Ironworkers Journeyman $52.44 7N 10 Yakima Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating $32.75 7A 2Y Screed I Yakima Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $33.71 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $32.75 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Batch Weighman $30.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Brick Pavers $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Brush Cutter $32.75 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Burner $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Caisson Worker $33.71 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Laborers Carpenter Tender $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Cement Dumper - paving $33.31 7,4 2Y I Yakima Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $32.75 7A 2Y I . Yakima Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And $33.31 7A 2Y Over) Laborers Choker Setter $32.75 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Laborers Chuck Tender $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Clary Power Spreader $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Clean -up Laborer $32.75 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Concrete Dumper /chute $33.31 7A 2Y Operator I Yakima Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Concrete Saw Operator /core $33.31 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Driller Feeder $30.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Curing Laborer $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving $32.75 7A 2Y (incl. Charred Material) Yakima Laborers Ditch Digger $32.75 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Laborers Diver $33.71 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Drill Operator $33.31 7A 2Y (hydraulic, diamond) 1 Yakima Laborers Dry Stack Walls $32.75 7A 2Y I https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 4 of 16 i 'Yakima Laborers Dump Person $32.75 7A 2Y [Yakima Laborers Epoxy Technician $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Erosion Control Worker $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Fine Graders $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Firewatch $30.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Form Setter $32.75 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers General Laborer $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit $33.71 7A 2Y Person Yakima Laborers Grinders $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Grout Machine Tender $32.75 7A 2Y ,Yakima Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including $33.31 7A 2Y Post Tension Beams Yakima Laborers Guage and Lock Tender $33.81 7A 2Y 8S Yakima Laborers Guardrail Erector $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $33.71 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $33.31 7A 2Y B) 1 Yakima Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $32.75 7A 2Y C) Yakima Laborers High Scaler $33.71 7A 2Y 11 Yakima Laborers Jackhammer $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Laserbeam Operator $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Maintenance Person $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Manhole Builder mudman $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Material Yard Person $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, $33.31 7A 2Y Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air & Water On Concrete a Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, II Shotcrete, Water Bla Yakima Laborers Pavement Breaker $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Pilot Car $30.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Pipe Layer(lead) $33.71 7A 2Y a !Yakima Laborers Pipe Layer /tailor $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $33.31 7A 2Y 11 Yakima Laborers Pipe Reliner $33.31 7A 2Y IYakima Laborers Pipe Wrapper $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Pot Tender $32.75 7A 2Y ; III !Yakima Laborers Powderman $33.71 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Powderman's Helper $32.75 7A 2Y 1 htt s: / /fortress.wa. ov /lni /wa elooku / rvWa elooku .as x 6/13/2013 III p g g PP g P P Page 5 of 16 Yakima Laborers Power Jacks $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Raker - Asphalt $33.71 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Re-timberman $33.71 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Rigger /signal Person $33.31 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Rip Rap Person $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Rivet Buster $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Rodder $33:31 7A 2Y 1 !Yakima Laborers Scaffold Erector $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Scale Person $32.75 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Sloper (over 20 ") $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Sloper Sprayer $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Spreader (concrete) $33.31 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Stake Hopper $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Stock Piler $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air $33.31 7A 2Y I Et Gas Operated Tools Yakima Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- $33.31 7A 2Y propelled) Yakima Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, $33.31 7A 2Y Shorer Et Cribber) - Yakima Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $32.75 7A 2Y 1 Yakima Laborers Topper $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Track Laborer $32.75 7A 2Y 111 Yakima Laborers Track Liner (power) $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $32.61 7A 1 H 8R Yakima Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $32.61 7A 1H 8R Yakima Laborers Truck Spotter $32.75 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Tugger Operator $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Tunnel Work Miner $33.81 7A 2Y 8S Yakima Laborers Vibrator $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Vinyl Seamer $32.75 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Watchman $28.07 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Welder $33.31 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers Well Point Laborer $33.31 7A 2Y I Yakima Laborers Window Washer /cleaner $28.07 7A 2Y Yakima Laborers - Underground Sewer General Laborer & Topman $32.75 7A 2Y Et Water III Yakima Laborers - Underground Sewer Pipe Layer $33.31 7A 2Y Et Water - - Yakima Landscape Construction Irrigation Or Lawn Sprinkler $9.19 1 Installers Yakima Landscape Construction Landscape Equipment $15.45 1 I Operators Or Truck Drivers Yakima Landscape Construction Landscaping Or Planting $9.19 1 1 https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/pryWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 6 of 16 i Laborers I Yakima Lathers Journey Level $38.43 5D 1M Yakima Marble Setters Journey Level $41.48 5A 1M Yakima Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Fitter $12.00 1 I Yakima Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Laborer $10.31 1 Yakima Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Machine Operator $11.32 1 Yakima Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Painter $12.00 1 1 Yakima Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Welder $11.32 1 Yakima Millwright Journey Level $26.05 1 Yakima Modular Buildings Journey Level $14.11 1 Yakima Painters Journey Level $28.69 6Z 1W `Pile Driver Journey Level $48.82 5D 1M 1 Yakima Plasterers Journey Level $48.23 ZQ 1R Yakima Playground Et Park Equipment Journey Level $9.19 1 Installers 1 Yakima Plumbers Fx Pipefitters Journey Level $72.04 6Z 1g Yakima Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $51.89 7A 3C 8P 1 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, $51.40 7A 3C 8P 1 I Concrete !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition $48.62 7A 3C 8P 1 Equipment Yakima Power Equipment Operators Brooms $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $51.40 7A 3C 8P 1 IYakima Power Equipment Operators Cableways $51.89 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Chipper $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Compressor $48.62 7A 3C 8P i I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $51.89 7A 3C 8P With Boom Attachment Over 42 1 M Yakima Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser $48.62 7A 3C 8P Screed 111 I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $50.98 7A 3C 8P Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. Yakima Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $51.40 7A 3C 8P 1 With Boom Attachment Up To ' 42m Yakima Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $50.98 7A 3C 8P II !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $51.40 7A 3C 8P Tons With Attachments iYakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $52.44 7A 3C 8P 1 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) 1 a elooku / rvWa elooku .as x 6/13/2013 III https: / /fortress.wa.gov /lm /w g p p g p p 1 Page 7 of 16 I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, $53.01 7A 3C 8P I Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $51.89 7A 3C 81 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A- frame. - 10 Tons And $48.62 7A 3C 8P Under Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction 100 Tons $53.01 7A 3C 8P I g • Through 199 Tons Yakima Power. Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.57! 7A ® 8P 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' $53.57 7A 3C 8P I Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Yakima Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $50.98 7A 3C 8P I Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons 1 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Crusher $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer /deck Winches $51.40 7A 3C 8P (power) Yakima Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Dozers D -9 a Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $50.98 7A 3C 8P Or Crane Mount I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $51..40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man lift: $48.62 7A 3C 8P Permanent And Shaft Type I !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $51.40 7A 3C 8P Gamaco a Similar Equipment Yakima Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over $50.98 7A 3C 8P With Attachments Yakima Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $48.62 7A 3C 8P Attachments Yakima Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue $51.40 7A 3C 8P Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc Yakima Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker /stakeman $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $51.40 7A 3C 81 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. a Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump $51.40 7A 3C 81 Articulating Off -road 1 Equipment Under 45 Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill $50.98 7A 3C 8P € Locator 1 !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill $51.40 7A 3C 8P Operator 1 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over $50.98 7A 3C 8P 10 Tons 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 8 of 16 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 $48.62 7A 3C 8P I Tons And Under Yakima Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et $52.44 7A 3C 8P Over I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But $51.89 7A 3C 8P Not Including 8 Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $50.98 7A 3C 8P I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $52.44 7A 3C 8P I $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) Yakima Power Equipment Operators Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Grader - Non- $50.98 7A 3C 8P finishing Yakima Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $51.89 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel $51.89 7A 3C 8P Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield Yakima Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower $48.62 7A 3C 8P Distribution 8 Mulch Seeding Operator .Yakima Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (elevators And $50.98 7A 3C 8P Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato Yakima Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: $51.40 7_A 3C 8P 1 20 Tons Through 44 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 $52.44 7A 3C 8P ° Tons And Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $51.89 7A 3C 8P Tons Through 99 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane $51.40 7A 3C 8P Mount) Yakima Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.62 7A 3C 8P 11 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $48.62 7A 3C 8P 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom Yakima Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On $51.89 7A 3C 8P Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment III Yakima Power Equipment Operators Rigger And Bellman $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $51.89 7A 3C 8P 8 ov /lni /wa elooku / rvWa elooku .as x 6/13/2013 111 https: / /fortress.wa g g p p g p p Page 9 of 16 1 i Yakima Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.62 7A 3C ' 8P 1 Yakima Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift $50.98 7A 3C 8P Materials Yakima Power Equipment Operators Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Yakima Power Equipment. Operators Saws - Concrete $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under $51.40 7A 3C 8P 45 Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 $51.89 7A 3C 8P I i Yards And Over !Yakima Power. Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $50.98 7A 3C 8P !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $50.98 7A 3C 8P Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $51.40 7A 3C 8P Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $52.44 7A 3C 8P Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 I Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $53.01 7A 3C. 8P Over 90 Metric Tons I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $51.89 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & $51.89 7A 3C 8P Screedman I Yakima Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Over 1751n $53.01 7A 3C 8P I Height, Base To Boom !Yakima Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In $52.44 7A 3C 8P Height Base To Boom I IYakima Power Equipment Operators Transporters, AR Track Or $51.89 7A 3C 8P Truck Type Yakima Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $50.98 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 $51.40 7A 3C 8P Tons And Over Yakima Power Equipment. Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P 1 100 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.40 7A 3C 8P Yakima Power Equipment. Operators Welder $51.89 7A 3C 8P IYakirna Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $48.62 7A 3C 8P 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.40 7A 3C 8P !Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer £t Water !Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Assistant Engineer $48.62 7A 3C 8P I 1 Underground Sewer & Water 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 10 of 16 i Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $48.62 7A 3C 8P 1 Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Equipment ¶Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Brooms $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water !Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $51.40 7A 3C 8P 1 I Underground Sewer & Water 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $48.62 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water With Boom Attachment Over 42 M 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine -laser $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Screed Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. 1 iYakima Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water With Boom Attachment Up To I 42m Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $50.98 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Tons With Attachments !Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With I Attachments) 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, $53.01 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With E Attachments) I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Under Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction 100 Tons $53.01 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Through 199 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' $53.57 7A 3C E. 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 1 Page 11 of 16 I 1 Underground Sewer & Water Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Attachments A -frame Over 10 I Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer /deck Winches $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water (power) Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D -9 & Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Or Crane Mount Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Permanent And Shaft Type 1, Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Gamaco a Similar Equipment G 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over $50.98 7A 3C 8P ' Underground Sewer & Water With Attachments Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Attachments I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker /stakeman $48.62 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water I 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump $51.40 7A 3C 8P ' Underground Sewer Et Water Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Locator Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer Et Water Operator P Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water 10 Tons I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Tons And Under Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & $52.44 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer & Water Over !Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Not Including 8 Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 $51.40 7A 3C 8P 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 12 of 16 i 1 Underground Sewer a Water Yards I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Sill Power Equipment Operators- Locomotives, All $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $51.40 7A 3C 8P i Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $52.44 7A 3C 8P ;� Underground Sewer a Water $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Grader - Non- $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water finishing Sill Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water I i Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel $51.89 7A 3C 8P 6 Underground Sewer a Water Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Distribution a Mulch Seeding Operator Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water 20 Tons Through 44 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Tons And Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Tons Through 99 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Mount) a Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water 'Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Rubber Tired Earth Moving 1 b htt s: / /fortress.wa. ov /lni /wa elooku / rvWa elooku .as x 6/13/2013 P g g PP g P P Page 13 of 16 1 P Equipment II Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Rigger And Bellman $48.62 7A 3C 8P F Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $51.89 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer . Water i Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer, a Water II Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Materials Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $51.40 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $50.98 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water ® — — 111 Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under $51.40 7A 3C 8P , Underground Sewer a Water 45 Yards Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete a Carry All $50.98 7A 3C 8P i Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yards And Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P i Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $53.01 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer a Water Over 90 Metric Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water 1 Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider a $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Screedman Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Over 175'in $53.01 7A 3C 8P 1 Underground Sewer a Water Height, Base To Boom Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In $52.44 7A 3C 8P II Underground Sewer a Water Height Base To Boom Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or $51.89 7A 3C 8P E Underground Sewer a Water Truck Type Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $50.98 7A 3C 8P 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 14 of 16 I Underground Sewer a Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Tons And Over Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water 100 Tons Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Welder $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farman Type $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer &t Water I Yakima Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer &t Water Yakima Power Line Clearance Tree Journey Level In Charge $42.91 5A 4A Trimmers Yakima Power Line Clearance Tree Spray Person $40.73 5A 4A p Trimmers 111111 Yakima Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Equipment Operator $41.29 5A 4A Trimmers Yakima Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer $38.38 5A 4A 1 Trimmers Yakima Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer Groundperson $28.95 5A 4A Trimmers �, Yakima Refrigeration & Air Journey Level $28.11 1 Conditioning Mechanics Yakima Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $29.00 1 Yakima Residential Carpenters Journey Level $17.14 1 Yakima Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $11.86 1 Yakima Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $18.00 1 Yakima Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $17.00 1 Yakima Residential Electricians Journey Level $21.98 1 Yakima Residential Glaziers Journey Level $ 22.43 61 1B Yakima Residential Insulation Journey Level $14.38 1 1 Applicators 'Yakima Residential Laborers Journey Level $11.02 1 'Yakima Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $29.00 1 Yakima Residential Painters Journey Level $16.32 1 li Yakima Residential Plumbers & Journey Level $20.55 1 Pipefitters Yakima Residential Refrigeration & Air Journey Level $28.11 1 1 Conditioning. Mechanics Yakima Residential Sheet Metal Journey Level (Field or Shop) $37.10 5A 1X Workers 'Yakima Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $17.55 1 !Yakima Residential Sprinkler Fitters Journey Level $9.19 1 I I (Fire Protection) f 'Yakima Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $16.00 1 1 Yakima Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $9.19 1 I https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 15 of 16 1 Yakima Residential Terrazzo /Tile Journey Level $17.00 1 Finishers Yakima Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $16.78 1 Yakima Roofers Journey Level $12.00 1 1 Yakima Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $50.61 5A 1X Yakima Sign Makers Et Installers Journey Level $14.65 1 (Electrical) 1 Yakima Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Journey Level $14.65 1 Electrical) Yakima Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $23.11 5A 1N Yakima Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $9.19 1 Yakima Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $26.36 1 Protection) I Yakima Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 1 Structural) Yakima Stone Masons Journey Level $41.48 5A 1M Yakima Street And Parking Lot Journey Level $9.19 1 Sweeper Workers Yakima Surveyors Assistant Construction Site $50.98 7A 3C 8P Surveyor Yakima Surveyors Chainman $50.46 7A 3C 8P Yakima Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $51.89 7A 3C 8P Yakima Telecommunication Journey Level $20.00 1 Technicians Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Cable Splicer $35.09 5A 2B Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Hole Digger /Ground Person $19.22 5A 2B I , Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Installer (Repairer) $33.63 5A 2B Outside 1 Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Special Aparatus Installer I $35.09 5A 2B Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Special Apparatus Installer II $34.37 5A 2B 1 Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment Operator $35.09 5A 2B Outside (Heavy) I Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment Operator $32.62 5A 2B Outside (Light) Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Lineperson $32.62 5A 2B ii Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Television Gr• .. - $18.65 5A 2B Outside I Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Television Lineperson /Installer $24.66 5A 2B Outside Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Television System Technician $29.42 5A 2B Outside 'Yakima Telephone Line. Construction - Television Technician $26.43 5A 2B 1 Outside I 'Yakima Telephone Line Construction - Tree Trimmer $32.95 5A 2B i I https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 Page 16 of 16 Outside Yakima Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $32.15 5A 1M I, Yakima Tile Setters Journey Level $32.15 5A 1M Yakima Tile, Marble &t Terrazzo Journey Level $28.07 5A 1M Finishers 'Yakima Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $41.53 7A 1K 'Yakima Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix $14.19 1 t Yakima Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer(c.wa $36.36 61 2G 760) Yakima Truck Drivers Dump Truck(c.wa -760) $36.36 61 2G, Yakima Truck Drivers Other Trucks(c.wa -760) $36.36 61 2G `Yakima Truck Drivers Transit Mixer $38.96 1 Yakima Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Irrigation Pump Installer $25.44 1 11 Installers !Yakima Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Oiler $9.20 1 Installers Il Yakima Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Well Driller $18.00 1 Installers 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 https: // fortress. wa. gov/ lni /wagelookup /prvWagelookup.aspx 6/13/2013 • ii Benefit — enefit Code Key Effective 3-3-2013 thru 8-30-2013 Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate I must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. • I 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five -eight (8) hour workweek day or a four -ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly it rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday II shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. I G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four -ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday I through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be aid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All p Y g hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 1 1 1 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3 -3 -2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of N. All hours worked o s y( p p s y) p Y wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 0. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage., W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make -up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. t agreed upon All hours worked outside the hours of 5 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be g reed p on b y any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight -time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. 1 2 1 Benefit Code Key — ey Effective 3-3-2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 I 2 ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. I C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. i G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be aid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All P Y g hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. 111 H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. II K. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. 0 All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. 1 R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked I over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, 1 and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four -day, ten -hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten II shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked on Saturdays (except for make -up days) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I 3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one -half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees I regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. 1 3 I 1 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3 -3 -2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 3 B. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on • Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. �t C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. D. All hours worked between 6:00 pm Monday through 6:00 am Saturday, shall be paid at an overtime rate of 15% over the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked after 6:00 am on Saturdays, shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. G Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, , and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one -half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 8:00 am Sunday to 8:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8 ) ( ) BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Holiday Codes 5 A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B Holidays. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8) Year's Day, Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, Holidays: New Y y, y, p Y> g g Y> Y g g , Y And Christmas (6). 1 4 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3 -3 -2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 5. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9) L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Day, P Y, y, hanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Day, Y, y, hanksgivmg Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One -Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas ( Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Holiday Codes Continued 6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And A Half -Day On Christmas Eve Day (9 1/2). G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And Christmas Eve Day (11). ' H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year's Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). 1 5 1 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3 -3 -2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 Day, T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence D y, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). 1 Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. Holiday Codes Continued 7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a '- Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. `1 6 1 I Benefit Code Key — Effective 3 -3 -2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 I 7. J Holidays. New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding i l Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday I on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, II Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day. 10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. I O Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day After Or Before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Or Before Christmas Day, And The Employees Birthday. 11). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be 111, observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I ' P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. I Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. I R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day I after or before Christmas Day (10) If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. 1 Note Codes 8. A. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or I more: Over 50' To 100' -$2.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150' -$3.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 220' -$4.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 150 Feet Over 220' -$5.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 220 Feet 7 I 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-3-2013 thru 8 -30 -2013 C. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or g more: Over 50' To 100' -$1.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150' -$1.50 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 200' -$2.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 150 Feet Over 200' - Divers May Name Their Own Price D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1 00 per hour. 1 L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. 1 i M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1 00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0 75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25 P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1 00, And Class D Suit $0.50. Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. R. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012. S. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012 T. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries 1 Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non- standard" Items) I Below is the department's (State L &I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non- standard ". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the I Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non - standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW I 39 12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. i 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly /fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 11' 4. Does the item require any assembly, q y b y, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered I by RCW 39 12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, 1 etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. 1 1 1 1 I Supplemental to Wage Rates 1 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non- standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L &I's policy statement. 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 3 1. Metal rectangular frames, solid metal covers, herringbone grates, and bi- directional vaned grates for Catch Basin Types 1, 1 L, 1P, and 2 and Concrete Inlets. See Std. Plans 2. Metal circular frames (rings) and covers, circular grates, and prefabricated ladders for Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3, Drywell Types 1, 2, and 3 and Catch Basin Type 2 X See Std. Plans 3, Prefabricated steel grate supports and welded grates, metal frames and dual vaned grates, and Type 1, 2, and X 3 structural tubing grates for Drop Inlets. See Std. Plans. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. X 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. X 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch X to 120 inches in dia meter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in X diameter. May also be treated, #5 11 11 I 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 2 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 11 1 1 1 I ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be 111, made from commercial bolt stock. X See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. I 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be X I in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. X 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel Items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and /o r X boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing conforming to the type and material specifications set forth 1 in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in X accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 13. Concrete Piling -- Precast - Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete pili ng. Concrete to conform to Section 9 -19.1 of Std. Spec.. X II 14. Precast Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3 with cones, adjustment X sections and flat top slabs. See Std. Plans. I 15. Precast Drywell Types 1, 2, and with cones and adjustment Sections. See Std. Plans. X I 16. Precast Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1P, and 2 With adjustment sections. See Std. Plans. X 1 1 I Supplemental to Wage Rates 3 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 , 1 1 I ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - with adjustment sections, See Std. Plans X 3 18. Precast Drop Inlet Type 1 and 2 with metal grate supports. See Std. Plans. X 19 Precast Grate Inlet Type 2 with extension and top units. See Std. Plans X 20. Metal frames, vaned grates, and hoods for Combination Inlets. See Std. Plans X is 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of 1 various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction X requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities Vaults. X 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. x See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as X permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels — Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. X Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt -up wall a panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials X to be used I I Supplemental to Wage Rates 4 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure I Slabs. 28 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder - Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to X casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 1 29. Prestressed Concrete Gird er Series 4 -14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 31. Prestressed Precast H ollow -Core Slab — Precast Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A. 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 33. Monument Case and Cover X See Std. Plan. 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 5 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -183. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 35 Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge 9 9 e fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for X approval are required prior to fabrication. 1 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -138 for Aluminum Alloys. a See Std. Plans, and Contract P Tans for details. The steel structure X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 1 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated Steel Sign Posts as detailed in Std Plans. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to X fabrication 38. Light Standard - Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow concrete poles. X 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plans. See Specia X Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for use on highway and /or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated X to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings 41. Precast Concrete Sloped Mountable Curb (Single and Dual Faced) x See Std. Plans. 1 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 6 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following materials must be submitted and approved for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. X X NOTE: * ** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed Custom Std 1 Message 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel Message Signing X 44 Guardrail components X X Custom Standard End Sec Sec 45. Aggregates /Concrete m ixes Covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 1 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring /components X 49. treated or untreated timber pile X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. Irrigation components X 1 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 7 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 53. Fencing materials X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Traffic Buttons 1 X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings X 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel pile tips, custom X 1 Prefabricated items specifically produced for public works projects that are prefabricated in a county other than the county wherein the public works project is to be completed, the wage for the offsite prefabrication shall be the applicable prevailing wage for the county in which the actual prefabrication takes place. It is the manufacturer of the prefabricated product to verify that the correct county wage rates are 1 applied to work they perform. See RCW 39.12.010 (The definition of "locality" in RCW 39.12.010(2) contains the phrase "wherein the physical work is being performed." The department interprets this phrase to mean the actual work site. 1 1 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 8 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 WSDOT's List of State Occupations not applicable to Heavy and Highway Construction Projects This project is subject to the state hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits in the contract provisions, as provided by the state Department of Labor and Industries. The following list of occupations, is comprised of those occupations that are not normally used in the construction of heavy and highway projects. When considering job classifications for use and / or payment when bidding on, or building heavy and highway construction projects for, or administered by WSDOT, these Occupations will be excepted from the included "Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Work Contracts" documents. • Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers • Electricians - Motor Shop • Heating Equipment Mechanics • Industrial Engine and Machine Mechanics • Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaners • Inspection, Cleaning, Sealing of Water Systems by Remote Control • Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water • Machinists (Hydroelectric Site Work) • Modular Buildings • Playground & Park Equipment Installers • Power Equipment Operators - Underground Sewer & Water • Residential ***ALL ASSOCIATED RATES * ** • Sign Makers and Installers (Non - Electrical) • Sign Makers and Installers (Electrical) • Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) 1 The following occupations may be used only as outlined in the preceding text concerning #' "WSDOT's list for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators" • Fabricated Precast Concrete Products 1 • Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Definitions for the Scope of Work for prevailing wages may be found at the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries web site and in WAC Chapter 296 -127. 1 1 • 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 9 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) WAC 296- 127 -018 Agency filings affecting this section Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials. (1) The materials covered under this section include but are not limited to: Sand, gravel, crushed rock, concrete, asphalt, or other similar materials. 111, (2) All workers, regardless of by whom employed, are subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they perform any or all of the following functions: (a) They deliver or discharge any of the above - listed materials to a public works project site: (i) At one or more point(s) directly upon the location where the material will be incorporated into the project; or (ii) At multiple points at the project; or 11 (iii) Adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation of those materials. (b) They wait at or near a public works project site to perform any tasks subject to this section of the rule. (c) They remove any materials from a public works construction site pursuant to contract requirements or specifications (e.g , excavated materials, materials from demolished structures, clean -up materials, etc ) (d) They work in a materials production facility (e.g., batch plant, borrow pit, rock quarry, etc.,) which is established for a public works project for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for the project. 1 (e) They deliver concrete to a public works site regardless of the method of incorporation. (f) They assist or participate in the incorporation of any materials into the public works project. 1 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 10 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 1 1 (3) All travel time that relates to the work covered under subsection (2) of this section requires the payment of prevailing wages. Travel time includes time spent waiting to Toad, loading, transporting, waiting to unload, and delivering materials. Travel time would include all time spent in travel in support of a public works project whether the vehicle is empty or full. For example, travel time spent returning to a supply source to obtain another load of material for use on a public works site or returning to the public works site to obtain another load of excavated material is time spent in travel that is subject to prevailing wage. Travel to a supply source, including travel from a public works site, to obtain materials for use on a private project would not be travel subject to the prevailing wage. (4) Workers are not subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they deliver materials to a stockpile. (a) A "stockpile" is defined as materials delivered to a pile located away from the site of incorporation such that the stockpiled materials must be physically moved from the stockpile and transported to another location on the project site in order to be incorporated into the project. (b) A stockpile does not include any of the functions described in subsection (2)(a) through (f) of this section; nor does a stockpile include materials delivered or distributed to multiple locations upon the project site; nor does a stockpile include materials dumped at the place of incorporation, or adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation. (5) The applicable prevailing wage rate shall be determined by the locality in which the work is performed. Workers subject to subsection (2)(d) of this section, who produce such materials at an off -site facility shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the off -site facility is located. Workers subject to subsection (2) of this section, who deliver such materials to a public works project site shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the public works project is located. 1 [Statutory Authority: Chapter 39.12 RCW, RCW 43.22.051 and 43.22.270. 08 -24 -101, § 296- 127 -018, filed 12/2/08, effective 1/2/09. Statutory Authority: Chapters 39.04 and 39.12 RCW and RCW 43.22.270. 92 -01 -104 and 92 -08 -101, § 296- 127 -018, filed 12/18/91 and 4/1/92, effective 8/31/92.] 1 1 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 11 03/03/2013 Edition, Published February 1st, 2013 1 Page 1 of 8 1 General Decision Number: WA130045 06/07/2013 WA45 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20120045 State: Washington Construction Type: Building County: Yakima County in Washington. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2013 1 01/11/2013 2 01/18/2013 3 02/01/2013 4 02/08/2013 5 02/22/2013 6 04/05/2013 7 04/12/2013 8 06/07/2013 ASBE0007 -002 06/01/2012 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER /HEAT & FROST INSULATOR $ 41.36 15.45 BRWA0001 -002 06/01/2012 1 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER $ 27.32 13.25 CARP0770 -017 07/07/2012 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excluding Acoustical Ceiling Installation) $ 25.83 12.60 11 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen - Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee 11 file: / / /C:/ Users/ krystal/ AppDatalLocal/Temp /SK8SX0K9.htm 6/13/2013 Page 2 of 8 1 Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26 -35 radius miles $1.00 /hour 36 -45 radius miles $1.15 /hour 46 -55 radius miles $1.35 /hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55 /hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) 1 Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center li Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26 -45 radius miles $ .70 /hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50 /hour ELEC0112 -014 06/01/2012 II Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN $ 36.55 16.28 II ENGI0302 -017 06/01/2012 West of the 120th Meridian Rates Fringes Power equipment operators: 1 Group lA $ 36.54 15.90 Group IAA $ 37.11 15.90 Group lAAA $ 37.67 15.90 Group 1 $ 35.99 15.90 Group 2 $ 35.50 15.90 Group 3 $ 35.08 15.90 li Group 4 $ 32.72 15.90 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP IAA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom 11 (including jib with attachments); Trackhoe: Over 90 metric tons GROUP lA - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom II (including jib with attachments); Loaders - overhead, 8 yards and over; Trackhoe: over 50 metric tons to 90 metric tons 11 GROUP 1 - Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Trackhoe: over 30 metric tons to 50 metric tons; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Dozer D -10; Screedman; Scrapers: 45 file : / / /C: /Users/kr stal /A Data/Local/Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Y pp Page 3 of 8 yards and over; Grader /Blade GROUP 2 - Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Drilling machine; Trackhoe: 15 to 30 metric tons; Horizontal /directional drill operator; Loaders - overhead under 6 yards; Crane Oiler -100 Tons and Over; Compactor; Scraper: under 45 tons GROUP 3 - Cranes -thru 19 tons with attachments; Dozers -D -9 and under; Motor patrol grader - nonfinishing; Roller -Plant Mix; Crane Oiler under 100 tons; Trackhoe: under 15 metric tons; Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with attachments GROUP 4 - Roller -other than plant mix; Forklift: under 3000 lbs with attachments ENGI0370 -018 06/01/2012 Rates Fringes 11 Power equipment operators: GROUP 1 $ 25.21 12.60 GROUP 2 $ 25.53 12.60 GROUP 3 $ 26.14 12.60 GROUP 4 $ 26.30 12.60 GROUP 5 $ 26.46 12.60 11 GROUP 6 $ 26.74 12.60 GROUP 7 $ 27.01 12.60 GROUP 8 $ 28.11 12.60 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Compactor; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings GROUP 2: Fork Lift GROUP 3: Bulldozer (up to D -6 or equivalent) GROUP 4: Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Oiler; Loaders (overhead & front -end, under 4 yds. R /T); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) 1/ GROUP 5: Trackhoe (hoe Ram) (under 3/4 yd.); Cranes (25 tons & under), Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar) GROUP 6: Asphalt Roller; Trackhoe (Hoe Ram) (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Compactor (self - propelled with blade); Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), Bulldozer, 834 R/T & similar; Loader Operator (front -end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Scrapers, all, rubber -tired file :// /C:/Users/krystal/AppData/Local /Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Page 4 of 8 GROUP 7: Trackhoe (Hoe Ram) (3 yds & over); Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons); Loaders (overhead & front -end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber -tired Scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers) GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower); Loaders (overhead and front -end, 10 yards and over) BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. IRON0086 -009 01/01/2012 1 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER (Reinforcing, 1 Structural, and Ornamental) $ 31.35 20.10 * LAB00001 -014 06/01/2013 Rates Fringes Laborers: GROUP 2 $ 21.47 9.85 GROUP 3 $ 23.51 9.85 GROUP 4 $ 24.08 9.85 GROUP 5 $ 24.49 9.85 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA 1 ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 2: Flagman 11 GROUP 3: Mason Tender - Cement /Concrete; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Form Stripping GROUP 4: Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Concrete Saw Operator; Grade Checker; Gunite; Vibrating Plate I/ file: / / /C:/ Users/ krystal/AppData /Local/Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Page 5 of 8 II GROUP 5: Mason Tender -Brick II PAIN0005 -026 06/01/2008 Rates Fringes f Painters: (Parking Lot and highway Striping) $ 26.50 11.40 II PAIN0005 -027 07/01/2009 Rates Fringes II Painters: BRUSH, ROLLER AND SPRAY $ 15.09 6.78 II PAIN0054 -004 06/01/2008 Rates Fringes 1 DRYWALL FINISHER /TAPER $ 22.78 8.88 PAIN0054 -012 10/01/2005 I Rates Fringes I/ FLOOR LAYER: Carpet and Vinyl $ 15.50 4.22 PLAS0072 -009 06/01/2012 I I Rates Fringes PLASTERER $ 25.44 11.64 II Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston, Wenatchee il Zone 1: 0 -45 radius miles from the main post office II Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office PLUM0598 -017 06/01/2012 II Rates Fringes PLUMBER (including HVAC Pipe II Installation) $ 46.85 24.89 R00F0189 -014 07/01/2012 II Rates Fringes ROOFER (Includes Roof Tear Off, Waterproofing, and II Installation of Metal Roofs) $ 24.16 10.27 S5WA0699 -005 01/01/2013 1 Rates Fringes II file: / / /C:/ Users / krystal/ AppData/Local/Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Page 6of8 II SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 28.93 19.65 SHEE0066 -021 08/01/2011 Rates Fringes Sheet metal worker $ 27.51 16.90 S0WA2009 -033 05/22/2009 Rates Fringes 1 LABORER: Common or General $ 14.50 0.00 LABORER: Handheld Drill $ 17.17 5.36 II LABORER: Irrigation $ 11.58 0.00 LABORER: Landscape $ 11.08 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer $ 17.25 4.40 11 OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 19.59 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat /Skid 1 Steer /Skid Loader $ 22.05 7.35 OPERATOR: Concrete Pumper $ 22.30 5.27 OPERATOR: Excavator $ 25.02 5.43 OPERATOR: Mechanic $ 24.33 4.33 OPERATOR: Oiler $ 23.76 8.71 OPERATOR: Roller $ 19.08 0.00 11 OPERATOR: Screed $ 19.08 0.00 PIPEFITTER $ 23.88 6.62 iJ TILE SETTER $ 25.51 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck $ 11.87 0.00 1 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi - Trailer Truck $ 20.59 5.56 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. 1 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses file: / / /C:/ Users / krystal/ AppData/Local/Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 I Page 7 of 8 (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). 1 The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non - union. f Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with 111 characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that 1' classification. Example: PLUM0198 -005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four -digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the 1I effective date of the most current negotiated rate /collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rates. 1' 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January. I� Non -Union Identifiers 11 Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived 111 from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may 1I include both union and non -union data. Example: SULA2004 -007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. I� Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS file:// /C:/Users/krystal /AppData/Local /Temp /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Page 8 of 8 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests 11 for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 11 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an 11 interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 11 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 1 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative 11 Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. 1 END OF GENERAL DECISION 1' 1 file : / / /C:/Users/kr stal /A Data/Local /Tem /SK8SXOK9.htm 6/13/2013 Y PP p i t 1 1 1 SECTION b - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON 11 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 11 NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS 1 City of Yakima Project No. 2259 HLA Project No. 11108 1 CONTENTS PAGE NO. DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I SECTION 01010 — WORK SUMMARY . .... 01010 -1 SECTION 01025 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS 01025 -1 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS . .... 01025 -1 I 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS. .............. . . 01025 -3 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT .. ... ............. .. ........... 01025 -10 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 01025 -12 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 01025 -14 11 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC .... .. 01025 -22 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 01025 -31 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .. .. 01025 -36 11 SECTION 01300 — SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE .. . 01300 -1 SECTION 01400 — TESTING, INSPECTIONS, SUPERVISION ... .............................. 01400 -1 SECTION 01570 — TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ...... . . 01570 -1 SECTION 01730 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .. ... 01730 -1 11 DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK SECTION 02110 — SITE CLEARING 02110 -1 1 SECTION 02205 — SOIL MATERIALS SECTION 02207 — AGGREGATE MATERIALS.. .... 02207 -1 SECTION 02211 — ROUGH GRADING . 02211 -1 SECTION 02221 — EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES.... . . 02221 -1 I SECTION 02225 — TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.. 02225 -1 SECTION 02240 — DEWATERING ...... 02240 -1 SECTION 02510 — ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING . ..... .......... 02510 -1 i1 SECTION 02520 — PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING.... . . . . ........ ..... 02520 -1 SECTION 02607 — MANHOLES AND COVERS 02607 -1 SECTION 02667 — SITE WATER PIPING . 02667 -1 SECTION 02670 — CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE.... 02670 -1 I1 SECTION 02732 — SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 02732 -1 SECTION 02820 — CHAIN LINK FENCING .. . ... 02820 -1 SECTION 02830 — RETAINING WALLS 02830 -1 I SECTION 02900 — PLANTING 02900 -1 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE SECTION 03100 — CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES 03100 -1 I SECTION 03200 — CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT .. .. . . .. . . . 03200 -1 SECTION 03300 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE .. . . . .. . .. .. ... . 03300 -1 SECTION 03360 — CONCRETE HARDENER .. . 03360 -1 11 1 G: \PROJECTS\2 01 111 1 1 08 \11108 Specs.docx 6-2 1 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY I SECTION 04200 - MASONRY UNITS...... 04200 -1 DIVISION 5 - METALS I SECTION 05210 - OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS 05210 -1 SECTION 05310 - STEEL ROOF DECK.. 05310 -1 SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS . ... . ..... . .. .. 05500 -1 SECTION 05520 - ALUMINUM RAILINGS..... . .. .... ..... . . ... . 05520 -1 SECTION 05530 - ALUMINUM GRATINGS. . . . . 05520 -2 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 1 SECTION 06510 - FRP PRODUCTS AND FABRICATIONS ... . . .... .... . . . 06510 -1 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 SECTION 07191 - CONCRETE WATERPROOFING ... .. . . ....................... 07191 -1 SECTION 07200 - BUILDING INSULATION .......... ..... ...... . . . . .. ............ .. 07200 -1 SECTION 07530 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING ....... .. . . 07530 -1 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ..... ... 07620 -1 SECTION 07720 - ROOF HATCHES .. 07720 -1 SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS . . ................ 07900 -1 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES . . . 08100 -1 SECTION 08700 - DOOR HARDWARE . 08700 -1 1 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09770 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACES . . ... . 09770 -1 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING . .. . . . . .. . 09900 -1 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10400 - IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 10400 -1 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11061 - SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS .. 11061 -1 SECTION 11215 - VERTICAL PUMPS AND MOTORS 11215 -1 SECTION 11325 - POLYMER FEED SYSTEM . . . . . 11325 -1 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15000 - GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS .. .... .. 15000 -1 II SECTION 15020 - TESTING .. ....... .. .. 15020 -1 SECTION 15047 - CODING AND IDENTIFICATION ......... 15047 -1 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.. ....... . . . . . 15050 -1 SECTION 15060 - PIPE AND FITTINGS ... 15060 -1 SECTION 15101 - VALVES, GATES AND CONTROLS .. . ................... .. .... .. 15101 -1 SECTION 15120 - FLOW METERS .... ............................... 15120 -1 SECTION 15800 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING... . .. .. .. .. 15800 -1 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL - SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . .. 16010 -1 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ... . . . . . . . . 16050-1 SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING 16060 -1 SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES . .... 16120 -1 SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 -1 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES . 16140 -1 SECTION 16230 - GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES .... 16230 -1 SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS . 16410 -1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 6-3 I 1 111 SECTION 16422 - MOTOR CONTROLLERS . ................... .. . .. . 16422 -1 SECTION 16440 - PANELBOARDS . 16440 -1 SECTION 16443 - SWITCHBOARDS .. 16443 -1 SECTION 16445 - MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ... . . ............ . .. ...... . 16445 -1 SECTION 16447 - CONTROL STATIONS ... ..... 16447 -1 SECTION 16460 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16460 -1 SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LIGHTING 16510 -1 SECTION 16520 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING .... .... 16520 -1 SECTION 16671 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16671 -1 SECTION 16910 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS . . 16910 -1 SECTION 16940 - CONTROL PANELS 16940 -1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 11 II G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 6 -4 o 1 11 11 11 II 11 II 11 I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I1 11 1 11 I 11 1 1 11 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx SECTION 01010 — WORK SUMMARY Work on this project includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following approximate major quantities and facility components: Construction of four 86 ft. x 123 ft. x 9 ft. deep reinforced concrete filter -to -waste and backwash water settling basins, complete with concrete baffle wall, outlet control box, access ramp, stainless steel weir, slide and sluice gates, aluminum access grating, and associated supply and drain piping. Installation of approximately 1,300 linear feet of 8 -inch, 12 -inch, 16 -inch, 18 -inch and 30 -inch site piping, fittings and valves; installation of approximately 440 linear feet of 42 -inch concrete cylinder pipe (CCP) and fittings; construction of an 8 ft. x 10 ft. x 16 ft. deep reinforced concrete control box structure; and installation of a settling basin drain pump station with a submersible solids handling pump and guiderail system. Construction of a 1,008 square foot CMU block filter -to -waste and recycle water pump station building with a 7 ft. x 28 ft. x 16 ft. deep reinforced concrete wet well, vertical mixed -flow and turbine pumps, piping, fittings and valves, heating, ventilation and cooling system, and electrical control system. Installation of a polymer feed system in the existing filter control building and modifications to existing filter pipe gallery piping. Existing filter and control building electrical system and service upgrades. Completion of finish site grading and surface restoration including, 1,600 square yards of gravel surfacing, 2,300 square yards of HMA pavement, cement concrete sidewalks, gravity block retaining wall, and hydroseeding All work on this contract will need to be completed by May 1, 2014 to allow for unrestricted use of all new and existing treatment facility components upon startup of the plant. Refer to 1 -09 3(1) of Section 01025 for further descriptions of unit price bid items of the proposal. The quantities of work indicated in the proposal are to be considered as estimates and are for comparative bidding purposes only. All payments will be made on the basis of actual field measurement of Contract work completed. 1 1 All work on this project shall be completed in accordance with the Plans, the Technical Specifications, the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2012 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications "), as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any, and Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT /APWA, current edition. The Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at his /her own expense END OF SECTION 01010 11 fl G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01010 -1 I' SECTION 01025 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project- specific fill -ins; and project- specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project- specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the ' headers of each GSP, with the date of the GSP and its source, as follows: (May 18, 2007 APWA GSP) (August 7, 2006 WSDOT GSP) 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.3 Definitions (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids 1 Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the work. ' Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. ' Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic ' disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this I date. Completion Date The day all the work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -1 1 Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the work as complete. Supplement this section with the following 1 All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "State ", "Department of Transportation ", "Washington State Transportation Commission ", "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary", "Headquarters ", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency" All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency 11 designated location ". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the final payment form established by the Contracting Agency. The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. Add itive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate 1 One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. 1 Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1 -08 5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract ". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non - vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docc 01025 -2 11 The terms defined in Sectionl -01.3 of the Standard Specifications and the March 13, 2012 APWA GSP shall be further described by the following: Contracting Agency: City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 ' The terms "Contracting Agency," "Agency" and "Owner" are interchangeable. Engineer Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA) 801 North 39th Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 ' Inspector The Engineer's Resident Engineer who observes the Contractor's performance. Working Drawings: Working drawings are further defined as electrical diagrams, catalog cut sheets, manufacturer's informational sheets describing salient features, performance curves, or samples of fabricated and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for the ' construction project. 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS (' 1 -02.1 Prequalification Of Bidders I Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 1 -02.1 Qualifications Of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. ' 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the CaII for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, Plans and Specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as ' detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution ' Reduced plans (11 inch x 17 inch) . Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions 6 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g , 22 inch x 2 Furnished only upon request. 34 inch) 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -3 1 Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the CaII for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1 1- 02.4(1) General Add the following paragraph. 1 No pre -bid approval on any proposed substitute equipment shall be granted prior to the bid opening unless specified otherwise in these Specifications. 1- 02.4(2) Subsurface Information (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions, summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature, the bidder's D /M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal 1 Supplement the second paragraph with the following Any bid item which has a unit price but no extension column amount shall have the extension amount 1 determined by multiplying the unit price times the unit quantity. Any bid item which does not have a unit price but does have an extension column amount shall have the unit price determined by dividing the extension amount by the unit quantity. Should both the unit price and the extension column amount be left blank, then the entire bid shall be considered non - responsive. (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following' 4 If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the 1 signer of the bid. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 010254 Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following ' The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president ' (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /M/WBE requirements are to 1 be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the ' joint venture A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W /MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. ' 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit Revise the third and fourth sentence to read. ' The proposal bond must be a physical copy. (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 1 Supplement this section with the following' Bid bonds shall contain the following: ' 1 Contracting Agency- assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; ' 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents ' five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the ' person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal ' (August 15, 2012 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -5 1 If the project has FHWA funding and requires DBE Written Confirmation Documents or Good Faith Effort Documentation, then to be considered responsive, the Bidder shall submit with their Bid Proposal, written Confirmation Documentation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification, form 272 -056A EF, as required by Section 1 -02.6 1 The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 1 Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: 1 a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required, b b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered, c The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions, d The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed, I g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02 6, h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, 1 i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions, j The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made, k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material 1 terms of the Bid invitation, or I. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same I or different names. Add the following to Item 2: I f. If changes to proposal form entries are not initialized 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11105111108 Specs.docx 01025 -6 1 ,j. 1 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP, Option B) Delete this section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39 04 350(1), as amended; or does not meet the following Supplemental Criteria: 1. Delinquent State Taxes A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List" website. http. / /dor.wa.gov/ content/ fileandpaytaxes /latefiling /dtlwest.aspx , or if they are so listed, they must submit a written payment plan approved by the Department of :1 Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed below. 2. Federal Debarment A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. B Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an "active exclusion" on the U S. government's "System for Award Management" database (www.sam.gov). 3. Subcontractor Responsibility A. Criterion The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06 020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub -tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also "responsible" subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 1 4. Prevailing Wages A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage violations as determined by WA Labor & Industries in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of all prevailing wage violations in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with an explanation of each violation and how it was resolved. The Contracting Agency will evaluate these explanations and the resolution of each G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -7 complaint to determine whether the violation demonstrate a pattern of failing to pay its workers prevailing wages as required 5 Claims Against Retannage and Bonds A. Criterion. The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information • Name of project; • The owner and contact information for the owner; • A list of claims filed against the retainage and /or payment bond for any of the projects listed, • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 6. Public Bidding Crime A. Criterion. The Bidder and /or its owners shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the bid submittal date. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder and /or its owners have not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. 7. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default 1 A. Criterion The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B Documentation The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. 8 Lawsuits A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency B Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11106 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -8 1 not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts As evidence that the Bidder meets the mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria stated above, the apparent two lowest Bidders must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P M. (noon) of the second business day following the bid submittal deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets all of the mandatory and supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation including but not limited to that detailed above (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance with all mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request such documentation from other Bidders as well, and to request further documentation as needed to assess Bidder responsibility. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from third - parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder's compliance with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their evaluation The Contracting Agency may (but is not required to) consider mitigating factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the supplemental criteria. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the 1 Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency's final determination. Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 1 -02.15 Pre -Award Information (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: t 1 A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -9 1 I 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, j 3 A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 1 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5 Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 1 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 1 7. A copy of State of Washington Contractor's Registration, or 8 Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is I the lowest responsible bidder 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read. After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit 1 and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and /or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the i Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1 -03.2 Award of Contract Add the following. The Contract will be awarded on the basis of the total of all bid items and bid schedules accepted by the Contracting Agency The Contractor shall submit bids for all bid items and bid schedules to be considered as a responsive bidder The apparent low bidder will be determined based on the combined total of all bid items and bid schedules selected by the Contracting Agency. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract ill (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read 1 Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within ten (10) calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1 -07 18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1 -02.15 G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -10 1 1 Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency- furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within ten (10) calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of thirty (30) additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. Add the following Failure to return the required documents within the allotted time shall be considered as non- responsive and shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of the bidder in accordance with Section 1 -03.5. 1 1 -03.4 Contract Bond Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall guarantee the material provided and workmanship performed under the Contract for a period of one year from and after the final acceptance thereof by the Contracting Agency Repair and /or replacement of defective materials and workmanship shall be as specified in Section 1- 05.12(1). In addition to the requirements for the Contract Bond according to Section 1 -03 4 of the Standard ,' Specifications, the Bond shall further indemnify and hold the Contracting Agency harmless from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the Contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the Contracting Agency The Contract Bond document is bound in these Specifications. (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read. The successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1 Be on a Contracting Agency- furnished form, 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 2. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time, 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the contract, or b Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, materialperson, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 01025 -11 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6 Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice - president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice - president). 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1- 04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal ! Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and replace it with the following If work is required to complete the project according to the intent of the Plans and Specifications but no bid item is provided in the Bid Schedule, then the Contractor shall include the cost for providing the necessary work in the unit or lump sum price for the bid item most closely related to the work. 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth). 1. Addenda, 2 Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 111, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 1 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 1 -04.4 Changes Add the following 1 No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract Documents shall be made without having prior written or oral (as deemed appropriate due to urgency of change) approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the following methods a. Unit bid prices previously approved. b An agreed lump sum. c. The actual costs of: (1) Labor, including foremen; ,! (2) Materials entering permanently into the work; (3) The ownership or rental costs of construction plant and equipment during the time of use on the extra work; (4) Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment; (5) Insurance; (6) Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions. G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -12 Should authorized changes be made based upon the actual cost of material and labor, the costs thereof and costs allowed for overhead profit, bonds, insurance, etc , shall be determined via Section 1 -09 6 Force Account of the Standard Specifications. Delete the last two paragraphs in their entirety and replace with the following: ' After bid award, the Contractor may submit proposals for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. These proposals must reduce the cost or time required for construction of the project. If determined appropriate by the Contracting Agency, a change order will be executed implementing the proposed change /changes 1- 04.4(1) Minor Changes 1 Add the following The Contractor is advised that this item may or may not be utilized in this project. 1 -04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following. The quantities for * *AII Bid Items ** have been entered into the Proposal only to provide a common proposal for bidders Actual quantities will be determined in the field as the work progresses, and will be paid at the original bid price, regardless of final quantity. These bid items shall not be subject to the provisions of 1 -04 6 of the Standard Specifications. 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup Add the following: Partial cleanup shall be done by the Contractor when he feels it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, partial cleanup should be done prior to either final cleanup or final inspection. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon written notification of the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until this partial cleanup is accomplished. Should the Contractor not conduct the cleanup as directed and in a timely manner, the Owner shall take action to have such cleanup work completed by others and will deduct such costs from any payment due the Contractor. The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications 1 -04.12 Waste Site Where there is additional waste excavation in excess of that needed for the project and in excess of that needed for compliance with requests of the Owner, the Contractor shall secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense. The Contractor shall also be required to secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense for the disposal of all unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, and any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 172 -304, Subchapter 461. 1 1 G. \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -13 1 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 1 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer Supplement this section with the following* Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Plans, Specifications, and Addenda, the means and methods of construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the Engineer's right to reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished work in accor- dance with the terms of the Contract. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right to reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to reject create a cause for action for damages At the contractor's risk, the Project Engineer may suspend all or part of the work according to Section 1 -08.6 1 -05.3 Plans And Working Drawings 1 Replace the second, third, and fourth paragraphs of Section 1 -05 3 of the Standard Specifications with the following The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, samples, test reports and other required submittals in accordance with Section 01300 of the Technical Specifications. 1 -05.4 Conformity with and Deviation from Plans and Stakes �I Add the following new subsections: • 1- 05.4(1) Roadway and Utility Surveys The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor one time only all principal lines, grades, and measurements the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. These shall generally consist of one initial set of: 1 Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities such as water main or drain piping. 2. Offset points to establish location and grade of manholes and structures. 3. Offset points to establish building corner locations. The Engineer will establish the line and grade of proposed construction by offset stakes, the 1 centerline for minor structures, and establish bench marks at convenient locations for use by the Contractor. The Contractor shall establish grades from the Engineer's stakes at suitable intervals in accordance with good practice and which meet with the approval of the Engineer Where any information on the Plans is insufficient for establishing line and /or grade, the Contractor shall request additional information from the Engineer. Where new construction adjoins existing construction, the Contractor shall make such adjustments in grade as are directed by the Engineer. I The Engineer will perform all surveying necessary to check compliance with the Specifications and as required for measuring the quantities of work as specified. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to �� the Engineer in checking depth and measuring quantities for payment purposes. Any charges incurred by the Engineer to replace stakes, markers, and monumentation which were not to be disturbed but were damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be calculated on an hourly 1� G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -14 1 I basis at the Engineer's normal hourly billing rates in effect at that time for the individuals and equipment required to do the work, including travel time and overtime. The Contractor does hereby authorize the Contracting Agency to deduct such costs from the amounts due or to become due to 1 him Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work I allegedly due to error in the Engineer's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Engineer Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon I discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 1- 05.4(2) Construction Staking Requests All staking requests shall be made on the "Construction Staking Request Form" found on the I following page. The form shall be delivered or faxed to the Engineer's office at least three (3) working days prior to the date requested for staking The Contractor shall provide a brief description of the staking needed, the approximate location (station to station), and when the staking will be required The request shall be reviewed with the Engineer and both parties shall sign the form. When the I staking is completed, the survey party chief will initial and date the form. Requests for re- stakes shall be marked boldly in the description and initialed by both the Contractor and the Engineer. Add the following new section. I 1 -05.5 Survey Monuments I The Contracting Agency will, at its own cost, reference all known existing monuments or markers relating to subdivisions, plats, roads, street centerline intersections, etc. The Contractor shall take special care to protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points In the event the Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be reset by a 1 licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 1 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following I If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with 1 Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected I immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or I might cause serious risk of Toss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by I the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of I work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -15 I No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the 1 performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this section. 1 The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 01025 -16 1 1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING REQUEST FORM FAX TO: ERIC HERZOG, P.L.S at (509) 965 -3800, eherzog @hlacivil.com Project Name. CITY OF YAKIMA Project No. 11108 1 NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS Contractor: Date of Request: Time of Request The Contractor shall provide at least three (3) working days notice as required by the Contract Special Provisions. WHEN REQUIRED ITEM DESCRIPTION STATION TO STATION DATE TIME 1. 2 3. 1 4. SIGNATURES STAKING COMPLETED Item By Date /Time 1. Contractor 2. 3 Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 4 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 01025 -17 1 1 -05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 -05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. 1 The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. Add the following to Section 1- 05.11(1) of the APWA GSP: To be considered substantially complete, the following conditions must be met: 1 The Contracting Agency must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair work remains to reach physical completion of the work. 1 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.7 The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -18 1 Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore, when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems, buildings; or other similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. Add the following to Section 1- 05.11(3) of the APWA GSP: Refer to Section 01400 - Testing, Inspections, Supervision of the Technical Specifications for additional testing requirements related to this project. Add the following new section: 1- 05.12(1) One -Year Guarantee Period (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall return to the project and repair or replace all defects in workmanship and material discovered within one year after Final Acceptance of the Work. The Contractor shall start work to remedy any such defects within 7 calendar days of receiving Contracting Agency's written notice of a defect, and shall complete such work within the time stated in the Contracting Agency's notice. In case of an emergency, where damage may result from delay or where Toss of services may result, such corrections may be made by the Contracting Agency's own forces or another contractor, in which case the cost of corrections shall be paid by the Contractor. - In the event the Contractor does not accomplish corrections within the time specified, the work will be otherwise accomplished and the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor. When corrections of defects are made, the Contractor shall then be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and materials in the corrected work for one year after acceptance of the corrections by Contracting Agency This guarantee is supplemental to and does not limit or affect the requirements that the Contractor's 1 work comply with the requirements of the Contract or any other legal rights or remedies of the Contracting Agency. i G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -19 1 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the seventh paragraph to read. Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1- I 02.14, it will take these performance reports into account. 1 -05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constitutinq notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Protect Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. Add the following new section. 1 -05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay I item. Add the following new section 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements (October 1, 2005 AWPA GSP) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. Add the following new section: 1 -05.18 Record Drawings (March 8, 2013 AWPA GSP) The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated with clear and accurate red -lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred The Contractor shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor's field office, and shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times The Contractor shall bring the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review. The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -20 1 clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify the computer - aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed and visible Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to. • Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in the Plans. • Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. • Changes made by the Contractor • Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency requires for the Record Drawings. When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying /staking, the applicable tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following. Vertical Horizontal As -built sanitary & storm invert and grate ± 0.01 foot ± 0.01 foot 1 elevations As -built monumentation ± 0 001 foot ± 0.001 foot As -built waterlines, inverts, valves, hydrants ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot 1 As -built ponds /swales /water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0 01 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0 10 foot ± 0 10 foot As -built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot Making Entries on the Record Drawings: !� • Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, conforming to the following color code: Additions — Red Deletions — Green Comments — Blue Dimensions — Graphite • Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. • Date all entries. 1 • Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint abbreviations, etc.) The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -21 1 Payment for Record Drawings will be made as described in Section 1-09.3(1) of the Special ecial p Provisions Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor must bid 1 at least that amount. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed Amend the second sentence of the first paragraph to read. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the State (including the Commission, the Secretary, and any agents, officers, and employees) and the Contracting Agency (including any agents, officers, employees, and representatives) against any claims which may arise because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or material person) violated a legal requirement. ' (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following 1 In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. ' 1 -07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its subsections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -22 1 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. 1 Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. 1 The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1- 07.2(2) describes this exception The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA- funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract - related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458 -20 -171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., 1 which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458 -20 -170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington, water mains and their appurtenances, sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail 1 sales tax on the full contract price The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception Exception. The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1- 07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -23 1 -07.6 Permits And Licenses (September 20, 2010 WSDOT GSP) 1 Section 1 -07 6 is supplemented with the following: The Contracting Agency has obtained the below - listed permit(s) for this project. A copy of the permit(s) is attached as an appendix for informational purposes. All contacts with the permitting agency concerning the below - listed permit(s) shall be through the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain additional permits as necessary. All costs to obtain and comply with additional permits shall be included in the applicable bid items for the work involved. Copies of these permits are required to be 1 onsite at all times. * ** Yakima County Shoreline Conditional Use Permit * ** 1 -07.7 Load Limits (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 1 Section 1 -07.7 is supplemented with the following If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents Add the following: If using the occupation code for wage affidavits and payrolls and if the project involves more than one jurisdictional area, the Contractor shall reference the area just after the occupation code number. For example. 10 -0010 Yak. E. 1 (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following. The Contractor or subcontractor directly contracting for "Off -Site, Prefabricated, Non - Standard, Project Specific Items" as defined below shall identify and report information required on the addendum to the "Affidavit of Wages Paid" form filed with the Department of Labor and Industries [form F700- 164 -000]. The Contractor shall include language in its subcontracts requiring subcontractors and lower -tier subcontractors to comply with the reporting requirements for "Off -Site, Prefabricated, Non - Standard, Project Specific Item" on the Affidavit of Wages Paid form addendum. The reporting requirement for Items shall apply for all public works contracts estimated to cost over $1 million entered into by the Contracting Agency and Contractor between September 1, 2010 through December 31, 2013. "Off -site, prefabricated, nonstandard, project specific items" means products or items that are. 1 Made primarily of architectural or structural precast concrete, fabricated steel, pipe and I 2. pipe systems, or sheet metal and sheet metal duct work; and Produced specifically for this Project and not considered to be regularly available shelf items; and 1 3. Produced or manufactured by labor expended to assemble or modify standard items; and 4. Produced at an off -site location outside the State of Washington The Contractor or subcontractor shall comply with the reporting requirements and instructions on the Affidavit of Wages Paid form, and shall report the following information on the Affidavit of Wages Paid G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 01025 -24 1 form submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries in order to comply with the reporting 1 requirements for use of "Off -Site, Prefabricated, Non - Standard, Project Specific" items: 1. The estimated cost of the project; 2. The name of the Contracting Agency and the project title, 3 The contract value of the off -site, prefabricated, nonstandard, project specific items produced outside of Washington State, including labor and materials; and 4. The name, address, and federal employer identification number of the contractor that produced the off -site, prefabricated, nonstandard, project specific items. The Contracting Agency may direct the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency, to remove and substitute any subcontractor(s) found to be out of compliance with the "Off -Site Prefabricated Non - Standard Project Specific Items" reporting requirements more than one time as determined by the Department of Labor and Industries. 1- 07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic Replace this section with the following. When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize the street and associated facilities during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for damages to permanent work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and temporary facilities to accommodate both vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction 1 -07.17 Utilities And Similar Facilities Supplement this section with the following Locations and dimensions shown on the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the presence and location of all utilities prior to bid opening and to assess their impacts on his construction activities. The Contractor shall call the Utility Notification Center (One Call Center) for field location, not less than two nor more than ten business days before the scheduled date for commencement of excavation which may affect underground utility facilities, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties involved. A business day is defined as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, state, or federal holiday. The telephone number for the One Call Center for this project is 1- 800 -424- 5555. If no one - number locator service is available, notice shall be provided individually by the Contractor to those owners known to or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of proposed excavation Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with existing utility locations, along with familiarizing himself with plans and schedules for the installation of new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations, along with private contractors working for these organizations, may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed construction work must be coordinated with these utility installations The Contractor shall arrange with the owners and operators of the respective utility systems to mark 1 the locations and, if necessary or prudent, to expose the existing utilities prior to construction of the facilities contained in this Contract. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -25 1 (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: 1 Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: City of Yakima Water /Irrigation Division 2301 Fruitvale Boulevard, Yakima, WA 98902 (509) 575 -6196 CenturyLink 8 South 2 Ave., Rm. 304, Yakima, WA 98902 (509) 575 -7185 Pacific ic P Power 500 North Keys Rd., Yakima, WA 98901 (509) 575 -3158 Level 3 Communications 1025 Eldorado Blvd., Broomfield, CO 80021 (877) 366 -8344 1 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1 -07.18 Insurance (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 1 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall obtain the insurance described in this section from insurers approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW Title 48 The insurance must be provided by an insurer with a rating of A -. VII or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the State of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance ' provided, based on the insurer (including financial condition), terms and coverage, the Certificate of Insurance, and /or endorsements. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force during the term of the contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated (see C below) C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims -made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Final Completion or earlier termination of this contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ( "tail ") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The insurance policies shall contain a "cross liability" provision. E. The Contractor's and all subcontractors' insurance coverage shall be primary and non- contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self- insurance, or insurance pool coverage. 1 F. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice 1 G. Upon request, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). H. The Contractor shall not begin work under the contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -26 1 1 I Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency J All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Professional Liability and Workers Compensation, shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) • the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers 1 • Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. The above - listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained 1 by the Contractor, whether primary, excess, contingent or otherwise, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1- 07.18(3) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 1 1- 07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall ensure that each subcontractor of every tier obtains and maintains at a minimum the insurance coverages listed in 1- 07.18(5)A and 1- 07.18(5)B Upon request of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. The certificate and endorsements must conform to the following requirements 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1 -07 18(2) as Additional Insured(s), showing the policy number The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. A statement of additional insured status on an ACORD Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy this requirement. 1 3 Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. Supplement Section 1- 07.18(4) of the APWA Special Provision with the following: 1 The Certificate of Insurance shall stipulate that the policies named thereon cannot be canceled unless at least thirty (30) days written notice has been given to the Contracting Agency. The Certificate shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation notification. "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents, or representatives." G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -27 I 1 1- 07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles and self- insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1- 07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Per project aggregate Premises /Operations Liability Products /Completed Operations — for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. Personal /Advertising Injury Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Liability Stop Gap / Employers' Liability Explosion, Collapse, or Underground Property Damage (XCU) Blasting (only required when the Contractor's work under this Contract includes exposures to which this specified coverage responds) Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence ' $2,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence I Stop Gap / Employers' Liability $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 1- 07.18(5)B Automobile Liability Automobile Liability for owned, non - owned, hired, and leased vehicles, with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit 1 1- 07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington 1- 07.18(5)E All Risk Builder's Risk (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) 1 Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builders Risk insurance covering interests of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub - subcontractors in the work. Builders Risk 1 insurance shall be on a all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood, earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -28 1 mischief and collapse. The Builders Risk insurance shall include coverage for temporary buildings, debris removal, and damage to materials in transit or stored off -site. Such insurance shall cover "soft costs" including but not limited to design costs, licensing fees, and architect's and engineer's fees. Builders Risk insurance shall be written in the amount of the completed value of the project, with no coinsurance provisions. The Builders Risk insurance covering the work shall have a deductible of $5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor Higher deductibles for flood, earthquake and all other perils may be accepted by the Contracting Agency upon written request by the Contractor and written acceptance by the Contracting Agency Any increased deductibles accepted by the Contracting Agency will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builders Risk insurance shall be maintained until final acceptance of the work by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor and the Contracting Agency waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. 1- 07.18(5)F Excess Or Umbrella Liability (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability coverage at limits of $5,000,000 per occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall apply, at a minimum, to both the Commercial General and Auto insurance policy coverage. This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor's primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverage, or any combination thereof 1- 07.18(5)H Professional Liability (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) The Contractor and /or its Subcontractor and /or its design consultant providing construction management, value engineering, or any other design - related non - construction professional services shall provide evidence of Professional Liability insurance covering professional errors and omissions Such policy must provide the following minimum limits. $1,000,000 Per Claim If the scope of such design - related professional services includes work related to pollution conditions, 1 the Professional Liability insurance shall include Pollution Liability coverage. If insurance is on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall 11 be no later than the effective date of this Contract. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Add the following to the sixth paragraph: 11 7. Open trenches and excavations shall be protected with proper barricades and at night they shall be distinctively indicated by adequately placed lights. 1 1 G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -29 1 Add the following paragraph: 1 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to seek the approval of and notify the Resident Engineer and the Police and Fire Departments at least 24 hours prior to closing any street, in addition to correlating the proposed closures with the Contracting Agency to ensure proper detouring of traffic. When the street is re- opened, it shall again be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the above named departments and persons. 1 -07.24 Rights of Way (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following. Street right -of -way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention. Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer ' Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. Add the following new section: 1 1 -07.28 Safety Standards 1 All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and /or accepted industry standards. It shall be the G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -30 1 responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that his work force and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. The Contracting Agency shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no penalty 1 to the Contracting Agency if, in its opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, property, or the work force. Such authority shall not, however, relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any responsibility to the Contracting Agency or Engineer for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. Add the following new section 1-07.29 Notifying Property Owners When construction activities will affect ingress and egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the occupant/occupants of the property 24 hours prior to the construction activity beginning. If personal contact with the occupant is not possible, the Contractor shall leave written notification 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be 1. To review the initial progress schedule, 1 2 To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 1 5 To review safety standards and traffic control, and 6 To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following. 1 1 A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2 A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals, and 1 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable 11 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -31 1 1-09.2(3) Specific Requirements for Platform Scales p Re q Add the following: The Contractor will furnish a person, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, who will operate the certified scales while the loading and hauling of materials is in progress. The Contractor shall provide the platform scales and any tickets required for self - printing scales. Certified weight tickets accompanying each truckload of material will be required to be delivered to the Resident Engineer at the site. Should the Resident Engineer be unavailable, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor's project superintendent to collect all said certified tickets for the day and deliver them to the Resident Engineer the morning following the day's construction. The certified tickets shall have project name, date, time, product delivered, gross weight, tare weight, and net weight shown in pounds. Any certified weight tickets submitted later than the morning following the day materials are delivered to the site will not be considered for measurement and payment. e 1 -09.3 Scope of Payment Add the following A Payment for work performed under this Contract will be based on the items listed in the Bid Schedule. Should a conflict exist between the item descriptions or the units of measurement and payment listed in the Bid Schedule and the "Payment" clauses found in each section of the Standard Specifications, 1 the Bid Schedule items will prevail. If work is required to complete the project according to the intent of the Plans and Specifications but no bid item is provided in the Bid Schedule, then the Contractor shall include the cost for providing the necessary work in the unit or lump sum price for the bid item a most closely related to the work. Add the following new section 1- 09.3(1) Description of Bid Items Bid items listed in the Bid Schedule are defined to include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following 1. The lump sum price bid for "Mobilization" shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to mobilize to the project site as defined in the Standard Specifications Payment will be made in accordance with the Standard Specifications. 2 The lump sum price bid for "Temporary Erosion/Water Pollution Control," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to install, maintain and remove temporary erosion control measures as specified and called out on the plans. This item shall also include the costs for all required permits, transfer of coverage for the Construction Stormwater General Permit and SWPPP, and monitoring, sampling and reporting as required. 3. The lump sum price bid for "Clearing and Grubbing," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for site clearing and grubbing. Work shall include stripping and stockpiling topsoil and any loose surface rock for later use Any material that is unsuitable for backfilling shall be hauled to waste. This section also includes the removal and disposal of any and all vegetation encountered. Dust control, maintenance of ® all accesses to the site, temporary site security fencing and gates for the duration of the ■ project shall be included in this bid item. ' 4 The lump sum price bid for "Removal of Structure and Obstruction," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to remove and dispose of G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -37 11 existing structures, piping and other miscellaneous obstructions within the project excavation 11 area and as called out on the plans. The costs of all required permits, dewatering, dust control, saw - cutting, pipe plugs /caps, concrete, and repair materials necessary to complete this item shall be included 5. The unit price bid for "Unclassified Excavation and Backfill," per cubic yard, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to accomplish the structural excavation, regardless of the nature of the material encountered. The bid price shall include all costs for excavating, dewatering, hauling, screening or sorting the material, placing the material in project fill areas or embankments and compaction of the backfill material, and final grading to obtain the subgrade elevations shown on the site grading plan. Measurement of the material shall be neat -line by cubic yard to the subgrade elevations shown on the Plans. Any over - excavation directed by the Engineer to remove unsuitable material from soft areas shall be measured separately No measurement or payment shall be made for over - excavation at the Contractor's option or over - excavation in rock. Excavation and backfill required for site piping and other structures shall be included in those bid items. 6 The unit price bid for "Haul Excess Excavated Material," per cubic yard, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for loading and hauling excess suitable excavation material, as directed by the Engineer, to a waste site secured by the Contactor, following backfill and compaction of all required fill areas on the project site. Measurement of the material shall be independent of Unclassified Excavation quantities and shall be by the cubic yard, truck measure, as defined in the WSDOT Construction Manual, publication M 41 -01. No additional payment will be made for replacement of material hauled from the project site in excess of the quantity necessary to obtain final subgrade elevations shown on the Plans. 7. The lump sum price bid for "Shoring or Extra Excavation," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to protect all excavations over 4- feet deep, by either providing shoring and cribbing for the sides of the excavation, or by over - excavating the sides of the trench or structure excavation to provide adequate side slopes. 8 The lump sum price bid for "Site Piping, Fittings and Valves, Complete," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install all site piping, fittings and valves, including, but not necessarily limited to trench excavation, dewatering, laying and joining the pipe and fittings, connections to existing pipe and structures, connection to new structures, backfill and compaction, imported gravel pipe zone bedding, concrete thrust blocking, thrust restraints, grouting, field welding /field joints, painting, and testing. 9. The unit price bid for "48 -Inch Diameter Drain Manhole," per each, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install each manhole including, but limited to, excavation, dewatering, foundation construction, manhole and appurtenances, backfill, compaction, and adjustment of manhole to finished grade, complete and in place as specified and shown on the plans. 10. The lump sum price bid for "Backwash Water Settling Basin Drain Pump Station, Complete," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the pump station including, but limited to, excavation, dewatering, foundation construction, manhole and appurtenances, grouting, pump and guiderail system, piping, valves and fittings, backfill, compaction, and adjustment of manhole to finished grade, complete and in place as specified and shown on the plans. Also included in this bid item is the cost for all required startup and testing services, training, and pump test reports. 1 11 The lump sum price bid for "Plant Drain Outlet Diversion Box, Complete," shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct the diversion box including, but limited to, excavation, dewatering, foundation preparation and G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -38 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 9 Y , 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. If legal action is instituted to determine the validity of the claims prior to expiration of the 15 -day period mentioned above, the Engineer will hold the funds until determination of the action or written settlement agreement of the parties When the conditions 1 -7 are resolved or the Contractor provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the Contracting Agency which will protect the Contracting Agency in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. Add the following new section' 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment Upon completion of all work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, p Y 9 9, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall request final payment. Upon receipt of such request, the Engineer will inspect and, if acceptable, submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed work and as to the final estimate of the amount due the Contractor Upon approval of this final estimate and upon final acceptance of the work under this Contract, the Owner will notify the Department of Revenue of the completion of said Contract. Provided the Department of Revenue certifies there are no taxes or penalties due and owing from the Contractor, and there are no other known claims or liens against the retained funds, and further provided the terms of Section 1- 09.9(1) are in compliance, the Owner will pay to the Contractor the balance of monies due under this Contract in accordance with RCW Title 60.28. In the event unsatisfied claims or liens for taxes, material, labor, and other services are known to exist, an amount will be further withheld from the retainage sufficient to satisfy the settlement of such claims and liens, including attorney's fees incurred, and the remainder will be released from escrow, or released from the retained funds and paid to the Contractor. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until after the Contractor has filed with the Owner the Affidavit of Wages Paid forms required by RCW 39.12.040 certifying that the Contractor and subcontractors have paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages. The parties further agree that the Owner may, without liability, withhold final payment to the Contractor until such time as the Contractor has completed all forms required by the Owner. 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction r Delete in its entirety the reference to Thurston County and replace it with "the County in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located." 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -45 1 shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read. 1 The Contracting Agency and , the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing The arbitrator shall use the contract as a basis for decisions. END OF SECTION 01025 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01025 -46 .1 SECTION 01300 – SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section specifies procedures for Contractor submittals The Contractor shall submit descriptive information that will enable the City to determine whether the proposed materials, equipment, testing and schedule for fabrication are in general conformance to the design concept and in compliance with the Contract Documents The information to be submitted shall consist of drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, test procedures, test results and such other information, all as specifically required in the Contract Documents 1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall ensure that the material, equipment, testing, and schedule for fabrication shall be as described in the submittal. The Contractor shall verify that the material and equipment described in each submittal conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the information shows deviations from the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, by statement in writing accompanying the information, identify the deviations and state the reason The Contractor shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where such submittal may affect the work. The Contractor shall ensure coordination of submittals among related crafts. B Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all submittals shall be submitted only by the Prime Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp, or other means, on the submittal the Prime Contractor has checked the submittal. The Contractor's stamp of approval shall constitute a representation to the Owner and Engineer that the Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, or similar data and assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that he /she has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Contract 1 Documents. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values for the major components of the work. The Schedule of Values shall be submitted within 20 days of Notice to Proceed The Schedule of Values shall include a breakdown for each lump sum bid item for the total lump sum contract price showing the amount bid for each principal category of the work, in such detail as requested by the Engineer, to provide a basis for determining progress �. payments. At a minimum, the breakdown shall be according to the following elements. 1. Major construction and /or structure area, or other site features 2. Pipe systems with each system divided into major components 3 Major specification divisions (e g , Division 02, Division 03, etc.) 4. Major pieces of equipment. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01300 -1 5. Electrical shall be broken down first by construction area, then by major pieces of electrical equipment, process power wiring, process control wiring, lighting fixtures, lighting installation and wiring, and receptacle insulation and wiring. B The Contractor and Engineer shall meet and jointly review the Schedule of Values within 1� one week following receipt of the submittal by the Engineer, and make any adjustments in value allocations if in the opinion of the Engineer, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation values for the major work components Front end loading will not be permitted The Engineer may require reallocation of major work components from items in the above listing if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such reallocation is necessary. Within one week of the review meeting a final Schedule of Values will be prepared for 1 distribution to the Engineer and Owner C Approved change orders reflected in the Schedule shall be incorporated into the Schedule of Values as a single unit identified by the change order number. D. Changes to the Schedule which add activities not included in the original schedule but included in the original work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as approved by the Engineer Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as approved by the Engineer. E. In the event that the Contractor and Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original 1 Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in the original accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made 2 02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 A. A Construction Schedule, as required in 1 -08.3 of the Special Provisions, Section 01025, • shall be submitted Scheduling of the work under the Contract shall be performed by the Contractor. The development of the Construction Schedule, cost loading of the schedule, monthly payment requisitions and project status requirements of the Contract shall employ a Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling. (This CPM schedule is encouraged but NOT required to be a computer based system ) A bar chart system delineating the project schedule with development of critical path, approved by the Engineer, will meet the requirements of this section B. The Contractor shall submit a project overview bar chart type plan at the preconstruction conference for all work as indicated below to identify the manner in which the Contractor intends to complete all work within the Contract Time. 1 C The overview bar chart shall indicate the major components of the project work and the sequence relations between major components and subdivisions of major components The overview bar chart shall indicate the relationships and time frames in which the various components of the work will be made substantially complete and placed into service in order to meet the project milestones as indicated on schedule. Sufficient detail shall be included for the identification of subdivisions of major components into such activities as (1) excavation, (2) foundation subgrade preparation, (3) foundation concrete, (4) completion of all structural concrete, (5) major mechanical work, (6) major electrical work, (7) instrumentation and control work, (8) installation of equipment, (9) startup and testing, and (10) other important work, for each major facility within the overall project scope Planned durations and start dates shall be indicated for each work item subdivision Each major component and subdivision component shall be accurately plotted on time scale sheets not to exceed 36 -inch by 60 -inch in size 1 D The Engineer will review the project overview bar chart. The Engineer's review and comment on the schedules shall be limited to contract conformance. The Contractor shall make corrections to the schedule necessary to comply with the contract requirements 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 01300 -2 11 and shall adjust the schedule to incorporate any missing information requested by the Engineer E. By way of the Contractor assigning activity durations and proposing the sequence of the work, the Contractor agrees to utilize sufficient and necessary management and other resources to perform the work in accordance with the schedule Upon submittal of a schedule update, the updated schedule shall be considered the "current" project schedule F Submission of the Contractor's progress schedule to the Owner or Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of total responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and pursuing the work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including adverse effects such as delays resulting from ill -timed work. 1 G The Contractor shall monitor the progress of the work and adjust the schedule each month to reflect actual progress and any changes in planned future activities, as a minimum for the following calendar month. Each schedule update submitted must be complete including all information requested Each update shall continue to show all work activities including those already completed These completed activities shall accurately reflect the "as built" information by indicating when the work was actually started and completed. H Neither the submission nor the updating of the Contractor's original schedule submittal nor the submission, updating, change or revision of any other report, curve, schedule or narrative submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor under this Contract, nor the Engineer's review or acceptance of any such report, curve, schedule or narrative shall have the effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the Contract completion date or milestone dates or of modifying or limiting, in any way, the Contractor's obligations under this Contract. Only a signed, fully executed change order can modify these contractual obligations I Upon approval of a change order, or upon receipt by the Contractor of authorization to proceed with additional work, the change shall be reflected in the next submittal of the schedule by the Contractor. The Contractor shall utilize a sub - network in the schedule �i depicting the changed work and its effect on other activities. This sub - network shall be tied to the main network with the appropriate logic so that a true analysis of the Critical Path can be made. 2.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prior to fabrication or release for manufacturing of all components of the project, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer for review, 6 copies, unless otherwise specified. B Drawings Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall identify each copy of the shop drawings with the drawing number in the lower right hand corner, shall make all shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large enough to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection to the work, and shall make all shop drawing prints in blue or black line on white background. Shop drawings shall be bound in a 3 -ring or 3 -clip, loose leaf, binder or folder with the equipment title, specification number(s), and manufacturer name clearly printed on the front of the binder or folder. Drawings larger than 11 by 17 inches shall be folded neatly and placed inside transparent inserts within the binder or folder Each item listed in Paragraph C below p shall be included and be appropriately identified C. Contractors shall submit the following minimum information with their shop drawings for each model or type of unit supplied by the Contractor. G:\PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01300 -3 i 1. Manufacturer's catalog information, physical and operation description, and specifications. 2. Drawings showing the general dimensions of the equipment and confirming the � size of the unit. If applicable, drawings shall include size and location of required piping connections, structural supports, construction details, list of input/output signals for manufacturer provided control panel, wiring diagrams, weights of major components, and utility connection requirements. 3. List of all design modifications to accommodate the equipment proposed 1 4 Information and location of nearest parts, service crews, and repair facilities to the project location. 5 Installation list for installations in the U.S with location, contact names, and phone numbers. 6 List of all variances from the Technical Specifications. Failure to specifically list and fully explain all variances will be cause for rejection of the submittal 7 Any other information required to clearly and readily demonstrate compliance with all parts of the Technical Specifications. 8. Installation instructions 9 Design calculations. 10 Manufacturer's certification of factory applied coating system and coating system technical data sheets 11 Manufacturer's guarantee, as specified. 12 Any additional information listed elsewhere in the Technical Specifications and required to be submitted with the shop drawings D When revised for resubmission, Contractor shall clearly identify changes made since previous submission E. Work performed before acceptance of shop drawings shall be at the Contractor's own risk. In the event of termination for convenience, the City will not be responsible for any materials ordered prior to return of acceptable shop drawings marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" as described below F Substitutions: Any substitutions proposed by the Contractor shall require submittals to fully enable the Engineer to evaluate the proposed substitution. All submittals shall clearly note and explicitly describe all details of any substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. The Engineer's acceptance of any shop drawings shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. G. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings which, in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate they have not been checked by the Contractor will be considered as not complying with the intent of Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission in proper form 1 G \PROJECTS\ 2011111108111108 Specs.docx 013004 1 2.04 SAMPLES ' A. Samples, as required in the Technical Specifications, or requested by the Engineer, shall be submitted for review with the shop drawings, or subsequently as soon as possible (Engineer may request Samples for substitute equipment or materials in order to fully assess acceptability), unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer ' B All samples shall be individually and indelibly labeled or tagged, indicating the project name, Manufacturer's name, equipment name, equipment specification number, contract number, and all specified physical characteristics. C Unless otherwise specified, all colors and textures of specified items will be selected by the Engineer from the Manufacturer's standard colors and standard product lines. 2 05 TEST REPORTS A. Test Reports shall be furnished to the Engineer as specified in the Technical Specifications. Test Reports required prior to shop drawing approval shall be submitted with the shop drawings Test Reports required for factory testing shall be submitted and accepted prior to shipment of the equipment to the construction site and shall be submitted with the Operation and Maintenance Information unless directed otherwise by the Engineer Test Reports required after installation shall be submitted within 30 days after the final test date Test Reports shall be clearly identified with the equipment title, specification number(s), and manufacturer name printed on the front of the report. C. If test results are required to be witnessed by an independent testing laboratory, the Test r, Report shall be certified by that laboratory. D Unless specified otherwise, factory tests shall be non - witnessed tests. Test reports shall be certified by the manufacturer 2 06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 , A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted in conformance with this section, except as modified in Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. A minimum 1 of four (4) copies, or as otherwise required by individual Technical Specification Sections, shall be submitted. 2.07 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE A. The Manufacturer's Guarantee shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals and shall be in conformance with this section. 2 08 CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION AND MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE A. After equipment installation and on -site performance testing has been completed, the I Contractor shall submit a Certificate of Installation and a separate manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Startup According to the Specifications and Manufacturer's Requirements, in accordance with this section and the manufacturer's standard warranty conditions. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01300 -5 1 1 SECTION 01400 — TESTING, INSPECTIONS, SUPERVISION PART 1 — GENERAL I 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. The work of this section applies to the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions of the Contract. The Owner will employ the services of an independent, certified testing firm and /or laboratory to complete on -site inspection, sampling and testing for the following: 1 1 Earthwork and trenching 2 Subgrade 1 3 Crushed surfacing and granular backfill il 4 Concrete strength and reinforcement 5 Structural steel welds and /or bolting III Refer to the Plans for additional special inspection, testing and structural observation requirements. I B The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling all material testing required by these Contract Documents. C Building permit fees and plan check fees will be paid for by the Owner 1 D The Contractor shall coordinate, be responsible for, and pay for the following testing and inspections. 1 1. Electrical and control system testing and inspections. 2 All required gradation, fertility analysis and other required testing of imported 1 aggregate and soil materials. 3 Factory testing of materials and equipment as required. I 4. All required material, equipment, and system testing required for startup and operation of facilities and equipment. I 5. Other testing and inspections as specified to be furnished by the Contractor in this section and /or elsewhere in the Contract Documents 1 E. Additional requirements for testing may be described in various sections of these Specifications. 1 02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1 A. Cooperate with testing company personnel, provide access to work. B. Furnish usual labor and facilities. I 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 2 To obtain and handle samples at the site. I G. \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01400 -1 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 1 4. For testing company's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. C Notify testing company and Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE when required, will be in accordance with all A. Testing, g pertinent Codes and Regulations P and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials 1 04 DOCUMENTATION AND DISTRIBUTION 1 A. Testing company will promptly process and distribute required copies of test reports and related instructions. Contractor shall allow time for necessary retesting and replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the work. B. When a product is tested for conformance with criteria or standard specifically noted in �\ Specifications, testing report will specifically state conformance or non - conformance with that specific standard C Testing company will distribute copies of the testing reports, with copies sent to the 1 Contractor and the Engineer PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 PAYMENT FOR TESTING A. The Owner will pay for all sampling and testing costs The costs for additional sampling and testing, due to failed tests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2.02 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. Inspections and tests required by Codes or Ordinances or by a plan review approval authority, and which are made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. B. Portions of the work are subject to inspection by the building official, and all construction shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes until approved by the building official. 2.03 CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING 1 A. Inspecting and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 COOPERATION WITH TESTING COMPANY AND ENGINEER'S ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE 1. A. Representatives of the testing company and the Engineer shall have access to the Work at all times and at all locations where the work is in progress. Contractor shall provide facilities for such access to enable the Engineer and the testing company to perform its functions properly 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01400 -2 1 , 1 1 3 02 TAKING SPECIMENS I A. All specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents and /or approved in writing by the Engineer prior to the respective phase of work, shall be taken by testing company personnel. I , 3.03 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. By advance discussion with the testing company, determine the time required for the company to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings. I B. Coordinate the testing schedule of materials with the construction schedule. C Revising schedule When changes of the construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all such changes with the testing company as required D Adherence to schedule When the testing company is ready to test according to the established schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the work, any delay charges for testing attributable to the delay shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. E. Testing frequencies specified herein may be modified to assure compliance with the Specifications. I 3 04 INSPECTING AND TESTING OF SOILS, GRANULAR BASES, AND PAVEMENT A. Inspections and tests include, but are not necessarily limited to 1 1. Visually inspect on -site and imported fill and backfill, making such tests as are necessary to determine compliance with the Contract requirements I 2. Field density tests on samples from in -place material as required for compaction compliance. I 3. As pertinent, inspect and test the scarifying and recompacting of cleaned subgrade, inspect the progress of excavating, filling, and grading; make density tests at fills and backfills, and verify compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. I B Trench Backfill I 1. Copies of moisture - density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. I 2 Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of pipeline trench and one I (1) test for each lateral trench shorter than 100 feet. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot, and a- foot depths below finish grade I 3. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required trench backfill densities. I 4 All trenches shall be backfilled and compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor) I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11106\11108 Specs.docx 01400 -3 1 C Earth Embankments 1 1 Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses 2 Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,500 square feet of surface area for each lift of embank- ment, or one (1) compaction test for each lift in areas smaller than 2,500 square feet. I 3 The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities D Subgrade 1 1. Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. 2. Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the I required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,500 square feet of subgrade, or one (1) compaction test in each area smaller than 2,500 square feet. 3 The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. 4 Subgrade compaction shall be as specified for in Section 02221 E. Aggregate Materials and Crushed Surfacing 1 Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material incorporated into the project and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses 2. Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,500 square feet of surface area for each lift of ballast or crushed surfacing, or one (1) compaction test in each area smaller than 2,500 square feet. 3. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's I expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. 4. Compaction of aggregate materials and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in Section 02207 F Asphalt Paving 1 1. Copies of Maximum Rice Density test for each class of asphalt pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses 2. Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall G. \PROJECTS \2011 1 11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01400 -4 e 1 be taken for every 2,500 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt pavement, or one (1) compaction test in each area smaller than 2,500 square I feet. 3. The Engineer may request additional test be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities. 4. Each course of asphalt pavement shall be compacted to a minimum of 91% of theoretical Maximum Rice Density, in accordance with ASTM D2041 1 3 05 CONCRETE INSPECTING AND TESTING A. Contractor certification of Portland Cement 1. Contractor shall secure from the cement manufacturer Certificates of Compliance delivered directly to the concrete producer for further delivery directly to the testing laboratory. B Molded concrete cylinders by testing company 1 Three test cylinders will be for each 100 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each class of concrete of each day's placement. 2. One cylinder will be tested at seven days, one at 28 days, and one when so directed 3. A report of the mix, slump, gage, location of concrete in the structure, and test results will be written 4. Specimens and tests will be done in accordance with the applicable ASTM standard specifications. C. Core tests 1. Core test may be done when specifically requested by the Engineer because of non - complying cylinder test results. 2 • Cut from locations indicated by the Engineer, securing in accordance with ASTM C 42, and prepare and test in accordance with ASTM C 39 Concrete not in compliance will be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense. D. Supervision Required by Contractor: 1. On concrete specified to be 2,000 psi or greater, provide continuous supervision or as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction 2 Throughout progress of concrete placement, perform slump tests to confirm specified slump 3. Throughout progress of concrete placement, verify that finished concrete surfaces will have the level or slope required by the Contract Documents by using the proper and necessary personnel and equipment. E. See Section 03300 for additional requirements 1 3 06 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT INSPECTING AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor shall verify that all reinforcement steel bars are in compliance with the specified standards prior to their use in the work. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01400 -5 1 Material identified by mill test reports and certified by the testing company does not require additional testing Require the supplier to furnish mill test reports to the testing company for certification. 2. If material is not so identified, provide proper tests to the Engineer's satisfaction 1 that the furnished materials meet the Specifications. 3 07 STRUCTURAL STEEL INSPECTING AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor shall verify all structural steel for compliance with the specified standards prior to their use in the work. 1 Material identified by mill test reports and certified by the testing company does not require additional testing Require the supplier to furnish mill test reports to the laboratory for certification. 2 If material is not so identified, Contractor shall provide proper tests to the Engineer's satisfaction that the furnished materials meet the Specifications. 1 B Field Welding: Contractor shall provide continuous supervision by qualified personnel. Testing company employed by Owner shall inspect welds. Suspect welds will be tested and those not in compliance will be repaired at Contractor's expense C Special Inspection. Testing agency employed by Owner shall provide special inspection as per IBC for all weld and high strength bolt connections. 3.08 ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING INSPECTING AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor shall provide the following inspection and supervision 1 1. Prior to start of roofing installation, Contractor shall conduct a job site meeting attended by representatives of the installing subcontractors, the Contractor's field superintendent, and the Engineer, to review procedures to be followed. Verify that the procedures and specifications are approved by the manufacturer for the specific application. 2 Prior to start of installation, verify that materials at the job site comply with the specified standards, that the subcontractor is qualified, and that the installing personnel are fully informed as to procedures to be followed 1 3 During installation, verify that materials are installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers' procedures and specifications. 4 When requested by the Engineer, make test cuts to verify conformance with the specified requirements. Costs of cutting, patching, and repair shall be borne by the Contractor. No more than one test cut will be made if the initial test cut shows compliance with the Specification. 3 09 WAIVER OF INSPECTION AND /OR TESTS A. Specified inspections and /or tests may be waived only in writing by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 01400 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01400 -6 1 1 SECTION 01570 — TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 — GENERAL 1 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included in this section consists of all Work necessary to prevent erosion due to construction activities, prevent sedimentation of waterways and open drainage way due to construction activities, and restore areas eroded due to insufficient preventative measures or construction activities. B. This section includes installation of temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control systems C. Dust control shall be provided for the full duration of the project. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for any required permits This section outlines the Contractor's responsibility related to monitoring, sampling, and reporting as required by the Construction Stormwater General Permit. E. The Contractor is responsible for the annual fee assessed by the Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE), estimated at $519 a year (to be confirmed by the Contractor), and any fines levied by DOE or other authorities having jurisdiction due to non- compliance by Contractor. 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02210 — Site Clearing. B. Section 02211 — Rough Grading C Section 02221 — Excavation, Backfill and Compaction for Structures. D Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill. E. Appendix D — Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Comply with all requirements of Washington State Department of Ecology for erosion and sedimentation control including but not limited to the 2011 Construction Stormwater ' General Permit. B Conform to clean air regulations of the Washington Department of Ecology. A copy of the regulations is available at the Central Regional Office of the Washington Department of Ecology located in Yakima, Washington. C. Comply with the State of Washington regulation regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461 D Protect adjacent properties and receiving water resources from erosion and sediment damage until final stabilization is achieved. All stormwater controls and systems must be installed and functioning as designed and free of accumulated sediment and debris before final project approval 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -1 1 1 1 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements 1 B Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) shall be submitted monthly to Ecology. The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting monitoring data using Ecology's WebDMR program. See the SWPPP and General Permit for more information C Submit proof of Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) certification for the Contractor designated onsite contact person. D Submit a completed Transfer of Coverage form for signature by the Property Owner to transfer control and responsibility of the General Permit coverage from the Property Owner to the Contractor. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Best Management Practices Standard Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern 1 Washington 2004 B. Timing Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible before disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. C Stormwater Runoff: Control increased stormwater runoff due to disturbance of surface I cover due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less D Erosion on Site Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to Li construction activities for this project. 1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil. 2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. 3. If erosion occurs due to non - compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to owner. E. Erosion off Site Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent windblown soil and soil laden water from leaving the project site. 2 Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site III 3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements Il 4 If erosion occurs due to non - compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to owner F Open Water Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. 11 G. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures ill G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -2 1 11 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS I A. High Visibility Fencing 1. UV stabilized, orange, high- density polyethylene or polypropylene mesh, and shall be at least 4 feet in height. 2 Support posts shall be wood or steel and have sufficient strength and durability to 1 support the fence through the life of the project. B. Perforated Drain Pipe I ; 1 Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Underdrain Pipe shall be used. 2. Perforated pipes do not require a watertight joint. 1 3 Pipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, bell and spigot, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe I 4. AASHTO Class II perforations shall be used uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. I C. Silt Fence 1. Fabric Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non - biodegradable, in longest lengths possible; fabric including I seams with the following minimum average roll lengths. a. Average Opening Size: 30 U S. Std. Sieve, max, when tested in I accordance with ASTM D 4751. b. Permittivity' 0.02 sec -1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4491 1 c. Ultraviolet Resistance. Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4355 after 500 hours exposure. I d Tensile Strength: 100 lb-f, minimum, in cross - machine direction, 180 lb - f, minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4632. II ' e. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4632. I f Tear Strength. 55 lb-f, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4533 I g. Color Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted 2. Posts. One of the following, minimum 5 feet long: a. Steel U- or T-section, ect on, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb per linear foot. 1 b. Wood, 2 by 2 inches in cross section G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -3 1 1 1 D. Gravel 1. Gravel used for filtration or protection of a temporary erosion and sediment control systems shall conform to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9- 03.12(4) "Gravel Backfill for Drains." E. Quarry Spalls 1 Material shall meet WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9 -13 6 "Quarry Spalls" F. Geotextile Fabric for Soil Stabilization 1 Material shall meet WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9 -33 "Geotextile for 1 Soil Stabilization ". • G. Catch Basin Insert 1 "Dandy Sock" by Mirafi or equivalent. Insert shall be designed for stormwater to pass through the fabric; filtering sediment before entering the downstream 1 conveyance. 2 The insert shall have overflow holes to pass large stormwater runoff events that exceed filtration capacity. 1 H Temporary and Permanent Seeding 1. Refer to Section 8 -01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications for temporary seeding requirements, if used. Refer to Section 02900 — Planting, for permanent seeding requirements. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. For each type of materials provided to the project, use the same source throughout the Work. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 1 A. Review the Plans and SWPPP. B. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance, maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible C Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. 1 D Conduct a stormwater pre- construction meeting including the Site Contractor, all ground - disturbing Sub - contractors, Engineer, and Owner. E. Revise SWPPP as necessary to address potential pollution from site identified after issuance of the SWPPP at no additional cost to owner F In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant measures have been installed (i.e pavement, gravel surfacing, vegetation, etc.) temporary preventive measures are not required G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -4 1 I 3 02 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL IMPLEMENTATION A. Place erosion and sediment control systems in accordance with the Plans and SWPPP or 1 as may be dictated by site conditions in order to maintain the intent of the specifications and permits. I B. The SWPPP and Site Maps shall be corrected or modified as site conditions change Contractor must obtain approval from the Engineer prior to modifying or substituting erosion and sediment control systems Changes during construction shall be noted in the , SWPPP and posted on the Plans. 1 C. Owner has authority to limit surface area of erodible earth material exposed by .clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and embankment operations and to direct Contractor to I provide immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures. D, Maintain erosion and sedimentation control systems as dictated by site conditions, indicated in the construction documents, or as directed by governing authorities or Owner I to control sediment until final stabilization Contractor shall respond to maintenance or additional work ordered by Owner or governing authorities immediately, but in no case, within not more than 48 hours at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 E. Contractor shall incorporate permanent erosion control features, paving, permanent slope stabilization, and vegetation into project at earliest practical time to minimize need for temporary controls 1 F Permanently seed and mulch cut and fill slopes as construction proceeds to extent considered desirable and practical. I G. Unless required within a shorter timeframe by the General Permit, disturbed areas that will not be graded or actively worked for a period of 15 days during the wet season or 30 days during the dry season, shall be temporarily stabilized as work progresses with I vegetation or other acceptable means in accordance with the SWPPP unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents In the event it is not practical to seed areas, slopes must be stabilized with an Alternate BMP as identified in the SWPPP. I 3.03 INSPECTIONS, SAMPLING, MONITORING AND REPORTING A. Contractor shall be required to inspect, sample, monitor and complete /submit reports as 1 required in the project SWPPP and General Permit. B. Contractor shall provide a CESCL for the project. 3.04 MAINTENANCE A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces 0.5 inches or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. I B Repair deficiencies immediately. C. Silt Fences (when applicable): 1 1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one -third of the height of the fence. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -5 1 3 Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by 1 runoff or other causes. D. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site. 1 E. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site and stabilize to prevent erosion 3 05 CLEANUP A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed. B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures. C Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade, finish to match adjacent ground surfaces, and stabilize with permanent cover (i.e. seeding, sod, or gravel surfacing). END OF SECTION 01570 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01570 -6 i SECTION 01730 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included in this section consists of preparing, assembling, and submitting operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment installed under this Contract, including the following. • 1 Building operating systems and equipment. 2. Care, preservation, and maintenance of architectural products and finishes. 3. Mechanical (i.e , pumps, valves, HVAC systems, etc.) equipment. 4. Electrical and control equipment and components. B Additional requirements for operation and maintenance manuals may be described in other sections of these Specifications. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operations and maintenance manual The following information shall be included in the manual. 1 Catalog information. 2 Maintenance instructions for all components of the installation, including installation instructions, start-up instructions, and specific instructions for maintenance procedures necessary to sustain and extend the service life of the installed equipment. 3. List of recommended spare parts and materials needed to maintain the equipment. 4 Manufacturer's specifications 5 Electrical requirements and schematic diagrams. i 6 List showing materials of construction of all components. 7 Information and location of parts, service crews, and repair facilities nearest to the City of Yakima. 8 When required, manufacturer's certification of compliance with the specifications. 9 Manufacturer's guarantee 10. Safety precautions, warnings, and procedures B. All operation and maintenance information shall be comprehensive and detailed, and shall contain information adequately covering all normal operation and maintenance procedures, as well as emergency operation and maintenance procedures. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01730 -1 1 C. All operation and maintenance information shall be bound in three -ring, hard - covered binders The binders shall have insert pockets on the front and on the spine so that project- specific covers can be inserted into the binder cover and spine. It is not the intent of this section to require separate binders for each piece of equipment; operation and maintenance instructions for some pieces of equipment may only be a few pages long. Therefore, information may be combined into single, larger binder's grouped based on building trades and /or equipment location For this project, it is anticipated that the following binders may be required Binder No. 1 Filter Backwash Water Settling Basins and Drain Pump Station Binder No 2 Filter -to -Waste and Recycled Backwash Water Pump Building Binder No 3 Filter -to -Waste and Recycled Backwash Water Pump Building Electrical and Controls This list is not intended to be ail- inclusive, but is to serve as a guide for organizing the operation and maintenance information. The number of binders, division of materials, and size of binders may need to be adjusted based on the volume of material. D. Operation and maintenance and /or special warranty information is required for the following specification sections. 1 Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals (Access Doors) 1 2. Section 07530 — Elastomeric Membrane Roofing 3 Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim i 4. Section 07720 — Roof Hatches 111 5. Section 08700 — Door Hardware 6 Section 09770 — Special Wall Surfaces 1 7. Section 09900 — Painting 8 Section 11061 — Submersible Non -Clog Sewage Pumps 1 9 Section 11215 — Vertical Pumps and Motors 10. Section 11325 — Polymer Feed System 1 11. Section 15120 — Flow Meters 12. Section 15800 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning 13 Division 16 — Electrical Additional operation and maintenance information shall be provided by the Contractor if required by the Engineer E. Provide four (4) copies of the operations and maintenance manual bound in a 3 -ring, covered binder, unless additional copies are specified elsewhere for the individual piece of equipment. Payment will not be made until manuals are received and approved by the Engineer. Acceptance of O &M manuals will be one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion as described in Section 01025 — Special Provisions. 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 01730 -2 V 1 2 02 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY 1 A. In addition to the above items, the manuals shall include a "maintenance summary." The "maintenance summary" shall be bound into the manual and shall contain the following information compiled by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative 1 Description or name of equipment 2 Manufacturer 3 Name, address, telephone number, and FAX number of manufacturer's local representative 1 4. Equipment serial number, where applicable 5. Equipment nameplate data 6 Recommended maintenance procedures. 1 a. Name of part to be maintained and description of procedure b Frequency of maintenance 1 c. Lubricant(s) or other materials required, where applicable, including type of lubricant, lubricant manufacturer, and specific compound 1 d Additional information as may be required for proper maintenance 7. Recommended spare parts 8 A sample "maintenance summary" form is bound herein for reference. PART 3 — EXECUTION 1 3.01 GENERAL A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure all operation and maintenance materials are obtained. Material submitted must meet the approval of the Engineer prior to project acceptance. B The above described operations and maintenance information shall be submitted in addition to shop drawings. C Payment for furnishing operation and maintenance materials as specified herein shall be included in the bid item for O &M Manuals, as described in Section 1 -09 3(1) of the Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item The Contractor must bid at least that amount. Payment equal to 100% of the lump sum bid for this item will be paid upon Engineer approval of complete O &M manuals. No partial payment will be made for preliminary or incomplete O &M manual submittals. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2 01 111 1 1 08 \11108 Specs.docx 01730 -3 1 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM 1 2. MANUFACTURER: 3 SERIAL NO (if applicable): 4 NAMEPLATE DATA (horsepower, voltage, speed, etc.) 1 5 MANUFACTURER'S LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE: NAME: 1 ADDRESS. TELEPHONE NO.. 1 6. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS: Lubricant Maintenance operation Frequency (if applicable) Comments List briefly each maintenance List required Refer by symbol operation required and refer frequency to lubricant list to specific information in of each as required Manufacturer's standard maintenance maintenance manual, if operation applicable 1 1 7 LUBRICANT LIST: Standard Oil Reference Symbol of California Union Texaco Shell List symbols used List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for the specific in Item 6 above use recommended 1 1 1 8. SPARE PARTS Include your recommendations regarding what spare parts, if any, should be kept on the job. END OF SECTION 01730 G:IPROJECTS1201 111 1 1 08\11108 Specs docx 01730 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\ PROJECTS \2011\11108 \11108 Specs,docx 1 I SECTION 02110 — SITE CLEARING I PART 1 — GENERAL 1 06 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1 A. Work included in this section consists of all work necessary to prepare the site for further site Work activities such as excavation, backfilling, and rough grading. I B. This section includes removal of surface debris, removal of trees, shrubs, and other plant life, removal of surface rock; and excavation and stockpiling of topsoil. C This section also includes work necessary to dewater and clean up the existing 1 backwash water settling lagoon, as shown on the plans D Dust control shall be provided for the full duration of the project. The Contractor shall be I responsible for obtaining and paying for any required permits. 1 07 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A. Section 01570 — Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control B Section 02211 — Rough Grading 1 C Section 02221 — Excavation, Backfill and Compaction for Structures D Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill 1 E. Section 02240 — Dewatering I 1 08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Local, State, and Federal codes for environmental requirements, disposal of debris, burning debris on site, and use of herbicides . 1 B Coordinate clearing Work with utility companies. I C. Conform to clean air regulations of the Washington Department of Ecology. A copy of the regulations is available at the Central Regional Office of the Washington Department of Ecology located in Yakima, Washington. I D Comply with the State of Washington regulation regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. I 109 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required for this section 1 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 2 -01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup, and Section 2 -02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions, of the Standard Specifications. 1 I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02110 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.03 MATERIALS A. Materials not used. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Identify a salvage or stockpile area for placing removed materials. 1 B A waste site has not been provided by the Contracting Agency for disposal of unsuitable material, asphalt concrete, debris, waste material, or any other objectionable material that is directed to waste by the Engineer. 3 02 PROTECTION A. Locate, identify, and protect from damage any utilities which remain 1 B. Protect bench marks, survey control points, and existing structures from damage or displacement. 3.03 CLEARING A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. 1 B. Remove brush, shrubs and surface rock. C Remove any unsuitable soil materials not meeting the requirements of Section 02205. 3 04 LAGOON DEWATERING 1 A. The existing backwash water settling lagoon shall be dewatered and the settled solids shall be properly disposed of prior to beginning excavation for structures, as described on the Plans and specified B. Methods for lagoon dewatering, solids separation and disposal shall be at the Contractor's option and shall conform to all applicable codes and regulations for removal and disposal of waste materials. C Lagoon dewatering and cleanup shall be closely coordinated with temporary erosion and sedimentation control as specified in Section 01570, and construction dewatering as specified in Section 02240 3 05 REMOVAL 1 A. Remove debris, pipes, rock, extracted plant life, and any other objectionable or unsuitable material from the site. 111 B Remove existing fencing where in conflict with new construction. Existing fence materials may be salvaged by the Contractor for use in replacement of existing fence where called out on the Plans Damaged materials shall be disposed of as described above. 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02110 -2 1 1 3 06 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION 1 A. Excavate topsoil from areas to be further excavated or re- graded, without mixing with foreign materials. 1 B Do not excavate wet topsoil C. Stockpile in area on site to depth not exceeding 8 feet and protect from erosion. 1 D. Topsoil shall be saved for use as backfill adjacent to the new improvements and to achieve subgrade elevations Refer to section 02205 for material use requirements. E. Excess topsoil not required for construction of improvements shall be removed from the project site 3 07 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control on this project and shall protect motoring public, adjacent businesses, homes, orchards, and crops from damage due to dust, by whatever means necessary The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims for damages and shall protect the Contracting Agency, Yakima County, and the Consultant from any and all such claims. 1 B. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide water for dust control within two hours of such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends and holidays to respond to order for dust control measures. END OF SECTION 02110 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 02110 -3 1 1 SECTION 02205 — SOIL MATERIALS I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. This section includes the requirements for subgrade materials and topsoil materials, whether obtained from project excavations, or imported from off -site sources. I B Soil materials obtained from project excavations shall be separated and stockpiled for later incorporation into the Work. C Placement of soil materials is covered in related sections. 1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS I A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision 1 C Section 02110 — Site Clearing D. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials 1 E. Section 02211 — Rough Grading F Section 02221 — Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Structures 1 G. Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill I 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation 1 B. ASTM D 2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. I 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. I B. Submit name, address and phone number of imported materials source Submit material data for verification that soil materials are in conformance with the specifications C. Submit results of tests specified in this Section and /or required by Section 01400 — 1 Testing, Inspections, Supervision. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform Work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02205 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 SUBGRADE MATERIALS A. Subgrade materials are those materials used to accomplish rough grading and to bring 1 ground surfaces to top of subgrade elevation, including the following. 1. Common Fill. 1 a. Suitable material obtained from project excavations b Rock embankment material - common fill material which contains 25 1 percent or more, by volume, gravel or stone 4 inches or more in diameter. c. Earth embankment material - common fill material other than rock embankment material d. Free of debris 1 2 Structural Fill: a. Imported, well - graded, crushed aggregate material conforming to the requirements of Section 9 -03 9(3) of the Standard Specifications for "Crushed Surfacing Base Course." 1 2 02 TOPSOIL MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall be Type B or Type C per Section 9 -14 1 of the Standard Specifications with 1 the following properties: 1 Friable silt loam. 1 2 Reasonably free of roots, rocks larger than 2- inches, subsoil, debris, large weeds, and foreign matter 3 Acidity range (pH) between 5 5 and 7 5 4 Containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 20 percent inorganic matter. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform testing and analysis of topsoil materials in accordance with ASTM D1557 B If material tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. C For each type of materials provided to the project, use the same source throughout the Work. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 MATERIAL REMOVAL 1 A. Excavate rock, subsoil and topsoil from areas designated. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02205 -2 1 B Remove lumped soil, boulders, and rock from topsoil 1 C. Separate removed materials for use as topsoil, common fill, and structural fill, as required by other sections of these Specifications. D. The Contractor may provide a screen for separation of the excavated materials into the 1 gradations required for use as common fill or structural fill. 3 02 STOCKPILING 1 A. Stockpile materials on site at locations shown on the Plans for Contractor's Work area. B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. 1 C Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent mixing. D. Prevent intermixing of soil types or contamination. E. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials 1 3 03 STOCKPILE CLEANUP 1 A. Stockpile soil materials and leave area in a clean and neat condition Grade site surface to prevent free - standing surface water. B. Excess material shall be wasted to a location secured by the Contractor. 1 END OF SECTION 02205 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02205 -3 C. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. D. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 feet, unless noted otherwise. E. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas 1 F. Remove surplus fill materials from site G Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 2 -03. 1 310 TOLERANCES A. Top surface of subgrade in roadway areas. To line and grade shown on Plans. ' B. Top surface of subgrade beneath structures Plus 0 00 feet above the line and grade shown on the Plans to minus 0.30 feet below the line and grade shown on the Plans. 1 C. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, manufactured or imported aggregate materials shall not be used to achieve subgrade elevations 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, and ' retest. END OF SECTION 02211 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\ 11108Specs.docx 02211 -3 1 SECTION 02221 — EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work covered within this section includes structural excavation, structural fill, and structural backfill necessary to construct this project as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. 1 B. Rock excavation is also included in this section No blasting will be allowed C Quantities and work required for excavation, backfill, and compaction for structures shall be included in the Bid Items related to site work. No separate distinction shall be made for excavation, backfill, and compaction for structures. D The limits of structural excavation, structural fill, and structural backfill are defined as follows: 1. Structural Excavation: That excavation required to establish subgrade below the structure with a horizontal limit extending to no more than 1 foot outside the limits of the footing or slab. 2 Structural Fill That fill placed on prepared subgrade up to the base of the footing or slab, with a horizontal limit beginning 1 foot outside the limits of the footing or slab, and extending down and out to the base of the fill at a slope of 1 horizontal to 1 vertical. Material placed outside these limits shall be considered common fill. 3. Structural backfill: That structural fill placed against the structure within a distance equal to the height of the backfill above the top of the footing, or 4 feet, whichever is less. Material placed outside these limits shall be considered common fill. Structural backfill for this project also includes placement of quarry spalls against the structure where it extends below the normal high groundwater table Quarry spalls shall be placed the full depth of the excavation to the normal high groundwater table elevation, as indicated on the Plans. Within the limits described above for structural backfill, quarry spalls shall replace the structural fill materials to the normal high groundwater table elevation. Above this elevation structural fill materials shall be placed as described above E. Additional requirements for backfilling and final subgrade preparation outside of structure areas shall be as specified in Section 02211 — Rough Grading 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspection, Supervision C. Section 01570 — Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control D Section 02110 — Site Clearing E. Section 02205 — Soil Materials G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108Specs.docx 02221 -1 1 F Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials 1 G. Section 02211 — Rough Grading H Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill 1 I Section 02240 — Dewatering ill J. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM). 1 D 422 — Particle -Size Analysis of Soils. 1 2 D 1557 — Moisture -Unit Weight Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 pound Rammer and 18 inch Drop 3 D 2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. 4 D 2922 — Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 5 D 3017 — Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures. B Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit test results as required by Section 01400 — Testing, Inspection, Supervision C. Submit an excavation plan, in accordance with governing state and federal requirements, showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during excavations 4 feet or more in depth D. The excavation plan submittal is for record purposes only, and shall not be construed as a detailed analysis for adequacy of the support system, nor shall any provisions of the above requirements be construed as relieving the Contractor of his overall responsibility and liability for the work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all liabilities which may arise from failure to provide adequate shoring, bracing, or sheeting as necessary to support the excavation under any and all conditions of loading which may exist, or which may arise during construction. E. In addition, the Contractor shall obtain, pay for, and comply with all provisions or the Accident Prevention Division of the Washington State Workman's Compensation Department. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protection of adjacent work must be accomplished Properly slope cuts to provide 1 stability Temporary cuts should be no steeper than 1 vertical to 1 5 horizontal, except temporary cuts in rock may be as steep as 1 vertical to 0 5 horizontal. Permanent slopes should be no steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, or as shown on the Plans. G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02221-2 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 EXCAVATION MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall make his own deductions and conclusions as to the nature of the materials to be excavated and the difficulties which may arise from subsurface conditions. B Material produced from rock excavation shall be suitable for use as common fill. No more than 10 percent of the excavated material by volume shall have rocks larger than 12 inches. C. The material shall be capable of being compacted to 95 percent (or the percentage otherwise indicated), of maximum dry density without undue weaving and heaving as determined by ASTM D 1557 D. Payment for excavation will be made as described in 1- 09.3(1) of Section 01025 — Special Provisions Payment will include all costs to dewater, excavate, load, and haul the material. E. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on -site in accordance with Section 02205 and 02207 Remove excess or unsuitable material from site. Suitable material shall be used for fill, backfill, and embankment construction. 2.02 STRUCTURAL FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Structural fill and structural backfill shall consist of the following materials. 1 Crushed Surfacing Base Course' As specified in Section 02207. 1 2. Quarry Spalls: Conforming to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9 -13.6, for "Quarry Spalls," modified as follows a Quarry spalls used for backfill of excavations, as described in this section, shall be 4 -6 inch in size, with 100 percent passing a 6" sieve, a maximum of 40 percent passing a 3" sieve, and a maximum of 10 percent passing a 3 /" sieve. 2.03 FILTER FABRIC (IF USED) A. Filter fabric shall be a sheet structure of non -woven construction fabric and consist of rot- proof polymeric continuous filaments. The fabric shall conform to the physical property requirements listed below Physical Property Minimum Requirements Weight 4 oz. /sy Thickness 30 mils Grab Strength 120 lbs. Elongation 60% Trapezoidal Tear 65 lbs. Specific Gravity Flux 100 gal /min /sf B. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 140 as manufactured by Celanese Fibers Marketing Company, Supac as manufactured by Phillips Fibers Corporation, or equal. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02221 -3 1 2.04 PIPE ENCASEMENTS UNDER STRUCTURES A. Pipes 6 inches or larger in diameter, where placed under structures, shall be encased in Class 3000 concrete as specified in Section 03300. Details for such encasement shall be as shown on the Plans. Encasement shall provide bearing for overlying structures. B Pipes less than 6 inches in diameter, where placed under structures, shall be bedded in imported pipe bedding (crushed surfacing top course). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Notify Utility Notification Center at least 48 hours prior to start of excavation Notify utility 1 company to remove , if B Verify that survey bench and /or mark and relocate intended utilities elevations applicable. for the work are as indicated. 1 C. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. D Locate, identify, and protect from damage utilities which remain 1 E. Protect plants and other features remaining as part of the final landscaping. F. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. G Review safety requirements. Comply with OSHA/WISHA regulations. 1 H. Prior to backfilling: 1 Verify sub - drainage, damp proofing, and waterproofing installation has been inspected. 2. Verify structural stability of unsupported walls to support imposed loads by the fill 3.02 CONTROL OF WATER A. Dewatering. Excavations are to be kept free of standing water Dewater excavations as required for subsequent construction. B Grade top perimeter of excavations to prevent surface water and /or runoff from draining into excavations. 3 03 GENERAL EXCAVATION A. The method of excavation shall be the Contractor's option, but the Contractor shall exercise care when approaching the final grade to leave it in undisturbed condition. If the final grade is disturbed or becomes wet or dried out during the course of construction, the Contractor shall remove and replace the material as indicated in this section at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor is advised that footings should be placed as soon as possible to minimize these conditions. 1 B. Frost protection shall be provided for all structural excavation work. Foundation work shall not be placed on frozen ground. G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02221 -4 1 III C. Where shoring, sheet piling, sheeting, bracing, lagging or other supports are necessary to prevent cave -ins or damage to existing structures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to design, furnish, place, maintain and remove such supports in accordance 1 with applicable. ordinances and safety requirements. The design, planning, installation, and removal of all sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the soil below and adjacent to the excavation. D Notify the Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in the area until notified to resume work. Unsuitable foundation materials, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and disposed of off -site E. Suitable excavated material shall be used in fills and in backfills, and as embankment fill. Stockpile excavated material in an area designated on -site in accordance with Section 02205 and 02207 Excess suitable material shall be hauled to a location secured by the Contractor as specified in Section 02205 I 3 04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. In general, all structures shall bear on suitable foundation material and shall be excavated to the depth required to construct the slabs and substructure elements. All 111 footings and slabs shall bear on a minimum of 9 inches of crushed surfacing base course Where existing grade is below finished grade, the Contractor shall remove the layer of unsuitable material and replace it with structural backfill material to the proper I elevation B Over - excavation for structures due to unsuitable subgrade material shall be as directed I by the Engineer. No over - excavation is planned for this contract, except to meet minimum bearing requirements for footings or slabs of 9 inches of crushed surfacing base course Placement of structural fill following any over - excavation shall be 1 completed according to the requirements of paragraph 3 06 — Placement of Structural Fill. C. When fill is placed adjacent to walls, footings, and the like, heavy equipment for I spreading and compacting shall not be operated closer to any wall than a distance equal to the height of the backfill above the top of the footing, or 4 feet, whichever is less. Fill adjacent to walls shall be all- weather material compacted to 92 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557, with small vibratory or hand compactors. 1 3.05 PREPARATION OF EARTH SUBGRADE FOR CONCRETE 1 A. When excavating for bottom mat slabs, final excavation to grade shall be done in a manner so as not to disturb the existing soil. If the soil is disturbed, the Contractor will be required to remove the disturbed material and replace it with structural fill material. 1 Concrete shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or dried out. If, during the course of construction, bottom surfaces become saturated with water, muddy, disturbed or dried out, the Contractor shall, at no cost to the Owner, remove the undesirable material and replace with compacted structural backfill as indicated above 1 B Fill under slabs on grade shall consist of a minimum of 9 inches of crushed surfacing base course 1 ,1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02221 -5 1 3.06 PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL FILL A. Structural fill shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 10 inches for heavy -duty vibratory roller I� compactors, or 4 inches for hand operated compactors. Structural fill shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557 The compaction effort will be field verified by a representative of the Engineer using a calibrated nuclear density gauge, in accordance with ASTM D6938. B Structural fill shall bear on rock or other firm base C. The structural fill shall be spread in lifts as indicated and each lift shall be compacted with a minimum of four passes with a heavy steel drum vibratory roller in a systematic pattern and as many additional passes as necessary to satisfy the Engineer. The vibratory roller will have the following characteristics, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Static Weight: 18,900 lbs. minimum Total Applied Weight: 58,900 Ibs minimum Vibrating Shaft Speed. 1000 to 1500 RPM Speed. 2 MPH maximum D. In freezing weather, the following additional requirements will. apply 1 Prior to terminating work for the day, the final layer of compacted subbase material, after compaction, shall be rolled with a smooth -wheel roller, if necessary to eliminate ridges of soil left by tractors or trucks used for compaction 2. A layer of loose protective material shall be left on top at the end of each day's operation This material shall be removed and wasted at start of the next day's operations. 3 The Contractor shall not place a layer of compacted fill on snow, ice, or soil that was permitted to freeze prior to compaction Removal of these unsatisfactory materials will be required prior to fill placement as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner 4 No frozen material shall be used in structural fill E. The Contractor shall bring the structural fill to the top of subgrade elevation, using 1 materials described above, to within the following tolerances of the elevations indicated on the Plans. Plus 0 00 feet above subgrade elevation and minus 0 30 feet below subgrade elevation 1 F. No payment will be made for excess structural fill used to correct subgrade elevations that are outside of the tolerances listed above. 1 3.07 PLACEMENT OF FILTER FABRIC (IF REQUIRED) A. Filter fabric shall be placed as specified herein, in those areas shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer Tears or blowouts of the fabric shall be exposed and repaired by a minimum of a 3 foot overlap on all sides and shall be incidental to the unit price. Filter fabric shall overlap a minimum of 3 feet. B. Filter fabric, if required, shall be considered as an additional to the cost of the project. Should filter fabric be required by the Engineer per paragraph A above, it shall be paid as an extra cost item at a price to be negotiated with the Contractor. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 02221 -6 1 1 3.08 FINAL TRIMMING AND CLEAN -UP Ili A. Final trimming and clean -up shall consist of all work as follows: 1 All irregularities shall be made smooth, washouts shall be filled, slopes made I uniform, slightly rounded at top and bottom, and the entire area of the fill compacted and completed to the required lines, grades, and cross sections with 1/10 foot above or below the established grade. I 2 Where additional material is required for filling, it shall be similar to that used in fill and may be obtained from source approved by the Engineer. III 3 When work is completed, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of all surplus material including stumps, trees, and brush, and leave premises in condition acceptable to the Engineer. 3 09 TESTING A. Compaction tests will be performed by a certified independent testing laboratory, employed by the Owner In the event the first compaction test of an area does not III. comply with the requirements of the Specifications, additional compaction shall be performed by the Contractor to obtain the required density, or the compacted material shall be replaced in accordance with the Specifications. Additional compaction tests for the repaired areas shall be performed by the certified testing laboratory and all costs associated with these additional compaction tests shall be paid for by the Contractor. This process shall be repeated until the soil compaction complies with the requirements I of these Specifications. END OF SECTION 02221 1 II I 1 1 I 1 II G: \PROJECTS \2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02221 -7 1 SECTION 02225 — TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL X PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes requirements for excavation and backfill of trenches for utilities outside of buildings and structures, including all site piping. B Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1 Placement and compaction of pipe bedding material within the pipe zone for utilities outside of buildings and structures. i , 2 Placement and compaction of pipe bedding material within the pipe zone for utilities located beneath buildings and structures, when the trench is not filled with concrete. 3 Placement and compaction of trench backfill within the trench zone, from top of utility bedding (pipe zone) to subgrade elevations 4 Dewatering required for trench excavation and backfill. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C Section 01570 — Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control D. Section 02205 — Soil Materials E. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials F. Section 02211 — Rough Grading G Section 02240 — Dewatering H. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete Concrete materials 103 REFERENCES A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation. ' B ASTM C 136 — Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. C ASTM D 1557 — Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4 54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. D. ASTM D 2922 — Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). E. ASTM D 3017 — Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures. 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02225 -1 1 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submit test results as required by Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision. ,1 105 DEFINITIONS A. Utility Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, or cable 1 B Pipe zone. That portion of the trench from 4 inches below the pipe to 6 inches above the pipe as shown on the Plans The pipe zone shall be backfilled with bedding material per the Specifications. C Trench zone That portion of the trench above the pipe zone. Backfill with native material unless otherwise directed by the Engineer 1 06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that survey bench mark, control point, and intended elevations for the work are as shown on the Plans. B. Submit Construction Staking Request Form as required by 1 -05 4(2) of Section 01025 — Special Provisions 107 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work with other site construction activities B Verify work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before placing higher 1� elevation utilities. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 FILL MATERIALS A. As specified by WSDOT Standard Specifications, Sections 7 -08 and 7 -09 B. Imported pipe bedding (pipe zone) Crushed surfacing top course per Section 9 -03 9(3) of the Standard Specifications. 1 C Imported select trench backfill (trench zone) Crushed surfacing base course per Section 9 -03 9(3) of the Standard Specifications D. Trench backfill material (trench zone). Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, trench backfill material shall be obtained from project excavations. E. See typical trench section on the Plans. 1 2.02 EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Includes removal of all natural or man -made objects of whatever nature encountered which must be removed for installation of the utility B Includes dewatering. 1 i G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02225-2 1 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION 1 A. Notify Utility Notification Center at least 48 hours prior to start of excavation. 11 , B Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. C Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping D Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. I E. Maintain and protect above- and below -grade utilities which are to remain F Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with fill material and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent I backfill material. G Review safety requirements. Comply with OSHA/WISHA regulations. Provide shoring, III cribbing, or extra excavation as required. 3 02 EXCAVATING A. Excavate trenches required for utilities. B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation and allow inspection per Sections 7- I 08 and 7 -09 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Remove water or materials which interfere with work. C Stockpile excavated material in an area designated on -site and remove from site excess material not being used 3 03 BACKFILLING 1 A. Employ a placement method which does not disturb or damage utilities in trench, and /or other physical features in place at the time of construction. B Mechanical compaction shall be required for all trenches. The Contractor is hereby cautioned that time extensions shall not be granted due to unstable trench backfill conditions caused by excessive watering The Contractor shall be responsible for I correcting such conditions caused by his own construction activities. C Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. All trench backfill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. D Detectable marker tape shall be installed over non - metallic pipe lines The tape shall be placed approximately three feet above the top of the pipe and shall extend its full length. I The horizontal location of the tape shall vary no more than 2 feet from the centerline alignment of the pipe. Detectable marker tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 15.18 of the Standard Specifications. I E. Street crossing trenches and other locations as directed by the Engineer shall be backfilled for the full depth of the trench with select backfill meeting the requirements for I crushed surfacing base course, in SECTION 9 -03 9(3) of these Special Provisions G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02225 -3 I F Remove surplus fill materials from site 1 3 04 TOLERANCES A. Excavation methods shall be controlled to prevent over - excavation. All over - excavated 1 areas which result from inadequate control of excavation methods shall be backfilled to the correct bottom of trench elevation at no cost to the Owner. B Bottom of trench excavation: Plus 0 00 feet above the line and grade shown on the Plans to minus 0 30 feet below the line and grade shown on the Plans C Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas Shall be to required subgrade elevations 1- D Top Surface of General Backfilling Plus or minus 1 -inch from required elevations. 3 05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision B Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1557 C If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, compact, and retest. D. Frequency of Tests. Shall be at various depths in the trench section 1 E. The first 200 feet of trench backfill operations shall be considered a test section for the Contractor to demonstrate his backfilling and compaction techniques. Notify the Engineer at least 3 working days prior to beginning trench excavation and backfill operations. Arrange for in -place density tests to be taken on the completed test section No further trenching will be allowed until the specified density is achieved in the test section 3 06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work throughout remainder of construction. 1 B Reshape and re- compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction END OF SECTION 02225 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02225 -4 1 1 SECTION 02240 — DEWATERING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes construction dewatering The costs for all dewatering operations required shall be included in the cost of other items of work. No separate measurement or payment will be made for construction dewatering 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 01570 — Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control C Section 02110 — Site Clearing D. Section 02211 — Rough Grading E. Section 02221 — Excavation, Backfill and Compaction for Structures F Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill 1 03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with all requirements of the Washington State Department of Ecology 2011 Construction Stormwater General Permit related to dewatering 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Dewatering Performance. Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewatering system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control ground -water flow into excavations and permit construction to proceed on dry, stable subgrades. 1. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood, and that damage to subgrades and permanent structures is prevented. 2. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other I means. 3. Accomplish dewatering without damaging existing buildings adjacent to excavation. 11 • 4. Dewatering water shall be managed separately from construction stormwater runoff. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for Information For dewatering system Show arrangement, locations, and details of wells and well points and /or trenches and sumps, locations of headers and discharge lines; and means of discharge and disposal of water. I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02240 -1 1 06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Project -Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this project and is included in Appendix B for information only The opinions expressed in this report are those of geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by geotechnical engineer. The Engineer and Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data. B. The Contractor, at their own cost, may make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for dewatering design. Coordinate with the Engineer at least one week prior to the bid date PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials used for dewatering, including pumps, pipes, hoses, filters, gravel for trenches, temporary sumps, etc. shall be designed, provided, installed, operated, maintained and removed by the Contractor PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate the dewatering design and implementation with the Plans and the SWPPP Refer to Section 01570 for additional information. B Coordinate construction dewatering with dewatering operations required for removal and disposal of water and settled solids in the existing backwash water settling lagoon. Refer to the Plans and Section 02110 for additional information 1 C Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by dewatering operations. 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area. 2. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. D. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction 3 02 DEWATERING IMPLEMENTATION 1 A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, trenches, sumps, or similar methods complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal, and surface -water controls G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02240-2 1 1 B. Before excavating below ground -water level, place system into operation to lower water to specified levels. Operate system continuously until utilities and structures have been ll constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required. C. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades. Install sufficient dewatering equipment to drain water - bearing strata above and below bottom of foundations, utilities, and other excavations. 1 1. Do not permit open -sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade softening, and slope instability D Reduce hydrostatic head in water - bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations, utilities, and other excavations. 1 Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of 24 inches below surface of excavation or as needed to meet specified compaction requirements, see Plans and Section 02221. ,I' E. Dispose of water removed by dewatering in a manner that avoids endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed Dispose of water in a manner that meets to requirements of Section 01570 and the Construction Stormwater General Permit. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow - control I devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. F. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering 1 operations G. Provide standby equipment on -site, installed and available for immediate operation, to I maintain dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner. I 3.03 CLEANUP I A. Remove dewatering system from Project site upon completion of dewatering. B. Restore disturbed areas in accordance with the Plans and Section 01570 END OF SECTION 02240 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02240 -3 I 1 1 SECTION 02510 — ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish and install hot mix asphalt paving (HMA), wearing binder, or base course. B Furnish and install aggregate materials under hot mix asphalt concrete pavement and as gravel surfacing C. Furnish materials and apply lane marking paint (striping) to pavement surfaces 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 01730 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision 1 C. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials D. Section 02211 — Rough Grading E. Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill F Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.03 REFERENCES A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by 1 the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) B. ASTM D 946 — Penetration- Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction. 1 C. TAI (The Asphalt Institute) — MS -2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types. 1 D. TAI (The Asphalt Institute) — MS -3 Asphalt Plant Manual E. TAI (The Asphalt Institute) — MS -8 Asphalt Paving Manual F. TAI (The Asphalt Institute) — MS -19 Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual G. AASHTO -M -248. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals procedure, for general submittal requirements B. Submit name, address and phone number of materials source. C Submit HMA Mix Design The Owner will accept a mix design for HMA that has been approved by WSDOT within the past 12 months that uses the same aggregate source and asphalt cement source as is proposed for this project. Provide mix design, performed in accordance with WSDOT requirements, to the Engineer for review at least 10 working days prior to any paving operations. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02510 -1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials shall conform to the WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Lane Marking Paint: Chlorinated rubber -alkyd type, AASHTO -M -248, CFS- TT- P115), Type III, White or Yellow, 4 inches wide. C. An asphalt prime coat will not be required on this project. D A soil sterilant will not be PP required to be applied to the subgrade q 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIX 1 A. Asphalt concrete paving shall be HMA Class 1/2 -inch PG 64 -28 and conform to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 5 -04. B The use of more than 30 percent of recycled material in the asphalt concrete pavement will not be permitted PART 3 — EXECUTION 1 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Verify base conditions a B Verify that compacted granular base is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. D. Provide sufficient number of trucks to assure a continuous paving operation. Assure proper asphalt concrete mix temperatures are maintained E. Protect edges of existing pavement; if edges are damaged, re -trim to neat line 1 F Paving operations shall not proceed until base conditions are correct and sufficient hauling and placing equipment is available 1 3 02 SUBBASE A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 4 -04. 1 B Place aggregate base materials to the compacted depths shown on Plans. C. Place and compact gravel shouldering as required by Section 4 -04 3(11) of the Standard Specifications. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Place asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 5 -04 3. G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02510 -2 1 o B. Compact to a minimum of 91% of theoretical maximum Rice density ASTM D 2041. 1 3 04 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Apply pavement markings in accordance with the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8 -22. B. Glass beads will not be required with pavement markings. C. Two applications of paint will be required to complete all paint stripe markings 3 05 TOLERANCES 1 A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 -inch measured with 10 -foot straightedge. B Variation from True Elevation Paving surface to be at grade and elevations shown 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision B Take samples and perform tests in accordance with TAI MS -2 3 07 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for 7 days or until surface temperature is Tess than 140 ° F. END OF SECTION 02510 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 02510 -3 1 SECTION 02520 — PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes all Portland Cement concrete work related to concrete sidewalks, concrete paving, stair steps, curbs and gutters, planter curbs, and integral curbs. B Furnish and install aggregate base materials beneath Portland Cement concrete work 1 included in Item A. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials D. Section 02211 — Rough Grading E. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 1 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation B. ACI 304 — Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 1 C ASTM A 615 — Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement 1 D. ASTM C 33 — Concrete Aggregates E. ASTM C 94 — Ready Mix Concrete 1 F. ASTM C 150 — Portland Cement G. ASTM C 260 — Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1 H ASTM C 309 — Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C 494 — Chemical Admixtures for Concrete J ASTM D 1751 — Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 1 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Provide product data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compounds. C. If colored concrete is used, submit samples of the full range of color to Engineer Color to be verified by Engineer G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02520 -1 1 D. Submit name, address and phone number of materials source E. Submit mix design per Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 1 F Submit test results as required by Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8 -04 and 8 -14 B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout the course of the project. 1 1 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 ° F, or surface is wet or frozen PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2 01 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials. WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8 -14 B Joint Filler ASTM D 1751. 1 2 02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel and Wire Fabric: WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9 -07 1 2 03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 03300 1 B Fine and Coarse Mix Aggregates ASTM C 33 C Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete D Air Entrainment: ASTM C 260 1 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound. Cur -to- Spec -MS colorless curing system or equal 1 2.05 CONCRETE A. Refer to Section 03300, Class 4000A. 1 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete for review prior to commencement of work. B Tests on cement and aggregates will be performed to ensure conformance with specified i requirements C Test samples in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications and Section 03300. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02520-2 1� 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION 1 A. Verify base conditions. I B Verify compacted subgrade, granular base, and stabilized soil is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads I C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. D. Concrete placement shall not proceed until base conditions are correct. I 3 02 SUBBASE A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1 B Place aggregate base materials to depths shown on Plans. 3.03 PREPARATION 1 A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B Coat surfaces of manhole and catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete 1 pavement. C. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 1 3.04 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient. 1 B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. I C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 3 05 REINFORCEMENT I A. Place reinforcement as indicated I B. Interrupt reinforcement at contraction and expansion joints. C See Plans for specified joint requirements in reinforced concrete slabs 1 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications and the following revisions to Section 8- '1 14.3(3)• 1. This section is supplemented with the following. III a. All sidewalks not located in driveway entrance areas shall be four (4) inches in thickness. All concrete approaches located behind a I depressed curb and gutter section shall be 6 inches in thickness. I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02520 -3 1 b Sidewalks shall be marked across the entire width every 5 feet and with 1 preformed asphalt impregnated joint fillers 3/8 -inch thick every 20 feet. Concrete sidewalk shall be cured in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(13)A of the Standard Specifications Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations Failure to properly secure or seal the cement concrete sidewalk will require the Contractor to remove and replace the sidewalk section at his expense. c. First -class workmanship and finish will be required on all portions of cement concrete sidewalk work. Quality of workmanship and finish will be evaluated continuously and will be based solely upon the judgment of the Engineer If at any time it is found that quality is unacceptable, work shall be immediately stopped, and no additional sidewalk shall be placed Cement concrete sidewalk which does not comply with the section details on the Plans, or in the Engineer's opinion does not demonstrate first -class workmanship and finish, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor's equipment or methods be unable to produce sidewalk meeting the requirements of the Details and Specifications, no further sidewalk construction will be allowed until corrections have been made to said 1 equipment. 3 07 JOINTS A. Place expansion joints at maximum 24 -foot intervals, unless noted otherwise Align curb, 1 gutter, and sidewalk joints B Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. Recess top of filler 1/4 -inch typical, unless noted otherwise. C Provide scored control joints at 6 feet maximum in all flatwork. 1 D. Provide keyed joints as indicated E Provide keyed or expansion joints extending each direction from building or structure corners. F. Coordinate joint patterns with adjoining doorways and geometry of the flatwork. Provide equal spacing of joints G Provide additional joints as directed by Engineer 3 08 FINISHING A. Paving Light broom. ■ B. Sidewalk Paving Light broom, radius to 1/2 -inch radius, and trowel joint edges C Curbs Light broom 1 D Direction of Texturing. Perpendicular to pavement direction. Verify with Engineer 3 09 JOINT SEALING i A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications 1 G: \PROJECTS\2 01 111 1 1 08 \11108 Specs.docx 02520 -4 1 1 I 3.10 TOLERANCES I A. Variation from True Elevation: Paving surface to be at grade and elevation shown B. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/8 -inch measured with 10 -foot straightedge. I C. Straightness of Vertical Faces and Edges: Maximum variation of 1/4 -inch measured with 10 -foot straightedge D Ponding No ponding will be allowed All surfaces shall drain. 3 11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. Refer to Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision B. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301 I C. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on -site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 1 D One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 1 E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.12 PROTECTION 1 A. Immediately after placement, protect cement concrete pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. I B Do not permit pedestrian or vehicular traffic over cement concrete pavement for 7 days minimum after finishing, until 75 percent design strength of concrete has been achieved I C See Section 03300 for additional requirements END OF SECTION 02520 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02520 -5 1 SECTION 02607 — MANHOLES AND COVERS PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included in this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and ! installing on -site modular precast concrete manhole base, catch basins, sections and top slabs /cones with tongue- and - groove joints, ladders /steps, covers, grates, frames, risers, anchorage, covers and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, and Supervision 1 C Section 02221 — Excavation, Backfill and Compaction for Structures. D. Section 02732 — Site Sanitary Sewerage System. 1 E. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete for thrust restraints. 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation. 1 B. ASTM A 48 — Gray Iron Castings. C. I STM C 478 — Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 1 D I STM C 923 — Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit product data on manhole covers, component construction, features, configuration and dimensions i C. Submit shop drawings indicating manhole locations, elevations, piping, conduit, and sizes and elevations of penetrations. 1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of manholes and coves shall be a company specializing in I manufacturing products specified in this section, with a minimum of three years of documented experience. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02607 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 7 -05 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications 1� 2 02 COMPONENTS A. Cover and Frame. In accordance with Section 9-05 15(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Manhole covers shall be marked with lettering as indicated on the Plans. B Special Requirements as shown on the plans 1 2.03 CONFIGURATION A. As shown on the Plans 1 B. Steps. As required by code. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION 1 A. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. B. Verify that built -in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into work. 1 C. Verify excavation for manholes is correct. 3 02 PREPARATION 1 A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other sections. 3 03 PLACING MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Refer to Section 7 -05 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1 B. Place manhole sections plumb and level, trim to correct elevations, anchor to base pad C Cut and fit for pipe, conduit, and sleeves 1 D. Set cover frames and covers level without tipping to correct elevations. E. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape and location. 1 3 04 ADJUSTING MANHOLES TO GRADE A. In Cement Concrete Set manhole frame and cover to grade and place cement concrete 1 around frame. B. In Asphalt Pavement: Adjust manhole frame and cover to grade after completion of asphalt paving. See details on Plans. Adjust in accordance with the following: 1 Prior to paving, establish references to center of structure. 2. After paving, relocate center of structure from established references. 1 G. \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02607-2 1 1 3. Cut and remove pavement to a neat circle, the diameter of the frame plus two feet. 1 4. Adjust frame to required grade to provide flush finished surface 5. Place cement concrete around frame to within 1 -1/2- inches of finished grade. 6. Following curing of cement concrete, tack coat all surfaces and place Class 3/8- inch asphalt pavement to finished grade. 7. Paint joint with hot asphalt and cover with dry paving sand. END OF SECTION 02607 1 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02607 -3 1 1 SECTION 02667 — SITE WATER PIPING PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes all work required to furnish and install water pipelines, bedding, fittings, and accessories. This section supplements the requirements of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, and Supervision C Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials. ' D. Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill. E. Section 02670 — Concrete Cylinder Pipe r F. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete Concrete for thrust restraints. ' G Section 15020 — Testing H. Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings. 1 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation B. ASTM D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4 54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop C. ASTM D 3017 — Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures. D. ASTM D 1784 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 40 E. ASTM D 2467 Socket Type Plastic Fittings, Schedule 80. F ASTM F 876 — Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. G. Approval and certification of the National Sanitation Foundation. H AWWA C104 — Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C111 — Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. J. AWWA C151 — Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals procedure, for general submittal requirements. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 02667 -1 1 B Submit product data indicating pipe and pipe accessories. 1 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Indicate special procedures required to install products specified. 1 D Manufacturer's Certificate Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements E. Submit test results in accordance with Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision 1 F. Submit record drawings. Record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications. 107 DEFINITIONS 1 A. Bedding. Fill placed under, beside, and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to all applicable Local and State codes for materials and installation of the work of this section 1 09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2 01 WATER PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9- 30.1(1) 1 of the Standard Specifications except that it shall be Standard Thickness Class 52 Joints shall be rubber gasket push -on type (Tyton Joint) Fittings shall be mechanical joint in accordance with Section 9- 30.2(1) of the Standard Specifications. 1 Connection Couplings: Couplings for DI pipe, either transition or straight, shall be compression type flexible couplings conforming to Section 9- 30.2(7) of the Standard Specifications B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe PVC pipe (4 -inch and larger) shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 -30 1(5) of the Standard Specifications. PVC Pipe (over 12- inch) shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C 905 DR 25 Joints shall be rubber gasket push -on type with thickened bell Fittings shall be mechanical joint and /or flanged in accordance with the Plans and Section 9- 30.2(1) of the Standard Specifications Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (smaller than 4 -inch) PVC Pipe, Schedule 80, solvent weld with integral bell conforming to ASTM D 2672 PVC Fittings, Schedule 80, solvent weld G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02667 -2 1 1 C. Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe PEX pipe shall be copper tube size (CTS), meeting ' the requirements of ASTM F876/F877 and AWWA C904, and shall be ANSI /NSF Standard 14/61 certified D High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) shall be extra high molecular weight, high ' density ethylene /hexane copolymer, PE 3408 polyethylene resin The Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) shall be SDR 11 for all pipe sizes. Pipe material shall be provided in straight segments for pipe 4 inches and larger in diameter, or coiled for pipe ' smaller than 4 inches in diameter The manufacturer's certification shall state that the pipe was manufactured from one specific resin in compliance with these Specifications The certificate shall state the specific resin used, its source, and list its compliance with these Specifications. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material ' The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, voids, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties throughout. 1 During extrusion production, the HDPE pipe shall be continuously marked with durable printing including (but not limited to) nominal size, dimension ratio, pressure rating, type (trade name), material classification, certification base and date. Polyethylene fittings shall comply with all appropriate requirements of AWWA C901, AWWA C906, or CSA 6137 1. Socket type fittings shall comply with ASTM D2683. Butt fusion fittings shall comply with ASTM D3261 Electrofusion fittings shall comply with ASTM F1055 Fabricated fittings shall be designed and manufactured to be as strong, or stronger, than the pipe to which the fittings will be joined. Mechanical fittings shall be ' approved only after submission of appropriate test data and service histories indicating their acceptability for the intended service. In all cases, the Specifications and requirements for the fittings supplied shall comply with the appropriate sections of AWWA C901, AWWA C906, or CSA B137 1. 1 Pipe stiffeners shall be used in conjunction with mechanical restrained fittings. Pipe stiffeners shall be designed to support the interior wall of the HDPE and maintain pipe round The stiffeners shall support the pipe's end and control the "necking down" reaction to the pressure applied during normal installation The pipe stiffeners shall be formed for 304 or 316 stainless steel to the HDPE manufacturers published average inside diameter of the specific size and DR of the HDPE. 1 E. Concrete Cylinder Pipe (CCP) Concrete cylinder pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C303, as specified in Section 02670 2 02 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS A. Gate Valves. All gate valves size 3 -inch through 10 -inch shall be resilient seated gate ' valves conforming to the latest AWWA Standard C 509. Valves shall be Mueller, Dresser, Clow, or equal. All gate valves 3 -inch and larger shall have mechanical joint and /or flanged connections as shown on the Plans, non - rising stems, open counterclockwise, and shall be provided with a 2 -inch square operating nut. Stuffing box shall be 0-ring type. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02667 -3 Valves smaller than 3 -inch shall have screw type end connections and be non - rising 1 stem, screwed bonnet, solid wedge disc type having a minimum working pressure of 200 psi. Valves shall be Crane 438, Stockham 103, or equal B Butterfly Valves. Butterfly valves shall be suitable for direct burial and shall conform to 1 the latest AWWA Standard C 504 Valves shall have mechanical joint and /or flanged connections as shown on the Plans and shall be of the same size as the line on which they are located Valve shafts shall be a one -piece unit extending full size through the valve disc and valve bearings, with minimum shaft diameter as specified in AWWA C 504 Class 150B Valve operators shall be worm gear type, sealed, gasketed, and lubricated for underground service All valves shall open counter - clockwise and shall be provided with a 2 -inch operating nut, unless otherwise specified C Check Valves Check valves shall be suitable for direct burial and shall conform to the latest AWWA Standard C 508 for composition -to -metal seat construction Check valves shall be supplied with petcocks for testing. D Valve Boxes. All buried valves shall be installed with valves boxes. The top section of the valve boxes shall be Olympic Foundry Model 940, or approved equal, 18 inches high. The bottom section shall be Olympic Foundry Model 940, or equal, 36 inches high, extension sections shall be Olympic Foundry Model 940, or equal, 12 inches high Where depth of bury to the centerline of the valve is more than five feet, provide operating nut extension stems to bring the operating nut to within one -foot of finished grade, Olympic Foundry part No. VSE, or equal. 1 Valve box covers for water mains shall have the word "WATER" cast into them, Olympic Foundry model 940, or approved equal Valve box covers for sewer force mains shall be .provided with specially marked with word "SEWER" cast into them 2.03 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. See typical trench section shown on the Plans. , B. Imported pipe zone bedding for flexible pipes shall be crushed surfacing top course meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03 9(3) of the Standard Specifications, and shall be placed and compacted in layers as designated by the Engineer C Pipe zone bedding for rigid pipes shall be native or imported gravel bedding material meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03 12(3) of the Standard Specifications, or as approved by the Engineer D Imported select backfill, where directed by the Engineer, shall be crushed gravel, placed and compacted in layers. The crushed gravel backfill shall conform to crushed surfacing base course meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03 9(3) of the Standard Specifications, or as approved by the Engineer. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION 1 A. Verify that trench excavation base is ready to receive work and that all excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on the Plans. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02667 -4 1 1 B Remove large stones or other g hard matter which could damage pipe or impede ' consistent backfilling or compaction. C No existing valves shall be opened or closed without permission of the Contracting Agency ' 3 03 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02225 for work of this section Hand ' trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction density 3 04 INSTALLATION — PIPE ' A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 7 -08 B. Backfill in accordance with Section 02225 ' C. Flush pipeline in accordance with Section 7 -09 3(24)A of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. D Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, provide a minimum of 4 feet and maximum of 8 feet earth cover over exterior buried piping systems and appurtenances conveying water 3.05 INSTALLATION — HDPE PIPE A. Handling of HDPE Pipe* The manufacturer shall package the pipe in a manner designed to deliver the pipe to the project neatly, intact, and without physical damage The 1 transportation carrier shall use appropriate methods and intermittent checks to ensure the pipe is properly supported, stacked, and restrained during transport such that the pipe is not nicked, gouged, or physically damaged Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of pipe shall be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe shall be cut out and removed or the section of pipe rejected B Joining HDPE Pipe. Sections of polyethylene pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site, above ground The joining method shall be butt fusion and shall be performed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM -F -585 The butt fusion equipment used in the joining process shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 °F and interface fusion pressure of 75 psi Socket fusion, hot gas fusion, threading, or solvent - cement joints and epoxies are not permitted The Contractor shall be responsible to verify the fusion equipment is in good working order and the operator has been trained within the past twelve months The fusion equipment shall be equipped with a Datalogger for recording heater temperature and fusion pressure. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02667 -5 1 All fused joints shall be watertight and shall have a tensile strength equal to that of the pipe All joints are subject to acceptance by the Owner prior to insertion All defective joints shall be cut out and replaced at no additional cost to the City. The Contractor shall remove all HDPE trimmings or other miscellaneous material from 1 the inside of the pipe being butt fused prior to installation. All HDPE pipe, both new and existing, shall be adequately covered at the end of each working day to prevent entry by animals (i e. rodents, cats, etc.) If pipe is left open and unattended by the Contractor, he shall be responsible for verifying no animals have entered the pipe and provide suitable evidence to the Engineer The Contractor shall not continue work until such evidence is provided and accepted by the Engineer C Backfill in accordance with Section 02225. 3 06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B Request inspections prior to and immediately after placing bedding. 1 C Pressure test water mains in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 7 -09 3(23), supplemented with the following 1 Replace the first sentence with All water mains and appurtenances shall be tested under a hydrostatic 1 pressure of 150 psi D. Pressure Testing HDPE Pipe. 1 1 Pressure testing shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM F2164, Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene Pressure Piping Systems Using Hydrostatic Pressure. The HDPE pipe shall be filled with water raised to test pressure and allowed to stabilize The test pressure shall be 60 psi The pipe shall pass if the final pressure is with 5% of the test pressure for 1 hour For safety reasons, hydrostatic testing only will be used. The Contractor shall maintain a log of all pipe testing on the project. At a minimum, the testing log shall indicate the following parameters Name of technician, time, test pressure, test duration, and whether the test passed or failed E. No leakage will be allowed F If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest at no cost to Owner 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation B Protect pipe and aggregate cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress END OF SECTION 02667 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02667 -6 1 1 1 SECTION 02670 — CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE PART 1 — GENERAL 1 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes all work required to furnish and install Concrete Cylinder Pipe (CCP), complete in place, as shown on the plans and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, and Supervision. C. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials. D. Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill. E. Section 02667 — Site Water Piping. 1 F. Section 09900 — Painting. G. Section 15020 — Testing. 1 H. Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation 1 B. AWWA C206 — Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. ' C. AWWA C207 — Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 -Inch through 144 - Inch D. AWWA C208 — Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. E. AWWA C303 — Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar - Wrapped, Steel- Cylinder Type. F AWWA M9 — Concrete Pressure Pipe G AWWA M11 Steel Pipe — A Guide for Design and Installation 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. 1 Shop Drawings' Submit shop drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirement of Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, including the following information. 1 1. A tabulated layout schedule with reference stationing (where applicable) and grade line elevations as shown on the plans. Include on schedule for each portion of the pipeline: 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -1 1 a. Diameter of the pipe b. Design pressures and transient loadings. c. Thickness of pipe d Area of steel in reinforcing cage and steel cylinders. 1 2. Show elevations and horizontal control of all items included on the shop drawings. 3. Show details of joint rings, reinforcing steel size and spacing, and bonding bars. C Product Data. Submit product data for each size and class of pipe used, including information on full details of steel, mortar lining and coating, joints, special requirements for straight pipe, special fittings and appurtenances. Submit mortar mix design data conforming to the requirements of AVWVA C303 D. Material Certifications: Submit a certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe and other products or materials furnished under this section, and as specified in AVVWA C303. Submit material test results for all materials used in the manufacture of pipe products, as specified in paragraph 1.05.C. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection. All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in 1 accordance with the provisions of AVWVA C303, as supplemented by the requirements herein. The contractor shall notify the engineer in writing of the manufacturing starting date not less than seven calendar days prior to the start of any phase of the pipe manufacture. B Plant Certification: Pipe shall be manufactured in a facility with a minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacturing of the pipe specified for this project. The pipe fabrication process at the facility shall have current certification by the American Concrete Pressure Pipe Association. C. Tests: All materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C303. Such material tests shall be performed at no additional cost to the owner The owner shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the manufacturer PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Concrete Cylinder Pipe (CCP): The pipe shall conform to AVVWA C303, subject to the supplemental requirements provided in these specifications. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class indicated, shall be provided complete with rubber gasket joints or buttstrap joints, as shown on the plans and specified herein, or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. All pipe specials and bends shall be provided as required. B Markings: The manufacturer shall legibly mark all pipes and specials in accordance with the laying schedule and marking diagram. Each pipe shall be numbered in sequence and said number shall appear on the laying schedule and marking diagram in its proper location for installation. All specials and fittings shall be marked at one end with top field centerline G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670-2 1 1 C Handling and Storage' The pipe shall be handled by use of slings, padded cradles, or other devices designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe coating /exterior. The use of equipment that might injure the pipe coating /exterior will not be permitted. I Stockpiled pipe shall be supported on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding three inches in diameter. The pipe shall not be rolled and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling. All pipe handling equipment and methods shall be acceptable to the 1 Engineer. The Contractor shall be fully liable for the cost of replacement or repair of pipe that is damaged. D Strutting. Adequate strutting shall be provided on all specials, fittings, and straight pipe I so as to avoid damage to the pipe and fittings during handling, storage, hauling, and installation for concrete cylinder pipe, as recommended by the manufacturer. Any pipe damaged during handling, hauling, storage, or installation due to improper strutting shall I be repaired or replaced. E. Laying Lengths: Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 40 feet, with shorter lengths provided as required, or as shown on the Plans. 1 F Closures and Correction Pieces. Closures and correction pieces shall be provided as required so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying 1 operation and so that correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform to pipe stationing indicated 2.02 MATERIALS 1 A. Mortar: Materials for mortar shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C303 — Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar - Wrapped, Steel- Cylinder Type — Shop Applied; provided, I that cement for mortar coating shall be ASTM C150, Type II Low Alkali and mortar lining shall be ASTM C150, Type II Low Alkali. A fly ash or pozzolan shall not be used as a cement replacement. Admixtures shall contain no calcium chloride I B. Steel for Cylinder and Fittings: Pipe manufactured under AWWA C303 shall require minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi for the steel cylinder. 1 2 03 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS A. General: Unless otherwise specified, all specials and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C208 — Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings, AWWA M9 — I Concrete Pressure Pipe and AWWA M11 Steel Pipe — A Guide for Design and Installation 2 04 DESIGN OF PIPE 1 A. General The pipe shall be manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked according to applicable requirements previously stated and, except as hereinafter modified, shall meet 1 or exceed specification AWWA C303. Construct pipe with a continuous arc welded steel cylinder with steel joint rings welded to the ends. Minimum steel cylinder thickness shall be 16 gage or as shown in AWWA C303, Table 2. Minimum yield strength of cylinder I steel shall be 36,000 psi and of the rod reinforcement 40,000 psi. B Pipe Design. Furnish concrete cylinder pipe in accordance with the pressure and loading conditions as shown on the plans and per AWWA M9 design procedures. The pipe shall I be designed to resist the flexural and axial stresses from the load conditions shown on the plans The pipe manufacturer is responsible for determining the restrained joint lengths according to the procedure outlined in AWWA M9 Restrained joints shall have an internal or external welded joint. 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -3 1 C Pipe Dimensions. The pipe shall be in diameters as indicated on the plans. Steel pipe 1 cylinder wall thickness tolerance shall be in accordance with AWWA C303. D Fitting Dimensions: Fittings shall be of the diameter and class shown 1 E. Joint Design. The standard field joint shall be as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the following requirements: 1 1. Ends of the bell and spigot type for rubber gasket joints shall be steel end ring joint with spigot groove and 0-ring gasket, equivalent to United States Bureau of Reclamation Type R -2. The bell ring thickness shall not be Tess than as shown in AWWA C303, Paragraph 4.5.3.2. Gaskets shall conform to AWWA C303, Paragraph 4.5.4. 2. Ends for mechanically coupled field joints shall conform to Section 4 13 1 of AWWA Standard C200. 3. Ends fitted with buttstraps for field welded joints shall conform to Section 4.13.5 of AWWA Standard C200 4. Ends of the lap- welded slip type for field welded joints shall conform to Section 4 13.2 of AWWA Standard C200 and the following requirements: a. The method used to form, shape, and size bell ends for lap- welded joints shall be such that the physical properties of the steel are not substantially altered Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, bell ends shall be formed by an expanding press or by being moved axially over a die in such a manner as to stretch the steel plate beyond its �■ elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape. 5 Plain ends fitted with flanges shall conform to AWWA Standard C200 Section 4.13.7 and AWWA Standard C207. 1 F. Restrained Joints. Restrained joints shall be field - welded joints, either single (inside or outside lap -weld) or butt - straps as shown on the plans and specified herein, or as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.05 CEMENT - MORTAR LINING A. Cement -Mortar Lining for Shop Application Unless indicated otherwise, interior surfaces of all pipe, shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement -mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with AWWA C303. The minimum lining thickness and tolerance shall be in accordance with AWWA C303. Defective linings, as determined AWWA C303, shall be removed from the pipe wall and shall be replaced to the full thickness required Defective linings shall be cut back to a square shoulder in order to avoid feather edged joints. B. Protection of Pipe Lining /Interior: For all pipe and fittings with plant - applied cement - mortar linings, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on the ends of the pipe and on all special openings to prevent drying out of the lining All bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until the pipe is installed. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -4 1 2.06 EXTERIOR COATING OF PIPE A. Exterior Coating of Exposed Piping. The exterior surfaces of pipe which will be exposed to the atmosphere inside structures or above ground shall be thoroughly cleaned and then given a shop coat of primer compatible with the finish coating required by Section 09900 — Painting. B Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: All pipe for buried service, including permanent bumped heads, shall be coated with a minimum thickness of cement -mortar coating per ' AWWA C303 Unless otherwise indicated, exterior surfaces of pipe or fittings passing through structure walls shall be cement -mortar coated from the center of the wall or from the wall flange to the end of the underground portion of pipe or fitting. 1 2.07 PIPE APPURTENANCES A. General Pipe appurtenances shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division ' 15 of the Specifications. Access manholes with covers shall be as shown on the Plans or specified herein, installed during fabrication, not in the field. Threaded outlets shall be forged steel suitable for 3000 -psi service. ' PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 HANDLING AND STORAGE 1 A. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully handled and protected against damage to lining and coating /interior and exterior surfaces, impact shocks, and free fall. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner that will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and stored at the Site in accordance with the requirements stated in PART 2, above. No pipe shall be installed when damaged. Such damaged pipe shall be repaired 1 or a new undamaged pipe shall be provided B All pipe damaged prior to acceptance by the Contractor from the pipe manufacturer at the ' site shall be repaired or replaced by the manufacturer. All pipe damaged after Contractor acceptance from manufacturer and prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. ' C. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting to insure that there are no damaged portions of the pipe The Contractor shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges, weld splatter, or other small defects prior to laying the pipe. 1 D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance, which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall 1 be closed during any interruption to the work. E. Pipe shall be laid directly on the imported bedding material No blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coating on field joints. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -5 0 a 3.02 NSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Installation Tolerances: Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position shown a on the laying diagram and install the pipe so that no high or low points other than those on the laying diagram are introduced B Deflections and Grades: Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen 11 obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and /or the grades Such change shall be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer No joint shall be misfit any amount that will be detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. In all cases, the joint opening, before finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, shall be the controlling factor C. Except for short runs that may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is provided by the following pipe to prevent movement. All bends shall be installed as indicated D. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been completed for pipe 11 39 inches in diameter and larger Struts in pipe smaller than 39 inches may be removed immediately after laying. E. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation into which frost has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid unless it can be established that the trench will be backfilled before the formation of ice and frost occurs. F Pipe Cleanup As pipe laying progresses, the Contractor shall keep the pipe interior free of all debris. The Contractor shall completely clean the interior of the pipe of all sand, dirt, mortar splatter, and any other debris following completion of pipe laying, pointing of joints, and any necessary interior repairs prior to testing and disinfecting the completed pipeline. 3.03 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS A. General Immediately before jointing pipe, the spigot end of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, and a clean rubber gasket lubricated with a vegetable based lubricant shall be placed in each spigot groove. The volume of each gasket shall be equalized by moving a metal rod between the gasket and the spigot ring around the full circumference of the spigot ring. The bell of the pipe already in place shall be carefully cleaned and lubricated with a vegetable -based lubricant. The spigot of the pipe section shall then be inserted into the bell of the previously laid joint and telescoped to its proper position Pipe shall be inserted as nearly in alignment as possible Tilting of the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell shall not be done. B. After Assembly: After a joint is assembled, a thin metal feeler gauge shall be inserted between the bell and spigot and the position of the rubber gasket is checked around the complete circumference of the pipe. If the gasket is not in the proper position, the pipe shall be withdrawn, the gasket checked to see that it is not cut or damaged, the pipe re- laid and the gasket position checked again 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -6 1 1 3.04 WELDED JOINTS I A. General. Field welded joints shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C206 - Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Where exterior welds are performed, adequate space shall be provided for welding and inspection of the joints. Butt straps shall be as indicated. I B Butt Strap Joints The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for realignment, adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as indicated. C Repair of Welds All defective welds shall be repaired by the Contractor to meet the I requirements of the applicable sections of these specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. Defects in welds or defective welds shall be removed, and that section of the joint I shall then be re- welded Only sufficient removal of defective material that is necessary to correct the defect is required. After the repair is made, the joint shall be checked by repeating the original test procedure. Welds deficient in size shall be repaired by adding weld metal 1 3.05 JOINT COATING AND LINING 1 A. General: The interior and exterior joint recesses shall be thoroughly wiped clean and all water, loose scale, dirt, and other foreign material shall be removed from the inside surface of the pipe. The grout for joint coating and lining shall be cement grout in accordance with AWWA C303 and AWWA M9 and shall be one part cement to two parts I sand and sufficient water for dry-pack consistency for joint linings and thick cream consistency for joint coatings. 1 B Joint Coating After the pipe has been laid and after sufficient backfill has been placed between the joints to hold the pipe securely in place, the outside annular space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout formed by the use of polyethylene foam -lined fabric bands. The grout space shall be flushed with water prior to filling so that I the surface of the joint to be in contact with the grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled with grout by pouring from one side only, and shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible rod or vibrated so that the grout completely I fills the joint recess by moving down one side of the pipe, around the bottom of the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding the grout shall be continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in one operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. I C. Grout Bands (Diapers). The grout bands or heavy -duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam -lined fabric with steel strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist rodding of the mortar, and allow excess water to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed cell, chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids alkalies and solvents, and shall be Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 222, or equal I 1. The fabric backing shall be cut and sewn into 9 -inch wide strips for rubber gasket joints with slots for the steel strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips 6 inches wide and slit to a thickness of 1/4 -inch which will I expose a hollow or open cell surface on one side. The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the open or hollow cells facing towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior circumference of the grout band with sufficient length to permit an 8 -inch overlap of the foam at or near the top of I the pipe joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material will be permitted. The polyethylene foam material shall be protected from direct sunlight. 1 2. The polyethylene foam -lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -7 11 attached to the pipe with steel straps. After filling the exterior joint space with 1 grout, the flaps shall be closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses the grout with polyethylene foam. The grout band shall remain in position on the 1 pipe joint. D. Joint Lining. After the backfill has been completed to final grade, the interior joint recess shall be filled with grout. The grout for joint coating and lining shall be cement grout in accordance with AWWA C303 and AWWA M9 and shall be one part cement to two parts sand and sufficient water for dry-pack consistency. The grout shall be packed tightly into the joint recess and troweled flush with the interior surface. All excess shall be removed. At no point shall there be an indentation or projection of the mortar exceeding 1/16 -inch. With pipe smaller than 24 inches in diameter, before the spigot is inserted into the bell, the bell shall be daubed with grout containing one part cement to two parts sand The joint shall be completed and excess mortar on the inside of the joint shall be swabbed out. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PIPE APPURTENANCES A. Protection of Appurtenances: Where the joining pipe is concrete or coated with cement mortar, buried appurtenances shall be coated with a minimum thickness of 3/4 inch of cement mortar having one part cement to not more than 2 parts plaster sand All buried valves, flexible couplings and flanges shall be coated and protected in accordance with Section 09900 — Painting. B. Installation of Valves: All valves shall be handled in a manner to prevent any injury or damage to any part of the valve. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared prior to installation. The Contractor shall adjust all stem packing and operate each valve prior to installation to insure proper operation. All valves shall be installed so that the valve stems are plumb and in the location indicated. C Installation of Flanged Joints: Before the joint is assembled, the flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material with a power wire brush The gasket shall be centered and the connecting flanges drawn up watertight without unnecessarily stressing the flanges. All bolts shall be tightened in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence and torqued with a suitable, approved, and calibrated torque wrench. All clamping torque shall be applied to the nuts only. Full face reinforced rubber gaskets shall be applied to the inside face of blind flanges with adhesive D. Insulated Joints. Insulated joints and appurtenant features shall be provided as indicated. The Contractor shall exercise special care when installing these joints to prevent electrical conductivity across the joint. After the insulated joint is completed, the Contractor shall perform an electrical resistance test. Should the resistance test indicate a short circuit, the Contractor shall remove the insulating units to inspect for damage, replace all damaged portions, and reassemble the insulating joint. The insulated joint shall then be retested to assure proper insulation E. Flexible Coupled Joints: When installing flexible couplings, care shall be taken that the 1 connecting pipe ends, couplings and gaskets are clean and free of all dirt and foreign matter with special attention being given to the contact surfaces of the pipe, gaskets, and couplings. The couplings shall be assembled and installed in conformity with the recommendation and instruction of the coupling manufacturer. Coupling bolts shall be tightened to secure a uniform annular space between the follower rings and the body of the pipe with all bolts tightened approximately the same amount. Diametrically opposite bolts shall be tightened progressively and evenly. Final tightening shall be done with a suitable, approved, and calibrated torque wrench set for the torque G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02670 -8 i recommended by the coupling manufacturer All clamping torque shall be applied to the nut only 1 END OF SECTION 02670 1 1 1 11 11 y11 111 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108\ 11108 Specs.docx 02670 -9 11 'I1 11 SECTION 02732 — SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEMS I 4 PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes all work required to furnish and install gravity flow sanitary sewer piping, bedding, fittings, and accessories. This section supplements the requirements of i Division 15. I I 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS j A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, and Supervision. C Section 02225 — Trench Excavation and Backfill. I II ' D Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. E. Section 15020 — Testing. I F. Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings. \ 103 REFERENCES ' A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation B ANSI /ASTM D 1557— Test Methods for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregates Using 10 Ib. (4 54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. I C. ANSI /ASTM D 3034 — Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. t D. ASTM D 2922 — Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1 I E. ASTM D 3017 — Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures 104 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Product Data Submit product data indicating pipe and pipe accessories. C Manufacturer's Installation Instructions Indicate special procedures required to install 1 products specified I D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1 1 E. Submit test results in accordance with Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision I, F. Submit record drawings. Record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery I of uncharted utilities. I I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02732 -1 1 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside, and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to all applicable Local and State codes for materials and installation of the work of this section 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS I A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated. 108 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with termination of sanitary sewer connections outside building, connection to structures, and trenching PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS 1' A. PVC Sewer Pipe 11, 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 9- 05.12(1) of the Standard Specifications. 2. PVC Fittings for PVC sewer pipe, such as tees, wyes, elbows, plugs, etc., shall be flexible gasket joint fittings acceptable for use and connection to PVC sewer pipe 1 B. Refer to Section 15060 for pipe accessory materials. C Detectable Marker Tape: Marker tape shall be a detectable type and shall be marked li. "sewer," and shall conform to Section 9 -15.18 of the Standard Specifications 2.02 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS I A. See typical trench section shown on the Plans and Section 02225 PART 3 — EXECUTION II 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench excavation base is ready to receive work and that excavations, I, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Plans. 3.02 PREPARATION 1 A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 1 G: \PROJECTS\ 2011111108 \11108 Specs.docx 02732 -2 I 3.03 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02225 for work of this section. Hand ( trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction density. 1 3 04 INSTALLATION — PIPE A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 7 -08. B. Clean and test pipe in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Section 7 -17 3(2)A of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented with the following* All sewers and appurtenances shall be cleaned and tested after backfilling. Both infiltration and exfiltration testing of the gravity sewer pipeline will be required Deflection testing of the pipeline will also be required, 15 days after completion of backfill and compaction Deflection testing shall be done by pulling a steel mandrel through the pipe All testing shall be witnessed by the Owner and the Engineer. 3.05 INSTALLATION — SIDE SEWERS A. Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 7 -08, for general pipe installation requirements. B Side sewers shall be constructed in accordance with Section 7 -18 of the Standard Specifications. Section 7- 18.3(1) shall be supplemented with the following: 1. Side sewers shall be the same diameter from the building to the main sanitary sewer unless an increase in size is necessary as a result of connecting additional structures to the side sewer. The minimum pipe diameter shall be 6 inches. Larger sizes, if required, will be as shown on the Plans. 2. Pipelines shall be installed at a minimum slope of 1 /4 -inch per foot whenever practicable. Flatter slopes will be allowed where it is impractical, due to the depth of the main sanitary sewer or structure features, to maintain the minimum slope of 1 /4-inch per foot. Allowable minimum flatter slopes are 1/8 -inch per foot for 4- through 6 -inch diameter pipes, and 1/16 -inch per foot for 8 -inch diameter and larger pipe 3. Cleanouts shall be of the same size and type of material as the side sewer in which they are installed. Provide side sewer cleanouts at the following minimum locations: a. At the outside of the structure. b. At intervals not to exceed 100 feet in straight pipe runs. c. At the end of aggregate changes in direction exceeding 90 degrees. d At other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. 4. Manholes may be used in lieu of cleanouts and shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 300 feet. If manholes are used, the minimum location requirements for cleanouts will apply except for spacing in straight runs. Manholes are required in side sewers 8- inches in diameter and larger and shall be placed at all changes in horizontal alignment or vertical grade. G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02732 -3 1� 5 Grade bottom of the trench to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with allowance for pipe thickness and imported pipe bedding Remove hard spots which would prevent a uniform thickness of bedding Before laying each section of pipe, check the grade and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe Carefully place imported pipe bedding material around the pipe so the pipe barrel is completely supported and no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Place remaining backfill material in uniform layers and compact each layer, taking care not to damage the side sewer 6. Imported pipe bedding will be required. The trench shall be backfilled with imported pipe bedding from 3 inches below the bottom of the pipe to 3 inches above the top of the pipe 7. Side sewers shall not be backfilled prior to inspection by the Engineer. The completed sewer shall provide a continuous connection from the structure to the main sanitary sewer and shall show no signs of possible leakage. All deficiencies shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer prior to the backfilling and acceptance of the side sewer C. Side sewers shall be tested up to the property line, or nearest joint thereto, simultaneously with the sanitary sewer main, for both the required infiltration and exfiltration tests. The Contractor shall provide all fittings necessary to test the side sewers as outlined in Section 7 -17 3(4) of the Standard Specifications. That segment of the side sewer between the property line and the building structure may be tested with the main line, or separately, and the Contractor may install a tee fitting at the property line to facilitate testing. All necessary test fittings shall be removed and all openings plugged at the completion of the test. 1 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under the provisions of Section 01400. 1' B. Request inspections prior to and immediately after placing bedding C Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications. D Perform leakage tests in accordance with Section 7 -17 3(2) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. ,'N E. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest at no cost to Owner. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation. B Protect pipe and aggregate cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. END OF SECTION 02732 1 G. \ PROJECTS \2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02732 -4 1 1 i SECTION 02820 — CHAIN LINK FENCING ty PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK A. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B. Excavation for post bases; concrete foundation for posts I C. Manual gates and related hardware. 102 RELATED I A. Section 01300 — Submittals P 0 rocedure It B Section 02110 — Site Clearing C Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 103 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. 11 , B Product Data Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for metal fencing, fabric, gates, and accessories. I f 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide chain link fences and gates as complete units controlled by a single source 1 including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings. I I B. Perform work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish fencing in heights shown on Drawings or to match height and style of existing fence. 1 2.02 MATERIALS j A. Comply with requirements of Plans and WSDOT Standard Chain Link Fence Type 1 I B Pipe Material. Either Schedule 40 or Allied Tube and Conduit SS -40. Factory galvanized C End, Corner, and Pull Posts Provide 2 875 inch 0 D D Gate Posts: Provide 2.875 inch 0 D for leaves up to 6 feet wide, 4 inch 0.D for leaves 6 feet to 13 feet wide and 6.625 inches for leaves over 13 feet. 1 E. Line Posts: Provide 2 375 inch 0 D F. Line Post Spacing: 10 feet o.c. maximum, or as shown on Drawings. G Tension Wire Minimum 7 gage galvanized or aluminum coated coil spring wire 11 , G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02820 -1 H Chain Link Fabric: One piece fabric, 9 gauge, 2 inch mesh, knuckle at top and bottom selvage, galvanized per ASTM 525, 1 25 ounces zinc per square foot. Top Rail: Provide 1.625 inch O.D , Schedule 40 galvanized pipe. 1 J Stretch Bar: Provide 3/16 inch x 3/4 inch one -piece lengths, full height of fabric. Provide one for each gate and end post and two for each corner and pull post. K. Barbed wire (if used) Refer to WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9- 16.2(1)E. 2.03 GATES A. Comply with requirements of WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8 -12 and the Plans. B Swing Gate Frames Minimum 1 90 inch 0 D tubular galvanized members. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper gate operation and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Assemble by welding. ; C. Swing Gate Hardware All hardware shall be heavy galvanized Hinges: 1 pair per leaf, non - removable, 180 degree swing, steel Provide gate keepers. Provide padlock hasp at latch. D. Cantilever Slide Gate. Double cantilever meeting ASTM F1184 -94, Type II, Class I, galvanized steel. Total clear opening to be 20 feet. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Bracing at Terminal Posts. All fencing 6 feet and higher, box brace with same material as top rail. B Ties: For tying fabric to lien posts: 9 gage aluminum wire ties at 14 inch o c. For tying fabric to tension wires. 11 gage hog rings at 24 inch o.c. C Furnish post caps, bands, rail ends, sleeves, collars, and other materials necessary for a complete installation D. Concrete at Posts. Provide 28 -day compressive strength, 3000 psi concrete with a minimum of 4 sacks per yard. E. Lock: All gates shall include a new exterior rated, heavy duty commercial grade padlock with key operation Contractor shall provide a minimum of three (3) sets of keys to the Contracting Agency PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8 -12, Chain Link Fence and Wire Fence and the Plans. 1 B Where shown on the Plans, 3- strand barb wire shall be installed at the top of the gates and fence Support arms and brace posts shall be supplied as needed to support the barb wire. At gates, support arms and brace posts shall be installed to allow for 180 degree minimum gate swing G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02820-2 C. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not commence prior to final grading. Drill holes 3 inches deeper than minimum 36 inch embedment and 3 times wider than post diameter. Form for neat circular edges at perimeter of concrete pour where concrete remains exposed to view; irregular, uneven edges are not permitted Pour concrete in continuous pours. Pour concrete below adjacent asphalt paving and prior to installation of paving. Or, if posts are set after asphalt paving is placed, pour concrete flush with asphalt paving and black out" finished concrete to match paving Align posts vertically Place all other materials as specified in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 02820 i I .a . I G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02820-3 1 SECTION 02830 — RETAINING WALLS PART 1- GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish, and install a new precast concrete block retaining wall as shown on the Plans 1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision B. Section 02110 — Site Clearing. I C Section 02205 — Soil Materials I D. Section 02207 — Aggregate Materials. E. Section 02221 — Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Structures. 1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit copies of the following information for review prior to construction: 1 Drawings showing general dimensions, installation procedures, backfill 1 requirements, and other manufacturer requirements 2. Pictures of the block face options for review and selection by the Owner. 3 For walls exceeding 4' -0" in height, provide design calculations and plans for the retaining wall system. All design data shall be stamped by the Designer. The designer shall be a qualified registered Professional Structural or Geotechnical Engineer in the State of Washington 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. in PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS 1 , A. Gravity block walls shall be LOCK -BLOCK precast concrete blocks, as manufactured by Ultrablock, Inc. Vancouver, WA, or approved equal The following shapes and dimensions will be used on this project, with dimensional tolerances of ± 14 inch. i G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02830 -1 1 Full Height Block (Standard) 30 "H x 30 "W x 60 "L (Nominal) 1 4,320 lbs. ± 25 lbs. Half Height Block (Cap) 15 "H x 30 "W x 60 "L (Nominal) 1 2,160 Ibs ± 25 lbs. Bench Style Block 30 "H x 30 "W x 60 "L with an 12 "H bench back 111 and 18 "W bench seat 3,400 Ibs. ± 25 Ibs. B Half bench style, half full height blocks, and bench transition blocks may be used where � necessary Blocks shall be smooth, quarrystone, or cutstone faced as selected by the Owner. The visible inside face of the bench style blocks shall be finished to match the outside face finish C Blocks shall be "standard grade," cast in a single pour without artificial voids, large blemishes, or chips Blocks must have a 3 -inch chamfer along all edges. The top surface of blocks which are at the top of walls shall be flat with a beveled recess containing the lifting eye The lifting eye cast into the top of the block shall be' /2 -inch 270K, pre- stressed concrete strand wire attached at the center of the block, steel reinforcement is unacceptable as a lifting eye. Blocks may be manufactured from returned /surplus concrete with the following characteristics. Strength 2,400 psi to 5,800 psi Aggregates ASTM C -33 Standard Cement: ASTM C -150, Type I, II, III Flyash Pozzolanic Class F Admixtures: When used in the concrete, ASTM C -494, ASTM C -260 D. All gravity block walls exceeding 4' -0" in height shall be designed by, and bear the seal of a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Washington. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings bearing the seal of the licensed Engineer for approval, prior to installation. All costs for engineering shall be incidental to and included in the unit contract price for "Gravity Block Wall " E. Perforated drain pipe for wall system backfill shall be underdrain pipe as specified in WSDOT Standard Specifications Sections 7 -01 and 9 -05 F Construction geotextiles, if shown on the Plans, or when recommended by the manufacturer or designer, shall be as specified in WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9 -33 2(3). system. G Gravity Wall Setback Series by Redi-Rock® is an accept able alternate wall The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional work necessary to accommodate an alternate wall system. 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1 A. The precast blocks are to be placed where indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall excavate to subgrade for the blocks and compact the subgrade. A minimum of 6- inches of compacted depth crushed surfacing base course shall be place under the bottom course of blocks. A minimum of one foot of crushed rock shall be placed and compacted behind the block wall. Install a 4 -inch perforated drain pipe wrapped in geotextile fabric, as shown on the Plans or as recommended by the manufacturer. Outlets for wall drains G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02830-2 11 11 4 shall be place at height transitions and a minimum of every 50 feet. The blocks shall have minimum of 1 -foot embedment as shown on the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer. 1 B. The Contractor shall align the joints of the precast segments so that they offset no more than 1 /4 inch vertically. Blocks shall be positioned to produce a uniform alignment and grade Precast blocks shall be handled and placed with equipment that will not damage I or disfigure the units. C The Contractor shall take care to protect the finished face(s) of the blocks from concrete being placed for the new sidewalks Following installation of the blocks and concrete sidewalks, the precast blocks shall be cleaned to remove any concrete, dirt, mud, or It discolorations caused by the Contractor's activities. I END OF SECTION 02830 1I • 11 11 11 111 11 11 I $ 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02830 -3 1 ii, SECTION 02900 — PLANTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work in this section includes restoration of ground surfaces, grading activities, placement of topsoil materials, hydroseeding and establishment of native grass in those areas shown on the plans. 14 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 02205 — Soil Materials C. Section 02211 — Rough Grading i 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 8 -01 — Erosion Control and Section 8 -02 — Roadside Planting I 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit product data for specified grass seed mix, fertilizer and mulch materials used II, Include seed grades, certifications and quantities C Submit seed vendor qualification information and current testing data for each seed lot 1 used as specified in Section 9 -14 2 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform work in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. PART 2 — PRODUCTS II 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: As specified in Section 02205 I, B. Native Grass Seed Mix: Native grass seed mix shall be a commercially prepared mix, made up of low growing species suitable for the project site location, which will grow 111 without irrigation. Seeds shall be certified "Weed Free," indicating there are no noxious or nuisance weeds in the seed. The application rate shall be five pounds per 1,000 square feet. Refer to Section 9 -14.2 of the Standard Specifications for additional requirements. C. Fertilizer Fertilizer shall be a commercially prepare mix of 10 -20 -20 (Nitrogen /Phosphorous /Potash), or as recommended for starting the specified seed mix. Fertilizer shall be applied at a rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Comply with the I requirements of Section 9 -14 3 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications D Mulch: Mulch shall be a biodegradable hydraulically applied erosion control product (HECP) suitable for application with a hydroseeder per Section 9 -14 4(2) of the WSDOT G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 02900 -1 11 Standard Specifications, with Type A tackifier as specified in Section 9- 14.4(7). Apply 11, mulch /HECP at a rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet. PART 3 — EXECUTION e 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this section and have been approved by the Engineer. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3.02 FINISH GRADING A. Complete all fine grading as may be necessary or incidental to seeding operations. Fine grade all seed areas disturbed by construction activities and new areas created by excavation or embankment construction. B Establish finish grades with existing onsite stockpiled topsoil or imported topsoil as may be required. C. Ensure no pockets, surface irregularities, or other surface obstructions to positive drainage are present. 3 03 SOIL PREPARATION A. Prior to placing topsoil, thoroughly cultivate and /or rototill sub -grade surface to a 11 minimum depth of six inches Remove rocks, sticks, and other debris from the soil. B Place topsoil in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(4) of the WSDOT Standard 1 Specifications, to the minimum depths as shown on the plans C If not contained in the hydroseed mix, apply fertilizer in accordance with Section 8- 02 3(10) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Apply at rates specified and thoroughly mix into upper two inches of topsoil. Delay fertilizer application if seeding will not occur within two days D Moisten reared topsoil before seeding if soil is dry Water thoroughly and allow surface P P p 9 rY 9 Y moisture to dry before seeding. Do not create muddy soil conditions 3.04 SEEDED GRASS INSTALLATION A. Place specified seed mix in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(16) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications 111 B Uniformly apply seed using hydroseeder and specified mulch. 3 05 SEEDED GRASS ESTABLISHMENT A. Seeded grass establishment shall be in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(16)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. END OF SECTION 02900 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 02900 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 11 11 11 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 SECTION 03100 — CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing and installing all formwork, embedded items and form ties for cast -in -place concrete to produce the finished concrete elements as shown on the drawings. All formwork and methods of construction shall conform to the requirements of the Department of Labor and Industry of the State of Washington and OSHA Standards. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1 D Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals (Anchor Bolts). 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 — Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 A 153 — Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. When requested by the Engineer for the purposes of explaining detail or structural integrity, the Contractor shall submit formwork shop drawings. Complete descriptive literature shall be submitted for items proposed as alternatives to products specified. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL � A. The Contractor shall provide all formwork and those materials required to develop the strength and finishes required of the finished concrete. 11 1. Except where noted herein, the formwork system used is the Contractor's choice, provided it performs in the manner specified 2. Form materials: Contractor may use any forming materials and methods which will achieve the finish qualities specified in Section 03300, subject to the following limitations. 11 G:\PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03100 -1 11 a. Form coatings Provide commercial formulation form - coating compounds that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion or impeded wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. Do not use form - coating compounds that will cause concrete staining when water comes in contact with the coating after forms are removed. b. Form ties: Form ties shall be bolts or rods designed so that no metal shall be within the required thickness of reinforcement cover of the finished concrete surface, and to provide a void which shall be grouted to seal the opening The detail used shall be watertight for all exterior concrete and concrete in contact with earth or water. 2.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS ,11 A. See Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metals for Anchor bolts. 11 B. Inserts shall be as required by other trades or as shown on the drawings Attach securely to forms Inserts within reinforcement cover thickness shall be hot -dip galvanized, nonferrous or other approved non - rusting material. C. Waterstops: See Section 03300, paragraphs 2.10 and 3.04 Splice to maintain continuity at corners and intersections D. Embedded conduit: Rigid embedded conduit shall be of hot -dip galvanized steel or plastic specified elsewhere. Conduit shall be approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and bear the UL label E. Miscellaneous embedded items: All exposed items permanently embedded in concrete within the required concrete reinforcement cover thickness shall be hot -dip galvanized, nonferrous or plastic as approved, to eliminate the possibility of stained or rusty spots. 11 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 FORM DESIGN 1 A. Forms shall be designed on the basis of deflection to maintain true lines within the allowable variations shown in 3.02 A. 1. below. Slab, beam and girder forms shall be cambered for dead Toad Forms shall be braced and supported as required 3 02 FINISH CONCRETE TOLERANCES A. Every reasonable effort shall be made to maintain plumbness, and alignment as shown on the drawings. 1. Allowable variations — maximum 11 a. Tops of walls, parapets and curbs exposed to visual alignment + 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Q b. Cross - section thicknesses of walls, columns and beams + 1/8 inch. c. Flat surfaces of walls, slabs and tank sides, + 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 11 d. Linear alignment of structure lines, tank sides, and column lines as follows: 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 03100 -2 1 10 -foot length — 1/8 inch 20 -foot length — 3/8 inch 40 -foot length —1/2 inch Over 40 feet — 3/4 inch 11 e. Footings: Alignment: + 2 inches Thickness: Plus -as required. Minus -none. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A. Exposed edges of concrete on the outside of structures and all those in the inside of structures shall be chamfered or beveled at an angle of 45 degrees, such bevel being 3/4 inch on a side, except where rounded corners are shown on the drawings. If so directed by the Engineer, however, the Contractor shall provide square edges for any portion of the work. B. Form tie holes: Form tie holes shall be pointed -up fully with mortar as specified in Section 03300, paragraph 2 08. C. Embedded items: 1. Position in forms in location shown. Do not place concrete before receiving approval of placing plan. 2. Provide adequate support to prevent displacement during concreting 3 Allow other trades ample time and facilities for placing and installing_ embedded items. 4 Conduits must have same cover as required for reinforcing. Do not embed conduits larger than 1 -inch nominal size unless specifically called out on the drawings or written approval of Engineer is obtained. Conduits shall be placed inside the reinforcing. 5. No insert shall be permitted with less cover than the reinforcement unless approval of Engineer is obtained. 3 04 FORM CLEANING 1 A. All dirt, chips, sawdust, and other foreign matter shall be removed from within the forms before any concrete is deposited therein. Forms previously used shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, mortar and foreign matter before being used. B. Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection immediately before depositing concrete 3.05 FORM REMOVAL A. Form bracing and shores shall be kept in place until concrete has reached adequate strength to properly support itself. In no case shall removal commence earlier than the following schedule unless approved by the Engineer. Sides of footings 24 hours G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03100 -3 1 Walls and columns not yet 1 supporting load 48 hours Vertical sides of beams, girders and 11 similar members 48 hours Slabs, beams and girders 10 days 11 Shoring for slabs, beams and girders 21 days Forms shall not be stripped from concrete which has been placed at a temperature under 50 degrees F without first determining if the concrete has properly set, without regard to the time element. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, stripping of forms on the basis of I above schedule would result in damage to the concrete, the schedule shall be modified to prevent such an occurrence. 1 END OF SECTION 03100 11 II III 111 ,1 71 11 11 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03100 -4 I 1 SECTION 03200 — CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel, wire reinforcement, and accessories required for all cast -in -place concrete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork. C. Section — - 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete I . D. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals. 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 — Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 315 — Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures 3. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 4. ACI 350 — Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary (Applies to all structures designed to contain water /wastewater or any structure with internal hydrostatic pressure.) 5. ACI 350.1 Tightness Testing of Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. (Applies to all structures designed to contain water /wastewater or any structure with internal hydrostatic pressure.) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 A 185 — Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A 615 — Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A 706 — Standard Specification for Weldable Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. American Welding Society (AWS) 1 AWS D1.4 — "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel °. 1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 03200 -1 11 B. Shop drawings: Prepare complete shop drawings showing bending and placing diagrams in accordance with ACI 315. Shop drawings are to show plan views of all slabs, and elevation views of all walls. Shop drawings are to show all openings and penetrations, and include proper trim steel as shown on the drawings. C. Shop drawings herein are to be coordinated with shop drawings required under section 03300 1 04. The shop drawings herein are to be submitted after the section 03300 1.04 shop drawings are approved 1 D. Shop drawings are to be presented in a format that can be printed on 11 inchesxl7 inches paper with a text font that is readable at that scale. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mill tests If requested by the Engineer, furnish certified copies of mill test reports showing compliance with structural drawings and specifications PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL AND WIRE REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing steel shall consist of deformed bars of the sizes called for on the drawings. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B Wire reinforcement: Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185 Mill tests: If requested by the Engineer, furnish certified copies of mill test reports showing compliance with structural drawings and specifications C. Reinforcement to be welded is to conform to the requirements of ASTM A 706 1 2 02 TIE WIRE A. Use No. 16 double annealed iron wire 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bar supports to be detailed and placed according to minimum standards of Chapter 7, 1 ACI 315. Include all devices necessary for the proper placing spacing, supporting and fastening of steel reinforcement in place Where bottom surface of concrete is concealed, use standard steel chair and bolsters. Where exposed, use plastic - protected chairs conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3 (V), "Class 1 - Plastic Protected Bar Supports " In footings and slabs, well -cured concrete blocks may be used in lieu of above. 1 B Dowel bar replacement systems. Richmond Screw Anchor Company Dowel -In, and Dowel -DB -SAE Dowel Bar Splicer System, Dayton Superior MRC -150 system are pre - approved for use. Other systems must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. PART 3 — EXECUTION i 3 01 FABRICATION A. Clean, bend and splice reinforcement in accordance with International Building Code and ACI 315 Hooks shall conform to Table 2 -1 of ACI 315 Do not straighten or rebend Grade 60 reinforcement. All bars shall be bent cold. No welding of reinforcement is permitted unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer If approved, welding shall G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03200 -2 11 I 1 be performed by welders certified by the American Welding Society and in accordance with AWS D1.4. I B. Bars are to be shop -bent unless specifically approved to be field bent by the Engineer. Bars approved to be field bent shall be bent to a standard bend radius in accordance with ACI 317, Chapter 7. 1 C. Hoop bars for curved structures shall be shop -bent to the proper radius to fit into the structure No field bending of straight bars to the radius required for curved structures will be permitted. I 3.02 BENDING SCHEDULES I A. Placement drawings and bending schedules shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Reinforcement shall be carefully formed as indicated on the drawings and according to industry practices. Bend for all bars shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318, Section 7.1 II 3 03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL I A. Cover is defined as the distance between the face of the concrete and the nearest part of any reinforcing steel. Where reinforcing steel is called out as being on the "face ", that means that the reinforcing steel is to be placed such that its nearest part is just entirely within the cover requirement as shown below. See also paragraph 3.05, Tolerances. I B Reinforcing steel, before being positioned, shall be cleaned thoroughly of mill scale, dirt, or other coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond. Reinforcement appreciably I reduced in section by rust shall be rejected Prior to placing concrete, the reinforcement shall be re- inspected by the Engineer and, when necessary, cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. I C Reinforcing steel shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used. Heating or welding of bars will not be permitted unless the entire operation is acceptable to the I Engineer. D Reinforcing steel shall be positioned accurately and secured against displacement by using annealed iron wire or suitable clips at intersections and shall be supported by I concrete or metal chairs or spacers, or metal hangers. Reinforcing in slabs on grade will be positioned using chairs or bolsters such as concrete blocks. Reinforcing shall be wired or otherwise secured to bolsters so that the bars do not fall off the supports during I concrete placement. E. Reinforcing steel called out as being on the "face" shall be positioned at the minimum cover distance from the face of the concrete. I F In slabs, beams, girders and walls subject to lateral pressure, splices of reinforcement shall not be made at points of maximum stress without the express acceptance of the I Engineer Splices, where permitted, shall provide sufficient lap to transfer the stress between bars by bond and shear. Adjacent bars shall not be spliced at the same point. In walls, horizontal bars at a cold joint shall be extended in pairs of three, with splices staggered a distance equal to the lap required for the bars in question. Where not I otherwise shown, reinforcement shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 350 G. The clear distance between parallel bars shall not be less than the diameter of the bars I and, unless specifically authorized, shall not be less than 1 inch nor less than one and one -third times the maximum size of coarse aggregate specified. G \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03200 -3 1 H. Double bars at the top and sides of walls are to be placed in each face, not tied together on each side of the vertical bars. Horizontal bars at the bottom of walls shall be placed not less than 2inches from the bottom of the wall, nor more than 4 inches from the bottom. J. Spacings shown as on- center (o c.) spacings on the drawings shall be the maximum allowed spacing. Where an integral number of bars cannot be placed within the � maximum spacing, and the requirements of this section, an additional bar must be provided, which will reduce the spacing below the maximum. K. Cover Concrete protection for reinforcement, unless stated otherwise on the drawings, shall have cover as follows. 1. Cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3 inches. 2. All other Concrete: 2 inches. 3.04 CUTTING REINFORCEMENT AT EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Cut no reinforcement which has been placed unless it is absolutely necessary. Reinforcement which is must be cut shall be replaced by a like amount of reinforcement, including both size of bars and spacing Replacement reinforcement shall be spliced into the continuing reinforcement with splice lengths as shown on the drawings. B Cutting bars for the placement of embedded items. Reinforcement that must be cut to allow placement of embedded items, such as wall spools, is to be cut only once. The ends of the cut bar that are in the way of the item to be embedded shall be bent to the side to allow the placement of the embedded item. Following placement of the embedded item, the bars are to be bent back to a position near the embedded item. 3.05 TOLERANCES 11 A. Fabricating and placing tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 301. B Tolerance on concrete cover is ± 1/4 inch 3 06 WELDING 1 A. Reinforcement is not to be welded unless specifically shown on the plans or approved in writing by the Engineer. B. Where approved as in A., reinforcement to be used is to conform to ASTM A 706 and be welded in accordance with AWS D1.4. END OF SECTION 03200 11 1 G:\ PROJECTS \ 2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 032004 11 1 SECTION 03300 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, material and equipment required to construct all walls, footings, slabs, beams, columns and all other items classified as cast -in -place concrete, as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork. D. Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement. E. Section 03360 — Concrete Hardener. F. Section 07191 — Concrete Waterproofing. 1 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Except where noted otherwise, all concrete and concreting procedures shall conform to applicable sections of ACI 301 Contractor shall have at least one copy of the current edition of this standard available at the site at all times. Contractor is to have at least one copy of the current edition of ACI 305, and ACI 306 available at the site at all times. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 — Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight Concrete. 2. ACI 301 — Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 304.2 — Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods 4. ACI 305 — Hot Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 306 — Cold Weather Concreting. 6 ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 111 7. ACI 350 — Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary (Applies to all structures designed to contain water /wastewater or any structure with internal hydrostatic pressure ) 8 ACI 350.1 Tightness Testing of Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 9 9 9 9 (Applies to all structures designed to contain water /wastewater or any structure 1 with internal hydrostatic pressure.) 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -1 1 C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 C 31 — Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 2. C 33 — Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregate. 3. C 42 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 4. C 94 — Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete.\ 11 5 C 109 — Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 -inch or 50 -mm Cube Specimens). 1 6 C 138 — Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (gravimetric) of Concrete. 7. C 143 — Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete 8. C 150 — Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 11 9. C 156 — Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials. 1 8 — Definition of Terms Relating to Thermal Insulating 10 C 6 g 9 Materials. 11 C 172 — Fresh Concrete Sampling 12 C 231 — Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 13. C 260 — Standard for Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 14. C 309 — Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 15. C 412 — Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile. 16. C 494 — Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 17. C 618 — Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement. 18. D 1751 — Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonrecurring and Resilient Bituminous Types). 19. E 154 — Standard Method of Testing for Use as Vapor Barriers Under Concrete Slabs and as Ground Cover in Crawl Spaces. D. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Handbook for Concrete and Cement. 111 1 CRD — C588 — Expansion Grouts. 11 G :\PROJECTS12011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 03300 -2 11 1 E. Federal Specifications (FS) 1. FS -TT -S- 00227E — Interim Federal Specification for Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Multi- Component (For Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). F. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) 1 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction a. Section 6 -02 Concrete Structures. b. Section 9 -01 Portland Cement. 1 c. Section 9 -03 Aggregates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Shop drawings: Submit "lift" shop drawings for all concrete work. The drawings are to show slab plans, and wall elevations. Drawings shall describe geometry of the structure, sequences of concrete placement, dimensioned locations and types of both vertical and horizontal construction joints, pipe penetrations, blockouts for gates, waterstops, anchor bolts, embedded electrical and instrumentation conduits, and all other penetrations, openings and embedded items. These drawings are to be submitted prior to the submittal of reinforcement shop drawings as required in section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. C. Admixture certificates: Contractor shall submit copies of tests showing conformance with requirements specified herein. D. Epoxy grout and adhesives: Submit manufacturer's data on any epoxy grout or adhesives prior to use. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Control of materials: All materials indicated to be tested in this section shall be tested by a certified agency and approved for use by Engineer. Tests shall be performed in accordance with International Building Code Section 1905. 1.06 TESTING AGENCY A. Testing and inspection as described herein shall be performed by a firm in accordance with Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT A. Cement, except as otherwise specified, shall conform to ASTM C 150 and shall be Type II for all concrete in hydraulic or below grade structures and Type I or II for other cast -in- 1 place concrete Type 1 -11 cement may be used for all structures. Cement shall at all times be suitably stored and protected from exposure to the atmosphere. In the event the cement shows signs of deterioration, it shall not be used �. unless additional tests show that it conforms to the requirements stated above. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -3 1 2.02 POZZOLAN 11 A. Fly Ash shall conform to ASTM C 618 Class F. Maximum loss on ignition to be 1 %. 2.03 AGGREGATES A. Fine and coarse aggregate for concrete shall conform to ASTM C 33 11 2.04 WATER A. Water shall be any potable water, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, and organic materials. Water shall meet the requirements set for the in ASTM C 94, section 4.1.3 "Water ". 2.05 ADMIXTURES 1 A. Water reducing agent: Water reducing admixtures shall comply with ASTM C 494, Types A or F. Admixture shall be free of added calcium chloride. In addition to ASTM requirements, use shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall use the type best suited for job conditions on the approval of Engineer. Water reducing agent shall be Master Builders "Polyheed N ", "Polyheed 997" low, to mid -range (Type A), or "Glenium 3000 NS" high range (Type F) water reducers, or approved equal. B. Air entraining agent: Materials proposed for use as air entraining admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. Air entraining agent added shall result in an entrained air content of 4% + 1% unless otherwise noted or specified herein. The air content in the concrete shall be determined by pressure method (ASTM C 231). Master Builders "MB AE 90" or approved equal. C. Fly ash may be used in concrete mixes. Maximum fly ash content is 150 pounds per cubic yard Fly ash may replace part of cement content of concrete mix provided that the minimum cement required herein is maintained. D. Other admixtures shall not be used unless approved by Engineer prior to use. 1 2.06 EPDXY BONDING COMPOUNDS A. Epoxy resin bonding compound shall be "Concresive LPL" as manufactured by DeGussa, 1 "Sikadur" as manufactured by Sika Chemical, or equal. Application of all epoxy bonding compounds shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications or instructions. 2.07 GROUT A. Grout shall be either the non - shrink type, or standard concrete grout class 4000G as specified below. B Non - shrink grout shall be a cement -type grout meeting the requirements of ASTM C- 1107. Non - shrink grout shall be used where called for on the drawings, and where grout will be placed with a thickness Tess than 2 inches. Non - shrink grout shall be mixed in proportions to be inchesflowable ", but not "pourable ". Specimens molded, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C 109 shall have a minimum compressive strength of 6,200 psi. Grout shall not exhibit visible bleeding 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -4 1 1 2.08 MORTAR AND DRYPACK A. Mortar (drypack) for repair and where called out on the plans for grouting, shall be composed of non - shrink grout, as above. 2.09 CURING COMPOUND A. Concrete curing, compound shall be of a nature and composition not deleterious to concrete and shall be of a standard and uniform quality ready for use as shipped by the manufacturer. Curing compound shall be of the membrane- forming type The formulation shall be such that concrete surfaces on which it is applied can be sacked or coated with finish materials such as paints. At time of use, the curing compound shall be in a thoroughly stirred condition. Curing compounds shall not be diluted by addition of solvent or thinners, or be altered in any manner without specific approval of, and in a manner prescribed by, the manufacturer. Curing compound shall be Master Builders or approved equal. B. Curing compound shall, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 156, be effective in limiting water loss in the concrete test specimens to 3 -1/2% when applied at the coverage rate recommended by manufacturer. C Curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309 and shall be clear and not discolored. Curing compound and coatings where used, shall be verified by Contractor to be compatible prior to application. D. Monomolecular film shall be used when conditions are such that surface evaporation is likely. This film shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Master Builders Confilm, or Engineer approved equal. 2.10 WATERSTOPS A. Waterstops embedded in concrete shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic meeting the following minimum requirements: Tensile Strength 1,800 psi Elongation 300% Shore A Durometer 50 B. Test for materials shall be in accordance with ASTM D 412. No reclaimed PVC will be allowed C. Waterstop shall be 6 inches wide, 3/8 -inch thick heavy -duty type, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings or specifications. Installation and splicing shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Waterstops shall be Greenstreak # 732, Horn Durajoint Type 9, or equal Split -bulb waterstops may be used where solid waterstops are not practical when approved in advance by the Engineer. 1 2.11 JOINT SEALANT A. Use joint sealant appropriate for use with concrete, and one which is compatible with any finishes which are to be applied as specified elsewhere. Use polyethelene rope backing where necessary in larger width cracks. 1 G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -5 1 2.12 MIX DESIGN AND CONTROL A. Concrete 1. Quality Concrete shall be designated by class with a minimum required 28 -day strength. Water /cement ratio shall be varied as specified below. Calculations of water /cement ratios shall include all cementitious materials, including fly ash, in the denominator. The proportions of materials shall be such as to produce a workable, dense, impermeable concrete of the strength required a. Class 5000LS (low shrinkage) concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day 1 strength of 5,000 psi. Class 5000LS concrete shall have a maximum water /cement ratio of 0 40, a minimum water /cement ratio of 0.35, contain a minimum of 588 pounds of cement per cubic yard, and contain 2% to 4% entrained air. Type F fly ash may be used in 5000LS concrete to a maximum of 20% by weight, of the total cementitious materials. Water- reducing admixtures shall be used as required in Class 5000LS concrete to maintain workability Class 5000LS concrete shall be used for water - retaining structures and as specified below in the Concrete Schedule b. Class 4000 concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. Maximum water /cement ratio shall be 0.45. Class 4000 concrete that is not exposed to the elements need not have air entrainment. 1 c. Class 4000A concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi, a maximum water /cement ratio of 0 42, air entrainment of 4% to 6 %. Class 4000A concrete shall be used for sidewalks and exterior concrete stairs. d Class 4000G concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi, a maximum water /cement ratio of 0.45, and a maximum aggregate size of 3/8 inch Class 4000G concrete shall be used for grout, where the thickness of the grout is greater than 2 inches. This does not include grout for clarifiers. 4000G concrete that is used at the bottom of water - retaining structures need not be air entrained. 4000G concrete that will be exposed to the elements shall have air entrainment of 4% to 6% e. Class 3000 concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 3,000 psi, a maximum water /cement ratio of 0.55, air entrainment is not required for Class 3000 concrete. Class 3000 concrete shall be used for encasement of pipes under structures, and for encasement of electrical duct banks. 2. Consistency: Adequate water shall be used to produce the necessary workability for placement. However, the slump determined in accordance with ASTM C 143 shall not exceed the following values unless water - reducing admixtures or other means are used to obtain larger slumps while maintaining water - cement ratios as specified herein. 1 Vertical wall sections, columns 4 inches Footings, beams, slabs 4 inches Plain unreinforced concrete 4 inches Class 5000LS concrete used for water - retaining structures and as specified below in the Concrete Schedule, shall have a maximum slump of 8 inches when G:\PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -6 1 1 I used in walls, and 6 inches when used for slabs. In addition, Class 5000LS concrete shall have a minimum slump of 4 inches when used for walls. 1 3. Aggregate: Aggregates shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33 In the mix design submittal, identify the borrow source of the aggregate to be used in the concrete for this project. Provide State Department of Transportation pit I numbers if available. Alkali- reactive aggregates shall be mitigated by such measures as the addition of Type F fly ash. Coarse aggregate having a maximum particle size of 1 1/2 inch (1 1/2 inch minus) may be used in structures J where the concrete cover is specified as 2 inches or greater, and reinforcing bar spacings are greater than 2 inches. Other coarse aggregates shall have a maximum particle size of 3/4 inch (3/4 inch minus). 1 B Control tests — Characteristics of the concrete shall be controlled as follows: 1. Mix design Before beginning concrete work, Contractor shall determine proper proportions of materials for each strength and type of concrete Mix shall consist I of the exact proportions of cementitious material, aggregates, water, and admixtures proposed for the particular concrete mix. Admixtures shall be proportions recommended by the manufacturer to achieve results herein noted. I Mix design shall be prepared at the Contractor's expense and shall show the expected strength, corresponding slump, air content, and all ingredient weights, and other physical properties necessary to check each design mix. Where more I than one grading of coarse aggregate will be used, tests shall be made for the finest gradation to be used. Mix designs and supporting data shall be submitted in accordance with section 01300. I 2. Slump tests: All slump testing is to be done after any water which is going to be added, has been added at the job site. Following addition of any water, slumps exceeding permitted slumps will be cause for rejection of the load. I PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 BATCHING AND MIXING I A. Batching: Concrete shall not be batched on the job unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer. I B. Transit mixed concrete Ready -mixed concrete shall be used. Transit mixed concrete shall comply with applicable portions of this specification and ASTM C 94. Batch tickets shall be provided with each truckload of concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94 I including type and amount of cementitious material, type and amount of admixtures, total water content by producer, and weights of fine and coarse aggregate Batch ticket shall also state the maximum amount of water that may be added at the jobsite without violating the maximum allowable water /cement ratio as specified above for each class of I concrete. Water may be added at the job site up to the maximum allowed for the water /cement ratio of the class of concrete being delivered, provided the concrete does not exceed the permitted slump. No water may be added at the job site without I authorization from the Engineer. In no case shall water be added without adequate means for measuring and recording the amount added. If water is added, the Engineer may require test cylinders to be taken on the load of concrete to which water was added These test cylinders are in addition to the test cylinders taken under normal conditions. I I I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -7 1 3.02 CONCRETE FOR PUMPING A. Special requirements apply when concrete is to be placed by pumping. 1 1. Standards — The following standards shall govern a. ACI 211 1 b ACI 304 2R 2 Pumping: Type of pump to be used shall be approved by the Engineer. 1 3. Mix design shall be in accordance with above standards. An average loss of slump of 1/2 to 3/4 inch per 100 feet of pipeline shall be accommodated in the mix design and batching processes 4 Aggregates. In concrete that is to be pumped, all aggregate shall fall in the middle of ASTM C 33 gradation limits. 5. Admixtures: Any admixtures used to improve pumpability shall strictly follow Paragraph 2 05 Admixtures, and Paragraph 2.15 Mix Design and Control ; 3.03 COLD AND HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. In general, conform to ACI 304, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing 1 Concrete Conform to the temperature limitations in "Concrete temperature" in ACI 301, section 4, "Concrete Mixtures ", and the International Building Code. B Particular care shall be taken with concrete mixes with water /cement ratios less than 0.50 to avoid surface drying In low humidity, or windy conditions, monomolecular film or fogging shall be used to prevent surface drying and consequent cracking. C Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 306 R, except as modified herein. 1 Cold weather is defined as a period when for more than 3 days the mean daily temperature drops below 40 degrees F. When temperatures above 50 degrees F occur during more than half of any 24 -hour period, the concrete should no longer be regarded as cold weather concrete Low humidity and windy conditions in the winter require evaporation retarders as noted below under Hot Weather Concreting 2. Concrete temperatures as mixed and as placed shall be maintained within the recommended temperature ranges for the indicated period 3 When heating of concrete materials is required, apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and not create overheated areas or hot spots. Direct heating devices will not be allowed. Any added moisture shall be taken into account in the mix design 1 4. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used Surfaces with which the concrete is to come in contact shall be free of snow, ice, and frost and have a temperature above freezing. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 03300 -8 1 1 5 Plans for protecting fresh concrete shall be made well in advance of expected freezing temperatures. All necessary materials and equipment shall be on site I before the first frosts are likely to occur 6 Protective coverings shall quickly follow the concrete placing. If it is necessary to expose the concrete, only small areas shall be exposed at a time and then only I for short periods 7. Choice of curing method shall consider and be compatible with the cold weather III protection method If heaters are used, they shall be vented to the outside. Water curing during cold weather as defined in this section shall not be permitted. ,II 8 All concrete placed in cold weather shall be protected from freezing for a minimum of 7 days following placement. D. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305 R, except as modified herein 1. Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air temperature, low relative I humidity, and wind velocity tending to impair the quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. 2. Contractor shall schedule delivery of concrete so it can be placed promptly upon I arrival. Formwork shall be ready to receive concrete. Construction joints shall be properly placed and prepared Concrete shall not be placed faster than it can be properly consolidated and finished by the personnel and equipment at hand. 1 3. Flatwork shall be protected from excessive drying during finishing operations, by such means as use of a monomolecular film after placing but before finishing, or fogging upwind of the concrete operation. Each finishing operation shall be I performed without delay as soon as the concrete is ready for it. Curing shall be applied promptly and continued without interruption. I 4. If ice is used in the mixing water, mixing shall continue until ice is thoroughly melted, but not longer than specified elsewhere in this section 5. No water shall be added to the mix at site except that water may be added sufficient to adjust to within 1 inch below the specified maximum slump, provided such an addition does not exceed the specified maximum water - cement ratio Any later addition of water must be approved by Engineer 1 E. Protection of concrete construction: All surfaces shall be protected against injury. During the first 72 hours after placing concrete, any wheeling, working or walking on concrete shall not be permitted All slabs subject to wear shall be covered with a layer of sand or I other suitable material as soon as concrete has set. Sisal paper or other similarly tough, waterproof paper may also be used, provided all joints between adjacent strips of paper are carefully sealed. This does not alter requirements for proper curing as specified in I Paragraph 3 09, Curing Concrete. 1 No concrete slabs or top surfaces of walls shall be laced during rain unless P P 9 acceptable protective shelter is provided; and during such weather, all concrete I placed within the preceding 12 hours shall be protected with waterproof canvas or other suitable coverings. These shall be provided and kept ready at hand. II I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docc 03300 -9 1 2. All concrete construction shall be protected from excessive loading. Installation 1 of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be accomplished by employing shores, bearing plates, frames, cranes and temporary beams 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 1 A. General: Concrete in each unit of construction shall be placed continuously. Contractor shall not begin work on any part unless his /her facilities and forces are sufficient to complete the unit without interruption. Before new concrete is deposited on or against concrete which has set, the forms shall be re- tightened and the surface of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter. Concrete surfaces on which concrete is to be deposited shall be wetted, then all free moisture shall be removed No cold joints are allowed in watertight construction unless a waterstop is used at the joint. B. Construction All construction joints shall be formed as described on the drawings. All construction joints in basements and water- retaining structures shall be made watertight. C Locations. Construction joint locations shall be shown on shop drawings as required above, and shall be as approved by the Engineer. Construction joints shall be kept to a minimum consistent with sound construction practices D. Watertightness PVC waterstops shall be provided in construction joints where watertight 1 construction is required. Waterstops shall be held firmly in proper position during concreting operation Watertight construction will be required as follows: 1 Joints in all parts of structures exposed to ground or water on one side with areas 1 to be occupied by non - submerged equipment or personnel on the other 2 All joints of tanks and channel walls that are or may be subjected to water pressure. E. If joint is not watertight after construction, the Engineer may require any of the following 1 1 Grouting of the joint by drilling grout holes to the center of the structural unit and forcing epoxy grout into the joint under pressure 2 Cutting of a bevel groove on the water side of the joint. The groove shall be 1/2 to 3/4 inch in width and depth and shall be filled per manufacturers instructions with cementitious waterproofing as specified in section 07191 3.05 CRACK CONTROL JOINTS A. Crack control joints shall be formed as described in the drawings by saw - cutting or as 1, otherwise described in the drawings. All saw cutting shall be done within 24hours of the pour. B. Sidewalks: Sidewalks shall have tooled crack control joints at a spacing equal to the 1' sidewalk width, with a maximum spacing between tooled joints of 10 feet. 3 06 INSERTS AND EMBEDMENTS 1 A. inserts: Where pipes, castings, or conduits are to pass through wails, Contractor shall place such pipes or castings in the forms before pouring concrete Additional reinforcement shall be provided around such openings as shown on the drawings or directed by Engineer. Pipes, castings, or conduits as specified shall be grouted in place by pouring in grout under a head of at least 4 inches. Grout shall be G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -10 1 1 poured or rammed into place to fill completely the space between pipes, castings, or conduits, and sides of the opening so as to obtain the same watertightness as required I for the wall itself B. Embedments: Contractor shall set accurately and hold in exact position in the forms all embedded items until concrete is poured and set. Contractor shall furnish and set accurately all inserts and anchor bolts necessary for attaching piping, valves, and equipment. 3 07 PLACING CONCRETE A. Concrete shall not be placed until forms and reinforcement have been accepted by Engineer. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as possible by methods which will prevent separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be deposited in the form as nearly as practicable in its final position so as to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizontal. Concrete shall not be dropped more than 4 feet unless a suitable chute or tube is used Forms for walls or other sections of considerable height shall be provided with openings, or other devices which will permit the concrete to be placed in a manner which will avoid accumulations of hardened concrete on forms or metal reinforcement. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has partially hardened be deposited in the work. Temporary joints shall not remain exposed for more than 45 minutes before adjacent concrete is placed. B Immediately after depositing, concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by means of high - frequency mechanical internal vibrators which shall oscillate at 7,000 cycles per minute minimum. 3 08 PLACING GROUT A. The substrate on which the grout is to be placed shall be bushhammered to provide a roughened surface All loose material shall be removed, and the substrate shall be clean. The substrate is to be thoroughly wetted to prevent wicking out of moisture from the grout. If the grout does not contain an adhesive admixture, one shall be applied prior to placing the grout. B. Grout at the bottom of water- retaining structures is to be finished with Finish FF as specified herein. C. Grout used for walking surfaces shall be finished with Finish LB, and shall have hardener applied to the surface. D. Grout is to be cured as required below. 3.09 CURING CONCRETE A. Immediately following placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying, hot and cold temperatures, rain, flowing water and mechanical injury. Materials and methods of curing shall be approved by Engineer. Wet curing shall continue for not less than 7 1 days. 1. Approved methods include ponding or continuous fog spray, and liquid membrane - forming compounds as described below, except as specified elsewhere in this section. Intermittent wetting of concrete is not permitted. Where wet cure is used, it shall be continuous, and shall prevent the surface from ever drying out for the duration of the 7 day cure period 11 G:IPROJECTS12 01 1 11 1 1 08 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -11 1 Application of liquid membrane - forming compound shall conform to ASTM C 309. 1 Material shall restrict the loss of water to not more than 0 55 kg /square meter or surface in 72 hours when used at a coverage of 400 square feet per gallon and tested in accordance with ASTM C 156. The curing compound shall be used at a minimum rate of one gallon per 400 square feet. 2 Formed surfaces shall be kept moist prior to stripping forms Immediately following stripping of forms, concrete shall be cured by the curing compound method 3. Slabs shall be kept wet for 24 hours. Then cured by the curing compound method, or by wet methods as above. If the temperature drops below freezing, protect the slab as required to prevent freezing for 7 days. 4. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to receive waterproofing 1 membranes as specified in Section 07191 3 10 REPAIR OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 1 A. Immediately after removal of forms, all concrete shall be inspected and all porous concrete, rough sections or rock pockets containing loose materials shall be repaired by cutting back to solid concrete and making an opening of such size and shape as will form a 1 -inch key for a cement mortar fill. Before the mortar is applied, the surface of the existing concrete shall be coated with an epoxy bonding compound All form tie holes and imperfections greater than one -fourth cubic inch shall be filled Fill for small imperfections and form ties shall bond thoroughly to concrete and be of an equivalent quality as the surrounding concrete Fill shall form a dense plug impervious to water. Where the area or volume of defective concrete is large, it may be repaired by reforming the surface and filling the opening with concrete For such repairs, the concrete surface shall be coated with an epoxy bonding compound The exposed surface shall be neatly finished to match the surface and 'texture of adjacent concrete. All patches shall be cured as approved by Engineer 1 3.11 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Finishes for surfaces of individual structures and portions of structures is to be as detailed in the Concrete Schedule herein Any concrete not specifically called out in the Concrete Schedule shall receive Finish B, unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer. B. Formed surfaces 1. Finish A. Finish A shall be a Grout - cleaned finish in accordance with ACI 301 All fins, ridges and other projecting irregularities shall be ground smooth All concrete to receive Finish A shall be sandblasted to provide a rough surface for the adherence of the grout, and to remove curing compounds. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and a bonding agent applied to promote adherence of the slurry mixture to the hardened concrete. All surface imperfections shall be covered with the slurry mixture, leaving a blemish -free finish. The sack - rubbed finish shall be cured by continuous wetting, or by use of curing compound if the curing compound does not cause any blotching or unevenness in the finish. Where Finish A is called for, it shall extend to 2 feet below the water surface, or 1 foot below the ground surface, as applicable. 2. Finish B: Hardened concrete shall be blasted with high - pressure (3000 psi or greater) water stream to remove any loose concrete Surface imperfections 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -12 1 greater than 1/4 -inch dimension including form tie holes shall be pointed up with cement type grout, flush with the concrete surface. 3. Finish C: Surfaces imperfections greater than 1/2 inch dimension and form tie holes shall be pointed up with cement type grout flush with the concrete surface. Finish C surfaces on buildings and structures with habitable spaces below grade that are to be backfilled are to be coated with asphalt emulsion below finished grade. 4. Top of walls a. Strike concrete smooth. Round corners with steel radius tool of 1/2 inch radius or provide chamfer as specified herein. b. Float to texture comparable to formed surfaces. c. Provide rubbed finish per Finish A wherever adjacent formed surface is scheduled to receive Finish A. 3 12 SLAB FINISHES A. Slab finishes shall be in accordance with ACI 301, Paragraph 11.7, Finishes. See concrete schedule for types of finish required for each structure. 1111 1. Finish LB. Light broom finish. 2. Finish MB. Medium broom finish. This finish is used for sidewalks and stair 1 landings outdoors. 3. Finish FF Float finish. Concrete is bullfloated, machine floated, and then hand troweled to a smooth finish with a long- handled steel trowel. 4. Finish ST. Burnished steel trowel. Following floating, concrete is troweled in several passes until a ringing sound is heard. 5. Finish RF. Rake Finish. Slabs to receive grout toppings are to be raked to a rough finish with a rake, or rolled with an expanded metal roller that leaves a rough finish on the concrete. Prior to applying the grout topping, surface is to be high - pressure washed as in Finish B, above. 3.13 SURFACE TOLERANCES 1 A. Finished concrete surfaces shall be true planes within 1/8 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10 -foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. Wall tops shall be level, with a maximum deviation from the elevation shown on the drawings of 1/4 inch B. Slopes to drains shall be true to line. All slopes to drains are to have an even slope from the high point to the inlet to the drain, with no changes in slope, such that "birdbaths" do not form. Slope all exterior and interior work including stair landing and individual treads. Stair landings and treads to be sloped 1/8 inch per foot. Minimum slope to drains where not otherwise specified on the drawings is 3/16 inch per foot. 3.14 FIELD TESTING A. Concrete will be sampled and tested in accordance with ACI 301 and supplements during the progress of concrete work. Slump and air content tests shall accompany all test G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -13 1 cylinders for strength. Engineer shall be notified 48 hours ahead of all scheduled pours. 1 Contractor shall notify Engineer 24 hours in advance of any cancellation of pours. 1. When there is a question as to quality of the structure because of cylinder strength test failures, strength tests will be made on specimens taken from the structure, and testing in accordance with ASTM C 42 will be required. 2. Samples of concrete will be obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172 and will be transported to a place on the site where air and slump tests can be made and cylinders stored without being disturbed for the first 24 hours Cylinders for strength tests will be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 94 1 3 Concrete failing to meet the requirements of these specifications shall be deemed unacceptable and shall be removed from the structure if so required by the Engineer. 1 B Cylinders will be made as required by ACI 301, and supplements for strength tests following applicable ASTM standards. Cylinders shall be cured in the laboratory. If a specimen shows evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, it will be discarded. C. Slump and air tests shall be made following the procedure in ASTM C 143. Slump tests shall be made for concrete from any batch from which strength tests are made 1 1. If the measured slump falls outside limits specified, a check test will be made immediately on another portion of the same sample. In the event of a second failure, concrete will be considered to have failed to meet requirements of the specifications and shall be unacceptable D. Air content tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 231. 1, 1 If the measured air content falls outside limits specified, a check test will be made immediately on another portion of the same batch. In the event of a second failure, concrete will be considered to have failed to meet requirements of the specifications and shall be unacceptable 3 15 WATER LEAKAGE TESTS 1 A. Watertightness, testing and repair All water /wastewater /sludge holding structures, concrete tanks and channels which will be subjected to hydrostatic pressure shall be tested for watertightness in accordance with ACI 350.1. Tests shall be made prior to application of waterproofing or protective coatings. Tests shall be performed after the concrete has been cured and obtained its design strength, and before backfill or other work which cover the concrete surfaces of the walls is begun Testing will be done to each water - holding cell individually Testing of water channels will be done individually to test both the water - tightness of the channel, and any gates or other water - controlling mechanisms. B. Testing shall consist of filling the tank with water or chlorinated plant effluent to the maximum operating water surface. After these structures have been kept full for 48 hours, it will be assumed for the purposes of the test that the absorption of moisture by concrete in the structure is complete The change in water surface shall then be measured for a 24 hour period. During the test period all exposed portions of the structure shall be examined for dampness or leaks, and all visible leaks and damp spots shall be marked; such leaks or damp spots shall later be patched or corrected in manner acceptable to the Engineer prior to additional leakage testing. If the drop in water surface in the 24 hour period exceeds one gallon per thousand gallons of volume of liquid contained in the water holding structure, after accounting for evaporation and 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -14 precipitation in open basins, or if damp spots or any seepage is present on the walls or other areas exposed to view, the leakage shall be considered excessive and the leakage test will be considered to have failed Evaporation shall be determined by floating an evaporation pan in the structure during the test period. C. If the leakage is excessive or if damp spots and observed seepage are present on exposed surfaces, the water - holding structure shall be drained, all leaks and damp spots previously marked shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer Cracks shall be "square cut" and sealed with epoxy joint sealer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Any leakage or seepage through the joints shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor's method of repair shall be subject to the review and approval of the Engineer The Engineer may require, at his /her sole discretion, that areas showing leakage, seepage, or excessive dampness be treated with 1 concrete waterproofing as specified in Section 07191 D. The water - holding structure shall then be refilled and again tested for leakage, and this testing and repair process shall be repeated as many times as necessary until the leakage test passes This process shall be continued until the drop in water surface in a 24 -hour period with the basin full is less than one gallon per thousand gallons of the volume of liquid held in the basin and all damp spots and seepage disappear when the structures are full of water. All repairs of faulty workmanship and materials, and additional tests, shall be made by the Contractor in an acceptable manner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Both the correction for excessive leakage and removal of I the damp or wet spots on walls shall be required to pass the leakage test. E. The purpose of this test is to determine the integrity of the finished concrete and to show that exposed wall surfaces are visually acceptable. Therefore, all other equipment, i.e., stop gates etc., or temporary bulkheads should be made watertight prior to the test. F. All costs for testing the water - holding structures shall be borne by the Contractor Water required for the testing shall be provided by the Contractor; or chlorinated plant effluent may be utilized if available. If plant effluent is used the Contractor shall provide all necessary pump(s) and piping The water shall be disposed of back into the plant treatment system in accordance with the plant supervisor's instructions. Water shall be 1 disposed of so as not to create a nuisance. 11 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03300 -15 1 3.16 CONCRETE CLASS AND FINISH SCHEDULE CO CR LE S U CONCRETE FINISH SCHEDULE 1 Structure Concrete Finish Hardener Comments Class Sidewalks and Outdoor 4000A MB Y Landings Backwash Settling Basins Slab 5000LS FF Y 1 Walls 5000LS exterior side, below grade C - 1 exterior side, above grade A - Interior (water) side B - Grout 4000G ST N Outlet Diversion Box Slab 5000LS FF N Walls 5000LS exterior side, below grade C - exterior side, above grade A - interior (water) side B - Grout 4000G ST N Pump Building 1 Wet Well Slab 5000LS FF N Floor Slab 5000LS top side ST Y 1 wet well (water) side B - Walls 5000LS exterior side, below grade C - exterior side, above grade A - interior (water) side B - 1 Grout 4000G ST N Finish B for formed grout surfaces as walls, etc. END OF SECTION 03300 1 1 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 03300 -16 1 1 SECTION 03360 — CONCRETE HARDENER PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section includes all labor, materials, and equipment required for surface preparation and application of concrete hardener as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1 B. Concrete hardener is to be applied to all concrete floors inside buildings, and as shown on the Concrete Schedule in 03300. Hardener is not required inside water - retaining structures 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1 1. D3278 — Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed -Cup Apparatus. 2. D2369 — Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of Coatings. 3. D4060 — Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser. 4. D1475 — Standard Test Method for Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks and Related Products, 1 5. D1545 — Standard Test Method for Viscosity of Transparent Liquids by Bubble Time Method. 11 6. D3960 — Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Technical Data Sheets: For concrete hardener system, Contractor shall submit a technical data sheet from the manufacturer. The technical data sheet shall at minimum provide the material name, manufacturer name, product name and number, material specification, recommended coverage and thickness. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 3. Copy of warranty to be issued. 11 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 03360 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 CONCRETE HARDENER SUPPLIER 1 A. This section is based on Eco- Hard- N- SealTM concrete hardener by Tennant Company, P.O. Box 1452, Minneapolis, MN 55440, (800) 228 -4943 Equivalent products are acceptable with Engineer's approval. Also approved for use is Dayton Superior Day - Chem Sure Hard (J -17). B. The concrete hardeners specified herein may be used as the curing compound on new concrete specified elsewhere in these specifications. 2.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials in dry, enclosed area with adequate protection from moisture. Keep temperature of storage area between 65 °F (18 ° C) and 90 ° F (32 °C) B. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new, and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. 1. Provide labels on each container with the following information: 1 a. Name or title of material b. Federal Specification number, if applicable. c. Manufacturer's stock number. d. Manufacturer's name e Contents by volume. ! f. Thinning instructions, if any. g. Application instructions. 1 C Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue 2.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not apply when conditions are such that dust, dirt, or other deleterious substances which may impair the quality of coats or the finish are present or will be present before the coating is fully cured. 1 B. Comply with manufacturer's recommended limitations for ambient and surface temperature and humidity. No painting is to be done when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent. C Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for minimum and maximum times between applications. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 03360 -2 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 1 3.01 PREPARATION A. Application can begin after the final concrete trowelling or anytime thereafter. 1 B. No preparation process is required for newly placed concrete. C. Remove coating or membranes from existing concrete with one of the following methods: 1. Mechanical — Sand floors. 2. Chemical — Scrub thoroughly with TENNANT 654. Remove curing membranes with TENNANT 530/531/528. Remove paint and coatings with TENNANT 510. 3 02 APPLICATION A. Apply in accordance with Manufacturer's written specification 1 1 Assemble equipment. 2. Mix Eco- Hard- N- SeaITM before using For new concrete Spray on the surface with a low- pressure sprayer immediately following the finishing operation Apply Eco- Hard- N- SealTM at an average coverage rate of 200 sq ft. per gallon to the entire surface as soon as the surface is firm enough to walk on and before hairline and temperature cracking begins Keep the entire surface wet with Eco - Hard- N- SeaITM for 30 minutes by brooming excess material onto the dry spots or by respraying them immediately After 30 minutes, squeegee or broom all puddled excess of Eco- Hard- N- SealTM so that any remaining material penetrates into the surface. For old Concrete: (Average or Broom Trowelled Concrete) Saturate the surface with Eco- Hard- N- SeaITM at an average coverage rate of 200 sq. ft. per gallon If dry spots appear, broom all puddled or excess Eco- Hard -N- SealTM on to them or respray them immediately so that the entire surface is wet for 30 minutes After approximately 30 minutes, the floor will become slippery. Add more water to the solution, and work it in using a disc machine or automatic scrubber. 3. Scrub and Rinse 2 -4 hours after application to ensure removal of all residue. White residue upon drying indicates inadequate rinse. Repeat rinse step if necessary. Floor may be open to traffic after it has dried. Apply a second application using the same procedure as before, if there is very little residue remaining after the first application. Check Floor: Texture of floor should feel smooth and appear somewhat glossy WAIT Allow to dry 12 hours before trafficking. 4. CAUTION: TENNANT coatings provide a smooth, non - porous surface. Immediately clean liquid spillage or soilage on coated surfaces to avoid a 1 slippery condition Use TENNANT grit in slip- hazard areas. 3.03 PROTECTION 1 A. Close job site to traffic fora period of 12 hours after sealing application. END OF SECTION 03360 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 03360 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 I SECTION 04200 — MASONRY UNITS I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. The work covered in this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of all concrete unit masonry I B. Work included. 1. Concrete unit masonry walls and partitions, complete with reinforcement and anchorages. 1 2. Form control joints. I 3 Built -in items supplied by other sections. 4. Cut and fit for other sections of work. 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals 1 D. Section 07900 — Joint Sealants I E. Section 08100 — Steel Doors and Frames 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 A 153 — Standard Specification for Zinc - Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel I Hardware 2. C 90 — Standard Specification for Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 1 3. C 150 — Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 4 C 144 — Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 1 5. C 207 — Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 6 C 270 — Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry II 7. C 404 — Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Grout. 1 8 C 476 — Standard Specification for Grout for Reinforced and Non - reinforced Masonry 9 A 615 — Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 04200 -1 1 10. E514 — Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through 1 Masonry 104 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Submit product data and test results for all materials used, including integral water 1 repellent admixtures and masonry unit insulation. C Samples. For initial verification submit the following: 1 1 Unit masonry samples in small -scale form showing colors and textures for each different exposed masonry unit indicated 2. Mortar samples showing colors indicated. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Perform concrete unit masonry work in accordance with requirements of International Building Code. Should the requirements of ASTM standards cited herein be in conflict with the requirements of the International Building Code, the International Building Code shall prevail. B When requested by Engineer, provide evidence and test data confirming that concrete masonry units conform to standards stated herein. C CMU producer shall be qualified by the integral CMU water repellent admixture manufacturer to produce CMUs with the admixture 1 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B During freezing or near - freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 50 °F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress Conform to other requirements stated in Division 1. 107 PROTECTION A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. B. Keep expansion joint voids clear of mortar C Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until 1 building structure provides permanent bracing. 1 1 1 G. PROJECTS \2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 04200-2 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete block: ASTM C 90 Hollow Core Grade N, modular size complete with corners, bases, bond beams, lintels, and fillers to match and complement block units, light weight 1 blocks meeting the C 90 Grade N specification may be used. B Size Nominal face dimensions of 16 inch by 8 inch high unless otherwise shown; ' thickness as shown on drawings. C. Style. Exterior walls are to be constructed of styles and textures as indicated on the drawings. Colors will be selected by the Engineer based on color charts and samples 1 submitted by the Contractor. Interior wall color shall be as selected by the Engineer D. Integral Water Repellant: Integral liquid polymeric water repellant shall be used in all ' exterior CMU walls, DRYBLOCK® or approved equal. The admixture shall be mixed with concrete during production of the CMUs. CMUs shall be capable of achieving a Class E rating when evaluated using ASTM E 514 with the test extended to 72 hours using the rating criteria specified in ASTM E514 -74 1 E. Coursing: All CMU shall be laid in running bond. ' 2 02 MASONRY UNIT INSULATION A. All units in exterior walls shall be insulated at the block producer's plant utilizing expanded polystyrene inserts. The expanded polystyrene insulation shall conform to ASTM C 578, have a minimum density of 1.0 P.0 F., and shall have a maximum water vapor transmission rate of 1 4 perm -inch. Only blocks with inserts already installed shall be delivered to the job site. Blocks containing broken or mutilated inserts will not be accepted B The blocks and insulation shall form an integral wall system constructed using standard masonry construction practices. Grouting of cells for reinforcement shall not be l prohibited by the system and the structural integrity of the wall shall not be reduced as a result of utilizing the insulation inserts. Both reinforced and unreinforced systems shall meet the structural requirements of ASTM C 90 Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM E 72. Flexural Strength Vertical Span, ASTM E 519, Diagonal Tension (Shear) Strength; ASTM E 72, Compressive Strength, and ASTM E 518 (Modified) Flexural Beam Strength The completed wall system (8 -inch) shall have an insulation "R" value of at least 4 56 when blocks are constructed of 125 lb/cu/ft concrete and 7.74 when 1 blocks are constructed of 80 lb/cu/ft concrete 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORGAGES A. Reinforcing steel for bond beams, lintels and grouted masonry ASTM A 615, grade 60. B. Reinforce unit masonry as shown on the drawings. 2 04 MORTAR AND GROUT (IBC Section 2103) A. Mortar Materials: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type I -II, except Type III may be used to provide additional heat of hydration for cold weather protection. 1 2 Hydrated lime ASTM C 207, for mortar Type S, 1,800 psi. G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 04200 -3 1 1 3 Sand ASTM C 144. 4 Water: Clean and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic materials. 5 Admixture DRY - BLOCK or approved equal liquid polymeric integral water repellent, for mortar B Mortar Proportions and Preparation I 1 Hand - mixing is not allowed 2 Follow manufacturer's recommended preparation and mixing procedures for use of integral water repellant admixture C. Grout Materials: 1. Grout for reinforced cells, bond beams, lintels and hollow metal frames: Proportion per IBC Table 210310 as required for 2,000 -psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days 2,000 -psi spec mix may be used 2. Cement: ASTM C 150, normal - Type I -II 3 Coarse aggregate ASTM C 404 Crushed rock or gravel maximum 3/8 inch nominal size 4 Fine aggregate. ASTM C 404, Size No 2 5 Hydrated lime ASTM C 207, Type S. 6. Water Clean and potable 1 D. Grout Proportions and Preparations: 1. Proportion grout in accordance with the International Building Code and IBC Table 2103 10 for "fine" or "coarse" grout as specified below Materials other than those listed in IBC Table 2103.10 such as antifreeze compounds, will not be permitted in grout. 1 E. Fine and Coarse Grout Locations. 1. Use "fine" grout for filling spaces of less than 4 inches in both horizontal and vertical directions 2. Use "coarse" grout for filling spaces 4 inches or larger in both horizontal and vertical directions 2 05 ACCESSORIES A. Control joints. Molded rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride material; Durometer hardness 70 ± 5 nominal, 3/8 -inch thick. B. Joint filler and sealant: As specified in Section 07900. 1 C Vents and louvers. As specified in Section 15800. G:1 PROJECTS \2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 04200 -4 1 2.06 THROUGH -WALL FLASHING A. Material. Galvanized sheet steel of at least 20 gage. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Ensure items built in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized B. Establish all lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance ' 3 02 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION A. Place concrete block in accordance with lines and levels indicated on drawings B Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections C. Buttering corners of joints, deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted 1 D Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. E. Perform job site cutting with proper power tools to provide straight and true, edges with no chips. F Where nonbearing partitions extend to underside of floor, roof deck or structural system, stop masonry short 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch to allow for live load deflection Fill gap with joint filler. Provide structural anchorage in accordance with ANSI A41.1, or as shown on the drawings. G Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness H Lay concrete block in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. I Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. J. Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. K. Form tooled flush mortar joints where block is exposed to view and where block is hidden from view L. Cut block exposed to view with diamond saw power tools only 3 03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit to be 1/32 inch. B Maintain flush face on exposed masonry surfaces. 3 04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Place masonry reinforcing and anchorages for concrete unit masonry as indicated on drawings. G: \PROJECTS\2011 111108 \11108 Specs docx 04200 -5 1 1 Full reinforce corners and intersections. See details i drawings. s. 9 2. Lap masonry reinforcing splices minimum as shown on the drawings. 1 3 05 LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS A. Provide reinforced concrete unit masonry lintels over openings. See drawings for specific 1 requirements. B Construct lintels and bond beams using concrete and reinforcing specified Maintain minimum 8 -inch bearing on each side of opening. C Use reinforcing bars of only full lengths at lintels. D Place and consolidate concrete without disturbing reinforcing E. Allow lintels to reach maximum strength before removing temporary supports. 1 F. Use units with finished bottom where the block will be exposed to view such as at overhead doors. 3 06 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joint spacing shall be in accordance with standard masonry practices and the latest technical bulletins of the Northwest Concrete Masonry Association Additional control joints, if required, shall be placed at locations shown on the Plans. 3 07 BUILT -IN WORK A. As work progresses, build in hollow metal frames, window frames, nailing strips, anchor bolts, and other items supplied by other trades. 1 B Build in items plumb and true C Bed anchors of hollow metal door and glazed frames in mortar joints Fill frame voids 1 solid with mortar. Fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum of 12 inches from framed openings, and provide jamb reinforcing as shown on the drawings, or a minimum of (2) # 5 bars at each side of each opening 1 3 08 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for pipes, conduit sleeves, and grounds. Cooperate fully with other trades to ensure correct size, shape, and location B Obtain Engineer's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on drawings, or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3 09 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and any marks or smudges upon completion of masonry work. B. Point or replace defective mortar Match adjacent work. 1 C Clean soiled surfaces using a non - acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Use nonmetallic tools in cleaning operations. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 04200 -6 1 3 10 TESTING FOR MORTAR AND GROUT 1 A. General Test mortar and grout in accordance with the International Building Code and applicable IBC Standards. B See Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision, and the Plans for additional special inspection, testing and structural observation requirements. END OF SECTION 04200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 11 11 11 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 04200 -7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 5 - METALS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 SECTION 05210 —.OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for the fabrication and erection of open web steel joists, joist bridging, accessories and appurtenances as shown on the Plans and as specified. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 01400— Testing, Inspections, Supervision C Section 04200 — Masonry Units D Section 05310 — Steel Roof Deck. E. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals i F Section 09900 — Painting 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements B. Shop drawings: 1. Plan view layout of joists and joist bracing. 2. Location of openings. 3 Detailed elevation view of each different joist. 4 Detail welding and other connections. 5. Member sizes. 6. Special joist reinforcing and connections p ) g to supported items. 7. Extra members 8. Complete design and stress calculations for all joists, joist members, and connections using actual loads as shown and as required by equipment or loads applied by Contractor's operations. 9. Registered Professional Engineer's stamp, valid in same state as Project, on 'i design drawings and stress calculations for all "special" joists indicated on construction drawings. 1 10. Information necessary for handling, erection, and bracing of steel joists. C. Quality Control Welder qualification records. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05210 -1 1 1 04, QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacturer joists complying with specifications and load tables of SJI Specifications. Provide engineering services for designing "special" joists to comply with the load and performance criteria listed on the construction drawings B. Regulatory Requirements: Design and fabricate open -web steel joists and bridging to meet requirements of standard specifications for applicable series of Steel Joist Institute and these Specifications. C Qualifications: Quality welders and welding procedures to meet requirements of AWS D1 1 "Structural Welding Code — Steel." PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 OPEN -WEB STEEL JOISTS AND BRIDGING 1 f A. Manufacture: 1. In accordance with the applicable Standard Specifications of the Steel Joist i Institute. 2. Clean and coat joists and their appurtenances with shop paint primer as specified in "Section 09900 — Paint ", Paint Application Schedule unless noted to be hot -dip galvanized on the Plans. 3. Remove all slag from welds before painting. 4 Apply shop paint prime coat within 8 hours after surface preparation B. Joists. 11 1. Provide joists of depth and profile shown 2 Minimum chord size and type as shown 3 Camber joists to SJI specifications. 4 Chord Members. Rolled double angle sections only. 5. Provide beveled bearing ends when slope exceeds % inch per 12 inches. 6 Provide holes in chord members for connecting and securing other construction to joists 11 C. Joist Bridging 1. Fabricate as indicated and according to SJI specifications. Furnish bridging of minimum size and type as shown. 2 Furnish bridging to meet applicable building code if requirements exceed those shown. 3. Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05210 -2 i , 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install and erect open -web steel joists in accordance with approved Shop Drawings, Steel Joist Institute Standard Specifications, and applicable codes. I 1 Space, adjust, and align joists accurately before permanently fastening to supporting structure. 2. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to I ensure that joists are stabilized during construction. 3. Field weld joists to supporting steel bearing plates and /or steel framework. I Welding to comply with AWS requirements. 4. Install and connect bridging lines concurrently with joist erection. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. B. Touchup. 1 1. Immediately following erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. For galvanized joists, use hot -stick galvanizing to repair field welds. 1 2. Apply touchup paint primer by brush or spray of same thickness and material as that used for shop paint. II 3 Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and per manufacturer's written instructions. I END OF SECTION 05210 I 1 1 1 1 I G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05210 -3 k SECTION 05310 — STEEL ROOF DECK PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all materials and labor necessary to complete metal roof decking installation per the Contract Documents. 1:02 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C. Section 05210 — Open Web Steel Joists. D. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals. E. Section 07530 — Elastomeric Membrane Roofing. F. Section 07720 — Roof Hatches. 1 03 REFENCE STANDARDS A. The work and materials of this section shall comply with 1 AISI — "North American Specification for Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members " 2. AWS D1 1 - Structural Welding Code — Steel 3 AWS D1.3 — Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel. 4. ASTM A653 — Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron alloy- coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements B. Product Data. For each type of product, accessory and product specified. I C. Shop drawings 1 Deck layout, framing and supports, with dimensions and sections, and details of accessories. 1 2. Deck manufacturer with. profiles, properties, Toad and shear capacities. D. Certificates: 1. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of steel deck certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 2 Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05310 -1 I i E. Where metal decking is part of a fire rated assembly, the metal deck manufacturer shall provide all data to insure compliance with the UL design number. ,� 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source: Obtain steel deck and accessories from one manufacturer. 1 B Installers Qualifications. Engage and experienced Installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a 1 record of successful in- service performance. C. Welding Standards. Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code — Steel" and AWS D1 3 "Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel." 1. Certify that each welder is WABO certified or has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processed involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 4 1 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, 1 storage, and handling. B Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements within this section, manufacturers offering steel roof deck products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following. 1. Verco Manufacturing Company 1 2. ASC Profiles, Inc. 3. United Steel Deck. 1 4. Nucor Corporation; Vulcraft Division II B. Subject to compliance with requirements within this section and approved prior to construction, equivalent products by other manufacturers are acceptable. 2.02 MATERIALS 1 A. Types, gauges, depths and minimum section properties as indicated on the drawings. i, B Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33. C Galvanize G90 unless shown to be painted in the drawings. II I G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05310 -2 1 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. General. Provide accessory materials for steel deck that comply with requirements indicated and recommendations of the steel deck manufacturer. Recessed Sump Pans' Manufacture's standard size, single piece steel sheet 0.0747 inch thick minimum, of same material as deck panels, with 1 -1/2 inch minimum deep level recessed pans and 3 inch wide flanges. Cut holes for drains in the field C Flat Receiver Pan' Manufacture's standard size, single -piece steel sheet, 0.071 inch thick minimum units, of same material as deck panels. Cut holes for drains in the field. D. Steel Sheet Accessories. ASTM A653, G90 Coating class, galvanized according to ASTM A653 E. Galvanized Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 or DOD -P- 21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Manufacture deck units to lengths as indicated on shop drawings Panel end conditions are to be lapped. Sidelaps are to be male /female interlocking type, suitable for button punching PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting framing and field conditions for compliance with requirements p 9 9 p q is for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of steel deck. 1 B. Verify dimensions, tolerances and method of attachment with other work. C Verify that surfaces to receive roof deck are free of debris. I �' D Do not P roceed with installation until defects are corrected 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members at deck ends, intermediate supports and sheet edges at marginal supports by arc spot (puddle) welds of the effective minimum surface diameter indicated and spacing shown on the Structural Drawings. Alternately, fasten the deck to steel supporting members at deck ends, intermediate supports and sheet edges at marginal supports by mechanical fasteners of size and 1 diameter indicated on the Structural drawings. B Side Lap Fastening. Button punch side laps at spacing indicated on drawings. C End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 2 inches and with end joints lapped 5 inches minimum. D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof decking, and weld flanges to top of deck. Space welds not more than 12 inches apart with at least one weld at each corner 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05310 -3 1 E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover 1 plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's recommendations. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. i F. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated Install with adhesive according to manufacturer's instructions to ensure complete closure G. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary of SDI Publication No. 28, manufacturer's recommendations, and requirements of this Section H. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels when required to meet deflection limitations I Place deck panels on supporting framing and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting framing before being permanently fastened Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks J. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting framing without warp or deflection unless specifically noted to be warped due to roof slopes 1 K. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking. L. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work. M. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, , , appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Deck welding qualifies for periodic special inspection per IBC 3 03 REPAIR AND PROTECTION I A. Galvanize Repairs' Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and the manufacturer's written instructions. B. Touchup Painting. Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on both surfaces of installed deck panels 1 Touch up painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. 2. Where shop - painted surfaces are exposed in- service, apply touchup paint to blend into adjacent surfaces. 1 C. Remove and replace work at Contractors expense that does not comply with specified requirements. 1 END OF SECTION 05310 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05310 -4 i I SECTION 05500 — MISCELLANEOUS METALS I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for the fabrication and erection of all metal fabrications shown on the drawings and as specified including metal work associated with electrical and instrumentation installations. 1 B. Work included 1 Embedded and non - embedded metal work including structural steel and II aluminum shapes, clip angles, sheet steel, rungs, tubing, rods, guides, inserts, brackets, anchor bolts, bracing and supports for the following sections. a a Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete b. Section 04200 — Masonry Units 1 c. Section 15060 — Piping Systems d. Section 16050 — Basic Materials and Methods I 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure �1 B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision C. Section 03100 — Concrete Forms and Accessories I D. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement I - E. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete F Section 04200 — Masonry Units i G Section 05210 — Open Web Steel Joists H Section 05310 — Steel Roof Deck I Section 07720 — Roof Hatches J Section 08100 — Steel Doors and Frames I K. Section 09900 — Painting I L. Section 15050 — Basic Materials and Methods 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) B American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 1 A 36 — Structural Steel I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -1 1 2 A 53 — Pipe, steel, black and hot -dip, zinc - coated, welded and seamless. 3 A 123 — Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4 A 153 — Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 5 A 167 — Stainless and heat - resisting chromium - nickel steel plate, sheet and strip. 6 A 386 — Zinc coating (hot dip) on assembled steel products 11 7 A 307 — Carbon steel externally threaded standard fasteners. 8 A 366 — Steel, carbon, cold - rolled sheet commercial quality 9 A 500 — Hot formed welded and seamless carbon steel structural tubing 10 A 526 — Steel sheet, zinc - coated (galvanized) by the hot -dip process, commercial quality 11. A 780 — Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings. 12. B 308 — Aluminum alloy standard structural shapes, rolled or extruded. 13. F 468 — Nonferrous bolts, hex cap screws, and studs for general use C. American Welding Society (AWS) D National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM). E. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) 11 1 SSPC -Guide 14 — Guide for the Repair of Imperfections in Galvanized or Inorganic Zinc Coated Steel Using Organic Zinc Rich Coating. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. 1 B Product data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature and installation instructions for the following. 1 Fasteners. 2. Grouts. 3. Galvanizing repair paint. 4. Ladder Rungs. 5 Stair Treads. 1 C Shop drawings. Submit shop drawings of metal fabrications in accordance with Section 01300. G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -2 1 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net ' weld lengths Include data for welding materials and methods to be used. 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver any steel items, other than those to be encased in concrete, which have not received either a galvanized, painted or anodized surface treatment, or are constructed of stainless steel B Store job site metals on blocks above snow, mud, and soil After erection, remove any weld spatter, oil and grease. Cover items with cover that allows air movement but keeps out moisture. 1.06 WARRANTY (ACCESS DOORS) A. General Warranty The special warranty specified in this section shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Submit a written warranty, for Owner's acceptance, executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair and /or replace faulty material or workmanship within the specified warranty period C. Warranty Period 1 1. Access Doors. Manufacturer's standard, but not less than twenty five (25) years from the Date of Substantial Completion PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured. C Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Exposed mechanical fastenings shall be flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise E. Make exposed joints flush butt type hair line joints where mechanically fastened. F Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified or scheduled herein Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting, galvanizing, anodizing or buffing. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -3 11 H Do not shop prime surfaces to be embedded in concrete Primer is part of paint system specified in Section 09900 Galvanized surfaces to be painted may be shop primed at Contractor's option 2.02 CORROSION PROTECTION A. All ferrous metals except stainless steel that are not entirely embedded in concrete shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication All other structural steel and miscellaneous steel items not specifically described elsewhere shall be hot -dip galvanized 2 03 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Steel and Iron 1 Carbon steel shapes ASTM A36 Plates and bars ASTM A36 Wide flange shapes. ASTM A992, Grade 50 PP�� 2 Steel pipe and tubing a. Pipe ASTM A53, Grade B, Type E or S, Schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise b Square or rectangular ASTM A500, Grade B, welded and seamless. 3. Steel sheet: ASTM A366 if not galvanized, ASTM A526 if galvanized 1 4 Finish All ferrous material not encased in concrete shall be hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel. B Aluminum 1 Aluminum ASTM B308, Type 6061 T6 unless a different type is called for in an individual part of this specification 2. Finish AA- C22 -A41, Class I unless indicated otherwise. C Stainless steel. ASTM A 167 Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip 1 Bolts. ASTM F593 -95 Alloy AISI Type 316 �1 2 Nuts ASTM F594 -91 Alloy AISI Type 316. 2 04 FASTENERS A. General: 1. Wet exposure All the following are considered a wet exposure and shall be stainless steel a. All fasteners which are in contact with water or sewage. b Above open channels or tanks containing water or sewage. 1 c. Attached to a tank containing water or sewage. 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -4 1 2. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, expansion bolts or drilled -in adhesive anchors may be substituted for cast -in anchor bolts in concrete or I masonry base materials. 3. Drilled -in adhesive anchors are to use parallel tubes of resin and hardener, dispensed through a mixing tube which ensures proper mixing and eliminates any possibility of measuring errors The mixed adhesive is to be injected directly into the hole drilled in the base material Drill sizes and techniques are to be per manufacturer's recommendations. No polyester or vinyl ester -based resins are I to be used Drilled holes are to be cleaned out prior to placing the adhesive. 4 An appropriate anti -seize compound, as recommended by the fastener manufacturer, shall be used on all stainless steel threaded bolt connections to prevent galling during installation. B Metal to metal 1. Steel to steel: Except wet exposure as noted above, use ASTM A325, Grade A, hex head, hot -dip galvanized. All bolts 3/8 -inch diameter or larger are to be either hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel. Bolts smaller than 3/8 -inch diameter may be zinc plated bolts 2 Aluminum to aluminum ASTM F468. C. Metal to concrete: 1. Anchor bolts ASTM A307, Grade A, hex head, hot -dip galvanized. All embedded anchor bolts are to be standard bolts with hex head Do not use "J" bolts 2. Anchor bolts, for submerged or intermittently submerged applications. Stainless steel, ANSI B 1 1 threads. 3 Expansion bolts: Meet Federal Specification FS FF -S -325, Group II, Type 4, Class 1. Material is to be stainless steel as noted under "General ", above. Manufacturer Hilti, Qwik Bolt II, or equal. Equality to be determined based on allowable loads in the ICBO or ICC report for the proposed substitute. D Metal to wood: 1. Bolts. ASTM A307, Grade A, hex head, hot -dip galvanized, except stainless steel where noted on drawings. 2. Lag screws. FS FF -B -561, hot -dip galvanized coated for steel, stainless steel for all other. E. Metal to hollow construction: Toggle bolts, FS FF -B -588, (hot -dip galvanized) F. Powder - actuated fasteners To be used where called for on the drawings. Galvanized for steel; stainless steel for all other. G Washers. Provide washers of the same material and finish as the bolt or lag bolt in the following locations: 1. Under all nuts. 2. Under bolt heads except in steel -to -steel connections. G. \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -5 1 H. Lock washers. Provide spring steel helical lock washers, of the same finish as the bolt, under nuts and bolt heads of connections subject to vibration. 2 05 WELDING 1 A. Perform welding in accordance with pertinent recommendations of the American Welding Society. Use electrodes and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being welded, or as shown on the drawings Type, size and spacing of welds in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. 1 Welding shall be done by operators who have been qualified by tests as prescribed in the AWS in "Standard Qualification Procedure" to perform the type of work required The quality of welding shall conform to AWS "Code for Arc Welding in Building Construction," Section 4 Workmanship B. Welds behind finished surfaces. Use methods to minimize distortion and discoloration of finished surface 1 C Remove flux and slag from both sides of welds. D Grind accessible welds smooth E. Buff or polish welded surfaces which will be exposed to view in the finished work to match and blend with adjacent parent material. 1 F. Complete welding before galvanizing, anodizing or painting 2.06 GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT 1 A. High zinc dust content paint, meeting the requirements of SSPC -Paint 20 or DOD -P- 21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 1 B Surface Treatment — Shop Applied 1 Galvanized surfaces: Galvanize steel surfaces in accordance with ASTM Al23, A386 and A526 2. Steel Surfaces 1 a. Paint in accordance with paint system in Section 09900. b. If fabricator uses different primer it must be compatible with finish coating specified in Section 09900. C. Surface Treatment — Field Applied 1 1. Cutting or drilling in the field will not be allowed unless it has been approved by the Engineer 2. Galvanized surfaces: Items that must be drilled or cut in the field shall be coated with galvanizing repair paint before installation Field welded items shall be hot - stick galvanized after welding 1 3 Painted surfaces: Damaged shop primed surfaces and all field priming and finish painting shall be done as specified in Section 09900 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -6 1 I 2.07 HANGER SYSTEMS I A. All systems this project are to be as manufactured by Unistrut Corporation standard shapes and accessories or approved equal. All such shapes and accessories must conform to the same ASTM Specifications as the standard Unistrut items. See drawings for particular configurations and sizes 1 B It is the responsibility of the particular trade using this system as support to determine the appropriate units and attachments and accessories required for the proper completion of I their work. Attachment to the building structure, however, shall be limited to that shown on the drawings. Additional ceiling penetrations or other attachment must have prior approval of the Engineer See Division 7 for sealant around ceiling penetrations I C. All channel shapes shall be hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A -123 or A- 153 All parts, screws and nuts shall be hot dip galvanized or stainless steel D. Refer to Section 15050 and the Plans for pipe support requirements and specifications. 2 08 FIXED LADDERS I A. Fixed ladders shall conform to IBC and OSHA/WISHA standards See Plans for standard details, types and locations. I B Submit shop drawings and product data on all fixed ladders prior to fabrication C. Materials: I 1. Fixed ladders shall be fabricated of steel, stainless steel, or aluminum as called out on the Plans. I 2. Rungs. Rungs for steel and stainless steel ladders shall be manufactured with non -slip gratings. Rungs for aluminum ladders shall be deeply serrated extruded aluminum. Fixed ladder rungs shall be at least 1% inches wide and shall be designed to support a 300 -pound load at any point. 1 3 Ladder rungs for each ladder type on the project shall be of the same style and from the same manufacturer 1 4. Steel ladders shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Aluminum ladders shall be supplied with standard mill finish unless otherwise specified. I D Aluminum ladders and accessories shall be as manufactured by Precision Ladders, LLC, O'Keeffe's, Inc., Halliday Products, or approved equal, in sizes and types as called out on the plans E. Install fixed ladders in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.09 LADDER SAFETY POSTS 1 A. Ladder safety posts shall be supplied where called out on the Plans, or as required by OSHANVISHA. I B Fabricate ladder safety posts for fixed ladders in compliance with OSHA 1910.27 and must support a minimum. I C. Ladder safety posts shall be constructed of aluminum and be capable of supporting a 200- pound (minimum) load Balancing spring mechanism and mounting hardware shall I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11106 \11106 Specs.docx 05500 -7 1 be stainless steel. The balancing spring shall provide smooth, easy controlled operation 1 when raising and lowering the safety post. A pull up loop shall be provided at the upper end of the post to facilitate raising the post. D Ladder safety posts shall be a product of one of the following manufacturers, unless 1 otherwise approved by the Engineer: 1. Nystrom, Inc., 9300 73 Ave N, Brooklyn Park, MN 55428; Toll Free. (800) 547- 1 2635; Phone. (763) 488 -9200; Fax: (763) 488 -9201, www.nystrom.com. 2. The BILCO Company, P 0 Box 1203, New Haven, CT 06505; Toll Free: (800) 366 -6530; Phone (203) 934 -6363, Fax: (203) 933 -8478, www.bilco.com E. Install ladder safety posts and accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2.10 ACCESS DOORS A. See Plans for location and size of access door units B Units shall be equal to Halliday Products W1S/W2S series or Bilco Company J- AL /JD -AL series access doors with built -in neoprene gasketing, non - sparking slam lock, and locking hold open arm with spring assist. C Access door units shall be constructed of aluminum and have stainless steel tamper- proof hardware D Units shall be capable of supporting a superimposed live load of 300 psf. E. A drainage coupling shall be provided in the access door frame The drain shall be extended to a location as called out on the Plans. F Install access doors in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1 G. Provide warranty for all access doors in accordance with paragraph 1 06 of this section. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION 1 A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which miscellaneous metal items are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner satisfactory to the installer. 3 02 PREPARATION A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3 03 ERECTION A. Obtain Engineer's written permission prior to on -site cutting, welding, or making other adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -8 1 B Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects. C Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing Keep work in alignment. D. Replace items damaged in course of installation 1 E. Grouting (see Section 03300) F After installation, touch up scratched and damaged prime painted and galvanized surfaces. 1 Use same primer as used for shop priming of painted surfaces. 2. Use galvanizing repair paint for galvanized surfaces. Use hot -stick galvanizing for field - welded areas, and for damaged areas that are classified as a "wet use" above at Section 2 04 A. 1 END OF SECTION 05500 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05500 -9 1 SECTION 05520 — ALUMINUM RAILINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of non - welded aluminum guardrails and handrails B. Railings as used in this section shall include handrails at stairways, and guardrails as required by the International Building Code and Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) regulations All guardrails and handrails shall meet the requirements of the International Building Code (IBC), Section 509, and OSHA. Guardrails and handrails as required by IBC and WISHA shall be furnished and installed at no additional cost whether or not they are explicitly shown on the Plans. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. C Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals. 1 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. International Building Code, 2009 Edition. 1 B Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA). ' C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1. A21.1 Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and Toe Boards 1 D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. B 221 Specifications for Aluminum -Alloy Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes and Tubes 2. B 429 Specifications for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. E. Aluminum Association (AA) 1. SAA -46 Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. F. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM). 1 Pipe Railing Manual - ANSI /NAAMM AMP 521 -95 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Product data. ' 1 Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions. Include highlighted data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. G:\ PROJECTS \2011\11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 05520 -1 1 C Shop Drawings: Submit drawings for fabrication and installation of aluminum railing P 9 9 9 system 1 Indicate component details, materials, finishes, connection and joining methods, and the relationship to adjoining work. D Furnish (1) sample of the following - 1 Extruded aluminum pipe 2. Extruded aluminum toe board. 1 E. Test Reports: Specifying that all products comply with performance requirements specified within this section. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1 1 Components and installation are to be in compliance with state and local code authorities. 2. Components and installation are to follow current ADA and ANSI guidelines. B Single Source. All components and fittings are to be furnished by the same manufacturer 1 or approved by the primary component manufacturer 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1 A. Deliver materials to the job site in good condition and properly protected against damage to finished surfaces. B Store material in a location and in a manner to avoid damage Stacking shall be done in a way that will prevent bending. C. Store material in a clean, dry location away from uncured concrete and masonry Cover with waterproof paper, tarpaulin, or polyethylene sheeting in a manner that will permit circulation of air inside the covering 1 D. Keep handling on -site to a minimum Exercise particular care to avoid damage to finishes of material. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1 A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of these specifications, products by one of the following manufacturers is acceptable. 1 Golden Railings, Inc., 720 Corporate Circle Suite J, Golden, CO 80401 -5626, Phone: (303) 279 -5807: Fax: (303) 279 -6214: www.goldrail.com 2. AlumaGuard Corporation, 2250 S Lipan St., Denver, CO 80223;,Phone. (303) 1 935 -7245: Fax: (303) 937 -0823 www.alumaguard.com 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 05520 -2 1 3. Superior Aluminum Products, Inc., 555 E. Main St., Russia, OH, 45363, Phone: (800) 548 -8656; Fax: (937) 526 -3904 www.superioraluminum.com 4. Thompson Fabricating, LLC, 1411 Commerce Place, Tarrant, AL 35217, Phone: (800) 824 -6182. Fax: (205) 841 -0822 www.tfco.com. 2.02 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design handrails to withstand a 200 -pound concentrated load applied horizontally or vertically at any point along the rail. Design guardrails to withstand a 20 pound /foot uniformly distributed Toad applied horizontally at the top rail Design intermediate rails to withstand a load of 25 pounds per linear foot applied horizontally along the rail. Design for the above loads or for the loads specified in the International Building Code, 1 whichever is greater. 2 03 DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Guardrails shall be 42 inches high, and Handrails shall be 34 inches high as measured from the front top of the stair tread Guardrails shall have a maximum post spacing of 5 feet; and handrails 5 feet. B Each guardrail is to be constructed with intermediate railings such that a 12 -inch sphere cannot pass through any opening in the rail assembly, including the opening between the bottom rail and the solid surface to which the rail is attached. This requirement shall also apply to handrails where the height difference between the walking surface of the stair and surfaces below to which a person could fall exceeds 30 inches. C. A toe board shall be attached continuously to the bottom of the guardrail assembly where shown on the Plans or required by OSHA regulations The spacing between the toe board and the solid surface beneath shall be 14 inch or the minimum required by OSHA ' regulations, whichever is less D. Railings shall be smooth and free from defects or variations in finish which would cause scrapes or injury to persons brushing or sliding along the railing surface E. Changes in direction shall be done with a radius corner, not a mitered corner Radius corners shall fall between a 4 -inch minimum and 8 -inch maximum, measured from the centerline of the pipe. F In long linear runs of railings, an expansion joint shall be provided at least every 50 feet of run to prevent buckling of railings. G Adjust railing prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at butting joints. All bolts fastening guardrails are to be straight and be placed so that they are perpendicular to the substrate surface H Vertical opening (gaps) between walls, other rails and equipments shall be 1% inches minimum and 3 inches maximum 1 2 04 MATERIALS AND FINISH A. Aluminum: 1 Extruded Pipe' AIIoy 6063 -T6 or 6105 -T5 meeting with ASTM B 221 or ASTM B 429 1 2 Solid Reinforcing Bars. AIIoy 6061 -T6 meeting ASTM B 221. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05520 -3 1 3. Extruded Bars and Shapes Alloy 6063 -T6 meeting ASTM B 221. p Y 4 Castings. Almag 35 meeting ASTM B 26 1 5. Extruded Toe Board Alloy 6063 -T6 meeting ASTM B 221. 6 Finish Class I (0 7 mil. minimum), clear anodized (refer to NAAMM Metal 1 Finishes Manual). 2 05 RAILING SYSTEM 1 A. Material shall conform to 2 02 A, and be finished in accordance with 2.02 A. 6. B. Railing system shall be permanently anchored except where shown as removable on the Plans. C Rails and Posts. 1 Rails: Fabricate from anodized aluminum, 6063 -T6 pipe with nominal size of 1% inches (1 900 inches outside diameter), Schedule 40 (0.145 inch wall, minimum) 2. Posts. Fabricate from anodized aluminum, 6063 -T6 or 6105 -T5 pipe with nominal size of 1% inches (1.90 inches outside diameter, 1.50 inside diameter), Schedule 40 (0 145 inch wall, minimum) or 80 (0.20 inch wall, minimum). 1 a. Provide post reinforcement consisting of solid aluminum reinforcing bar if required to meet structural requirements specified above D. Fittings: 1 Fittings shall be of wrought material of aluminum Tee - fittings and elbows, which +� are fabricated from more than one piece, shall be of welded construction with no weld marks visible when the fitting is installed E. Connector Sleeves. 1 1 Internal connector sleeves shall be of extruded aluminum F Mounting Flanges: 1 1 Floor Flanges: a. One piece cast aluminum b (2) 3/8 -inch diameter stainless steel set screws. 1 c (2) minimum holes for attachment. 2. Heavy Duty Floor Flange' 1 a. One piece cast aluminum with a solid aluminum- reinforcing bar. b (2) 3/8 -inch diameter stainless steel set screws. 1 c. (4) holes for attachment. G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11106 \11106 Specs.docx 05520 -4 1 1 3. Side Mount Flanges: i a. Aluminum with a solid aluminum- reinforcing bar. b. One piece c. (2) 3/8 -inch diameter stainless steel set screws d. (4) holes for attachment. 4. Wall Flange. 1 a. One piece cast aluminum b. (1) 3/8 inch diameter stainless steel set screw 1 G. Toe Board. 1 Toe Board shall be of extruded aluminum, equal to BLUM No 6446 Toe boards shall have at least one continuous horizontal stiffening web Flat bar toe boards will not be accepted. 2.06 FASTENERS A. Mechanical fasteners are to be provided as required by the manufacturer All fasteners shall be either aluminum or stainless steel. 1 1 Machine screws used to mount flanges to stair stringers shall be of stainless steel, 3/8 inch diameter 1 B. Adhesive Scotch -Weld epoxy adhesive, Catalog No 3M EC -2216 B/A Clear Amber, or approved equal. C Cement Hydraulic, ASTM C 595, factory prepared with accelerator 2.07 HANDRAIL BRACKETS 1 A. Aluminum extruded 2 08 FABRICATION A. Form rail -to -end post connections and all changes in rail direction by radius elbows, not a mitered corner Radius corners shall fall between a 4 -inch minimum and a 8 -inch maximum, measured from the centerline of the pipe B. Cut material square and remove burrs from all exposed edges, with no chamfer. C. Make exposed joints butt tight and flush. D. Close exposed ends of pipe by use of appropriate end cap. E. Locate intermediate rails as shown on the Plans. ■ F. Verify dimensions on -site prior to shop fabrication. 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05520 -5 1 G. All edges, imperfections and fasteners such as rivets shall be completely flush with tubing 1 surface in order to avoid any edges that could inflict injury on an operator or catch an article of clothing Any raised portions of fasteners shall be entirely removed and reinstalled properly and edges properly connected. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 DISSIMILAR METALS 1 A. When aluminum components come into contact with dissimilar metals, surfaces shall be kept from direct contact by painting the dissimilar metal with a heavy coat of a proper primer. B When aluminum components come into contact with cement or lime mortar, exposed aluminum surfaces shall be painted with heavy bodied bituminous paint. 1 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. 1 B. Erect work square and level, horizontal or parallel to rake of steps or ramp, and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1 C Expansion joints shall be provided as specified herein to allow for thermal expansion or contraction. 3 03 CLEANING A. As installation is completed, wash thoroughly using clean water and soap, rinse with clean water B Do not use acid solution, steel wool or other harsh abrasives. C If stain remains after washing, remove finish and restore in accordance with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual. Finish must be removed from anodized aluminum Reanodizing can only be done by removing railing and returning it to the anodizer 3.04 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. Remove stained or otherwise defective work and replace with material that meets 1 specification requirements. END OF SECTION 05520 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05520 -6 1 111 SECTION 05530 — ALUMINUM GRATINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for the fabrication and installation of all aluminum gratings, including banding, hold -down clips, shown on the Plans, and specified herein 1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. 1 B Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals. 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 B 221 Specifications for Aluminum -Alloy Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes and Tubes. 1 2. B 429 Specifications for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 104 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements ' B Product data. 1. Gratings. Submit materials, sizes, and banding techniques. 2. Hold -down devices. Submit type of hold -down device to be used, and the means of fastening the hold -down devices to the underlying structure. 1 C Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings showing layouts of gratings, provisions for removable gratings where called for in the Plans and as specified herein. Show details of how hold -down devices are to be attached to the gratings and the underlying structure. D Informational Data. 1 Design Data: Submit certification that the gratings meet the design requirements shown on the Plans and specified herein. 2. Manufacturer's instructions. Submit copies of manufacturer's instructions for installation of gratings 1 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source: All aluminum gratings are to be obtained from one manufacturer, and shall be of a single style. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05530 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of these specifications, products by one of �1 the following manufacturers is acceptable 1 McNichols Co , P.O. Box 30300, Tampa, FL 33630; Toll Free (800) 237 -3820, t www.mcnichols.com 2 Ohio Gratings, Inc., 5299 Southway SW, Canton, OH 44706; Toll Free (800) 321 -9800; Phone (330) 477 -6707; Fax: (330) 477 -7872, www.ohiogratings.com 3 Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, 3245 Fayette Avenue, Birmingham, AL 1 35208, Toll Free (800) 366 -2642, Fax: (205) 780 -7838, www.amico- grating.com 2.02 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1 A. All aluminum gratings are to be swaged rectangular bearing bar gratings or "I" shaped section gratings with cross bars B Bearing bars Bearing bar spacing shall 1 -3/16 inches on center, with a minimum bar thickness of 3/16 inches. See schedule on the Plans for the size to use for a specific grating span Bearing bars are to bear a minimum of 1 inch on supporting structure C Cross bars Cross bar spacing shall be 4 inches on center, with a minimum bar thickness of 3/16 inches. Cross bars may be square, round, or rectangular Cross bar connection to bearing bars may be pressure fit, swaged, or welded, or other means provided the bars are permanently attached and do not loosen with time D. All gratings shall be designed to support a minimum uniformly distributed load of 100 psf, or a concentrated load at any point of 300 pounds distributed over 12 inches square Live load deflection shall be limited to 1/180th of the span when subjected to the concentrated load of 300 pounds placed at mid span E. Gratings shall be manufactured to lie flat, forming a continuous flat surface with the surrounding walking surface Gratings shall not protrude above the surrounding walking surface. Gratings having more than a '/4 -inch warp in 6 feet will be considered unacceptable Gratings which rock when walked on are unacceptable. F. Openings to be grated shall be field measured prior to making shop drawings and fabricating gratings. G. Cut -outs shall be end banded Bearing bars shall be continuously banded at ends. 1 H. Banding over support shall be welded to bearing bars with full height 1/8 -inch fillet to edge bearing bars. Banding at cut -outs shall be welded with full height 1/8 -inch fillet to all bearing bars. All cross bars shall be tack welded to the bearing bars at the edge of each grating panel and to the bearing bars at the edge of cut -outs All gratings shall be fastened to supporting surfaces with hold -down devices such as saddle clips, or Z clips. All grating hold -down devices are to be 316 stainless steel, and be approved by the Engineer G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05530 -2 1 J. Gratings over operable gates and weirs shall be fabricated in sections small enough to be easily handled by one person (40 pounds or Tess per section). K. Long runs of gratings shall be fabricated in sections of a size such that the greatest dimension is 12 feet, 0 inches or less. 1 2.03 MATERIALS A. Gratings to be fabricated from aluminum bars or aluminum extrusions. Aluminum for bearing bars shall be Alloy 6061 T6, and for cross bars Alloy 6063 T6 B Hold -down devices to be 316 stainless steel. Fasteners for hold -down devices to be 316 stainless steel. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Verify dimensions, tolerances and method of attachment with other work. All work is to be laid out using field determined dimensions 1 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified herein 3 03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1 A. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris. B Gratings shall be left in a clean, non - stained condition at the end of the project. END OF SECTION 05530 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 05530 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 1 1 SECTION 06510 - FRP PRODUCTS. AND FABRICATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work consists of furnishing, fabricating and installing all fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) items, with all labor, material and equipment necessary to produce a complete, operable and serviceable installation as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1 C Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete. D Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals. 1 E. Section 05530 — Aluminum Gratings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). I 1. C177, Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot -Plate Apparatus. 2. D570, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 1 3. D635, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and /or Extent and Time of Burning of Self- Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position. 1 4. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 5 D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics 1 6 D696, Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between 30 Degrees C and 30 Degrees C. I 7. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. I 8. D792, Standard Test Methods for Specific Gravity (Relative Density) and Density of Plastics Displacement. 1 9. D2344, Standard Test Method for Apparent Interlaminar Shear Strength of Parallel Fiber Composites by Short -Beam Method. 10. D2583, Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by 1 Means of a Barcol Impresser. 11. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -1 1 B Building Officials and Code Administrators International (BOCA): National Building Code 1 (NBC). C. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO): Uniform Building Code (UBC). 1 D. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA): 29 CFR 1910, Code of Federal Regulations. E. Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI) Standard Building Code (SBC) F. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 94, UL Standard for Safety Tests for Flammability 1 of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances, Fourth Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Product Data. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's published literature including structural design data, structural properties data, grating Toad /deflection tables, corrosion resistance tables, certificates of compliance, test reports as applicable, and design calculations for systems not sized or designed in the contract documents C. Shop Drawings. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's shop drawings clearly showing materials sizes, types, styles, part or catalog numbers, complete details for the fabrication and erection of components including, but not limited to, location, lengths, type and sizes of fasteners, clip angles, member sizes and connection details. D Samples. 1. The contractor shall submit two (2) sample pieces of each item specified herein for acceptance by the Engineer as to quality, style and color Sample pieces shall be manufactured by the method to be used in the work. E. Informational Data: 1 Design Data. i a. Contractor design that has been stamped by a registered engineer 2. Test Reports 1 a. Factory test reports for physical property of product. b. Independent laboratory test report, dated within two (2) years of submittal date, of the fire retardant testing conducted on exact type of grating proposed (not a resin test report) 1 3. Certifications specified in the following Quality Assurance article 4 Manufacturer's instructions: 1 a. Handling and storage requirements. b. Manufacture's installation instructions. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -2 1 F Submit the following loseout data in accordance with Section 01730 — 9 Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1 1. Maintenance Data. I 2 Warranty Submit specified warranty. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Single- Source. Obtain molded gating and stair treads from one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. I B. Designer: Calculations required for Contractor design shall be stamped by a registered engineer licensed in the State of Washington. I C Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum of five (5) years experience. D Manufacture Qualifications: Minimum of five (5) years experience in the manufacturing of products meeting these specifications E. Regulatory Agency Requirements: Comply with UBC and local Building Code requirements if more than those specified 1 1 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 A. General: In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in such a manner as to prevent damage of any kind, including overexposure to sunlight. B. Insofar as is practical, factory assemble items provided hereunder. I C Package and clearly tag parts and assemblies that are of necessity shipped unassembled in a manner that will protect the materials form abrasion, cracking, chipping, twisting, other 1 deformations, and other types of damage, and facilitate identification and final assembly in the field D Manufactured materials shall be delivered in original, unbroken pallets, packages, I containers, or bundles bearing the label of the manufacturer. Adhesives, resins and their catalysts and hardeners shall be crated or boxed separately and noted as such to facilitate their movement to a dry indoor storage facility 1 1.07 WARRANTY I A. General Warranty The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1 B. Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Submit a written warranty, for Owners acceptance, executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair and replace faulty material or workmanship within the specified warranty period. I C. Warranty Period: One (1) year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1 ' G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -3 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fibergrate Composite Structures Inc., Addison TX, (972) 250 -1633. B IKG Industries, Nashville, TN, (800) 545 -4463 1 2.02 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIRMENTS A. All FRP items furnished under this Section shall be composed of fiberglass reinforcement 1 and resin in qualities, properties, quantities, arrangements and dimensions as necessary to meet the design requirements and dimensions as specified in the Contract Documents. B All finished surfaces of FRP items and fabrication shall be smooth, resin -rich, free of voids, and without dry spots, cracks, crazes or unreinforced areas All glass fibers shall be well covered with resin to protect against their exposure due to wear or weathering. C. All FRP products shall have a tested flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E -84 D All mechanical clips, fasteners and connection hardware shall be manufactured of Type 316 stainless steel. 2.03 CONCRETE EMBEDMENT ANGLES A. Concrete embedment angles shall be Fibergrate "EZ Angle" VEFR, color dark gray, with a "Y" extension, or approved equal. Inside dimensions 2 inch x 1 1/2 inches for use with either 2 inch grating, or 1 1/2 inch grating. B. All structural shapes are to be manufactured by the pultrusion process with a glass content minimum of 45 percent, maximum of 55 percent by weight for maximum sunlight and chemical resistance C Fiberglass reinforcement shall be a combination of continuous roving, continuous strand mat, and surfacing veil in sufficient quantities as needed by the application and /or physical properties required. D. Resin Systems: 1 Structural Shapes. Resins shall be fire - retardant, isophthalic polyester with chemical formulation necessary to provide the corrosion resistance, strength and other physical properties as required 2. Concrete Embedment Angle: Resins shall be Vinyl ester, fire - retardant used in the manufacturing of the angle. E. All finished surfaces of FRP items and fabrications shall be smooth, resin rich, free of voids and without dry spots, cracks, crazes or unreinforced areas. All glass fibers shall be well covered with resin to protect against their exposure due to wear or weathering. F The structural shapes shall be as free, as commercially possible, from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, delamination, blisters, resin burns, air bubbles and pits 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -4 1 I G Pultruded structural shapes are to have ave the following minimum longitudinal mechanical properties: I Property ASTM Method Value Units I Tensile Strength D -638 30,000 (206) psi (MPa) Tensile Modulus D -638 2.5 x 10 (17 2) psi (GPa) I Flexural Strength D-790 30,000 (206) psi (MPa) Flexural Modulus D -790 1 8 x 10 (12.4) psi (GPa) I Flexural Modulus (Full Section) N/A 2.8 x 10 (19 3) psi (GPa) Short Beam Shear (Transverse) D -2344 4,500 (31) psi (MPa) I Shear Modulus (Transverse) N/A 4.5 x 10 (3 1) psi (GPa) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion D -696 8 0 x 10 in /in / °F (1.4 x 1 0 -6 ) (cm /cm / °C) 1 Flame Spread (if fire retardant) E -84 25 or Tess N/A 2.04 FABRICATION I A. General B. I 1. Measurements: Products specified shall meet the dimensional requirements and tolerances as shown or specified The Contractor shall provide and /or verify measurements in field for work fabricated to fit field conditions as required by I manufacturer to complete the work. When field dimensions are not required, contractor shall determine correct size and locations of required holes and cutouts form field dimensions before fabrication 1 2. Sealing: All shop fabricated cuts shall be coated with vinyl ester resin to provide maximum corrosion resistance. All field fabricated cuts shall be coated similarly by the contractor in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions I 3 Hardware All mechanical clips, fasteners and connection hardware shall be manufactured of Type 316 stainless steel. I PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION I A. Verify dimensions, tolerances and method of attachment with other work. 3 02 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1 B. Concrete Embedment Angle: Coordinate installation prior to the beginning of concrete formwork. 1 I G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -5 1 1 3.03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products as per manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris. 1 END OF SECTION 06510 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 06510 -6 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 '1 1 1 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 1 SECTION 07191 — CONCRETE WATERPROOFING PART 1 — GENERAL I 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work under this Section is to be performed in areas requiring leak repair as specified in 03300. This work may also be required in other areas if shown on the drawings, or specified herein. 1 B. Provide and install all materials to accomplish the work specified in this Section. Include all labor, tools, and other appurtenances necessary to accomplish the work in this section. I 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. I B Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 1. C 267 -77 — Chemical Resistance of Mortars. 2. C 39 — Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 1 Specimens. 3. E329 — Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection I B. U S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 1 1. CRD- C -48 -73 — Method of Test for Water Permeability of Concrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Manufacturer's literature providing complete data on product as well as complete storing, I mixing and application procedures. C. Manufacturer's certifications that the products provided meet all criteria of these specifications. I D. Laboratory reports on the following tests, performed in accordance with USACE CRD -C- 48-73. 1 1. Concrete samples 6 inch in diameter and no thicker than 2 inches. 2. Testing performed by an independent laboratory which meets requirements of I ASTM E -329 and is certified by the U S National Bureau of Standards. All concrete and waterproofing samples must be obtained independently by the testing agency 1 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 07191 -1 1 3. Concrete samples shall have a design strength of 2000 psi or Tess; no admixtures are permitted. 4 Minimum of four samples must be tested; two treated and two untreated. Untreated samples shall exhibit leakage at 10 psi or less. 5 All samples shall be tested at pressure of 150 PSIG (350 ft. head of water). The 1 treated samples, after crystalline growth has occurred, shall exhibit no measurable leakage whatsoever. E. In addition to the above, the following test documentation must be provided, in accordance with ASTM C 267 -77 and ASTM C -39, under the following conditions. 1. Coatings shall be a maximum thickness of .05 inch per coat, two coats maximum 1 2. All treated and untreated specimens shall be immersed for a minimum of 84 days. 1 3 The following table lists the test solutions, and the required minimum increase in compressive strength of treated specimens as related to the control specimens. 1 Chemical Solution Comp Str. Increase Hydrochloric Acid (3.5pH) 14 5% Caustic soda 14 0% If water curing is not possible, a chemical curing agent may be used provided it is 1 compatible with the waterproofing material. Chemical curing agents must have a minimum of two years documented reliability. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Documentation must be provided that product manufacturer has at least 5 years of experience in the manufacture of specified products, and a listing of successfully completed project similar to this one 1 B. Manufacturer's representative must be available to supervise on site application of work under this Section. 1 C Work under this Section must be performed by a firm experienced in this type of work as evidenced by previously successful installations. Waterproofing installer must be acceptable to the manufacturer, verified in writing 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All concrete waterproofing materials shall be of the cementitious crystalline type that chemically controls and permanently fixes a non - soluble crystalline growth of dendritic 1 fibers throughout the capillary voids in the concrete. Materials may be of the sodium - silicate type, or the alkaline - silicate type. B. All waterproofing materials shall be from the same manufacturer. In addition, 1 manufacturer shall have at least 5 years of experience and have trained, competent personnel available to supervise installation at the site. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07191 -2 1 1 C. All waterproofing materials for this project shall be cement colored; light gray. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Xypex Chemical Corporation: Xypex "Concentrate ", Xypex "Modified ", Xypex "Ultra - Plug ", Xypex "Patch'n Plug ", and Xypex "Gamma- Cure " B Other manufacturers meeting this specification if approved by the Engineer. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Investigate all surfaces to be treated If any concrete surfaces are in a condition which is not appropriate to receive waterproofing work, do not proceed. Notify Engineer of condition and repairs needed Proceeding with work under this Section constitutes acceptance of the substrate. B. Concrete surfaces must have an open capillary system to provide proper substrate for waterproofing material and shall be free from scale, excess form oil, laitance, curing compounds or other foreign matter. Smooth surfaces shall be treated as required by manufacturer. As a minimum, surfaces shall be pressure blasted with a high - pressure water blast (3000 psi minimum.) The Engineer may, at his /her sole discretion, require sand blasting as a preparation for concrete surfaces to receive concrete waterproofing under this section. Concrete sand or soda blasting is required in the area referred to in section 1 01 B above. C. Minor defects shall be treated in strict accordance with manufacture's printed instructions and supervised by manufacturer's personnel. D. Storage: All material must be kept on site in original unbroken containers until used. Keep 1 seals and labels intact. Store off the ground in a dry area. 3.02 APPLICATION 1 A. Waterproofing materials shall be mixed with clean water, free from salts or any other deleterious materials. Materials shall be mixed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B After mixing, application shall be done only under the direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative or installer acceptable to the manufacturer Mixture may be applied by any means approved for the product by the manufacturer. C Surface application: 1. Apply to inside surface of concrete walls. Overhead slabs are to be treated from the outside (top). 2. Use a stiff bristle brush or broom to work the slurry well into the surface of the concrete, filling all hairline cracks and surface pores 3. If spray, or other procedures are used (subject to the approval of the manufacturer and the Engineer), they must ensure that the waterproofing mixture penetrates pores and hairline cracks. G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07191 -3 1 4. If product manufacturer recommends a second coat to accomplish effective waterproofing, this shall be done. Any such second coat shall be applied while the first coat is still "green" but after it has reached an initial set. D. Construction Joints 1 1. Apply waterproofing mixture in slurry form to all joint surfaces, including pour stops, and wall -floor intersections. Determine that surfaces are properly wet prior to application. Joints shall be cleaned with high - pressure water blast, as a minimum, before applying slurry. 2. Joints at bottom of wall may be required by Engineer to be routed out, and dry 1 pack or non - shrink grout applied if the Engineer determines they are rough or unsightly. E. Apply dry pack to surface of joints where appropriate and required to obtain the desired finish before proceeding with surface application F. Curing 1 1 Wet cure, or other means of curing shall be done if recommended by the manufacturer. Commence curing procedure as soon as coatings have set sufficiently to allow a fine spray without damage. Surfaces are to be fog sprayed continuously for three days, or may be wetted, then covered with damp burlap and a tarp for same period. Manufacturer's representative or Engineer may require additional curing time if weather conditions dictate. 2. Protect surfaces from damage during curing process Do not allow any plastic sheeting to come in contact with surfaces during curing. 3. Protect external surfaces from rain, or accelerated curing due to heat, wind 3 03 GUARANTEE 1 A. Since the waterproofing system specified above can be installed from the non -water side of the structure, it is a condition of this document that if any Teaks occur within one year after acceptance of the project as complete, the installer will re -treat the area or areas which allow water penetration, in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures, and repeat as necessary until condition of water penetration is remedied. 1 END OF SECTION 07191 1 1 1 G1PROJECTS\2011 \11108111108 Specs.docx 07191 -4 1 1 SECTION 07200 — BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of insulation at building structure exterior walls, ceiling, and foundation walls. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 05310 — Steel Roof Deck C Section 07530 — Elastomeric Membrane Roofing D. Section 07720 — Roof Hatches 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C 272 — Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Sandwich Constructions. 2. C 518 — Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 3 C 578 — Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation 4. D 1621 — Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 1 5 D 4397 — Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications. B. Federal Specifications (FS) 1 HH-I-521F Insulation Blankets, Thermal (mineral fiber, for ambient temperatures) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of product specified and /or used on the project. 1 05 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS A. Furnish material in manufacturer's packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store in dry location. 1' G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 07200 -1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 INSULATING MATERIAL 1 A. Rigid Insulation Rigid closed -cell extruded polystyrene thermal board insulation 1 Density Type IV, 1 6 lb/cu ft. min (ASTM C 578). 2 Compressive Strength: 25 psi, minimum (ASTM D 1621). 3. Water Absorption Maximum 0.1 percent by volume (ASTM C 272) 4 Thermal Resistance R -Value of 5 minimum per 1 inch. (ASTM C 518) 5 Surface Burning Characteristics. a Flame Spread. 5 1 b Smoke Developed 165 6 Thickness: a. Perimeter of Foundation. 2 inches unless indicated otherwise. b Under Slab on Grade 2 inches unless indicated otherwise B. Sill Seal Gasket 1. Shall be FoamSealR as manufactured by Owens Corning or approved equal. 2. Thickness: 1/4 inch 1 3 Width 5 1/2 inch 2.02 VAPOR RETARDERS 1 A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0 13 perm 1 B Vapor- Retarder Tape. Pressure - sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder AUXILIARY INSULATING AUXIL SU LATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrate indicated without damaging insulation and substrate. B. Insulation Fasteners: As required for each application and as recommended by manufacturer for each specific installation. C Joint Tape: Foil surface tape by insulation manufacturer for sealing joints at cavity wall insulation. G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docc 07200 -2 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements of section in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. M B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelope entire area to be installed. Cut and fit tightly around obstruction and fill voids with insulation Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated 3 04 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER /FOUNDATION AND UNDER -SLAB INSULATION A. On vertical surfaces, set units in adhesive applied according to manufacturer's written instructions Use adhesive recommended by insulation manufacturer. 1 B Protect top surface of horizontal insulation from damage during concrete work. 3 05 INSTALLATION OF RIGID INSULATION ' A. See Plans for locations. B. In all cases install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions using materials specifically designed for the intended use. C Install PVC closure strips according to manufacturer's directions 3.06 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected for vapor transmis- sion Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation B Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall �\ openings and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches o.c. G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07200 -3 I C Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesive or vapor- retarder tape according 1 to vapor retarder manufacturer's instructions Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor- retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrate D Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrate with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as II recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer E. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor- retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. - F Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor- retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder I 3.07 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposure, physical abuse and other causes Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation END OF SECTION 07200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 072004 1 SECTION 07530 — ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of an elastomeric roofing system to create a seamless waterproof (and insulated) membrane. B. The elastomeric roofing system shall be designed for application on the sub - surface indicated. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B. Section 05210 — Open Web Steel Joists C Section 05310 — Steel Roof Deck. D. Section 07620 — Sheet Metal, Flashing, and Trim. E. Section 07720 — Roof Hatches F Section 07900 — Joint Sealant. 103 SUBMITTALS I A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Submit product data. Include manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions. C. Submit samples of specified foam and coating system. Samples shall be construed as examples of finished color and texture of elastomeric roofing system. D Applicator qualifications. Submit current "qualified applicator" certificate from the specified elastomeric membrane roofing manufacturer. E. Manufacturer field report upon completion of the installation. F. Warranties. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of proposed produce for minimum 10 years with satisfactory performance record. B. Installer Qualifications. Installer of products similar to specified products on minimum 5 projects of similar scope as Project with satisfactory performance record and approved by the manufacturer C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: The elastomeric roofing system shall be rated Class A by Underwriters Laboratories (ASTM El 08 /UL 790). Containers shall bear Underwriters Laboratories labels i G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -1 1 D Field Quality Control: Upon completion of the elastomeric roofing system, an inspection I and field report by the manufacturer designated inspector shall be required The field report shall be submitted to the Engineer. The field report shall state not less than the I following 1. Job name, Contractor's name, date of inspection, inspector's name, inspector's address, inspector's telephone number, manufacturer's association, applicators it IP name and address condition of installed roof and any defects with the applied roofing (and insulation) system. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 A. Deliver all materials in sufficient quantities as not to cause delays in application of the roofing system. Engineer shall reject damaged materials not conforming. Rejected materials shall be removed immediately from the job site and replaced at no additional cost to the owner B. Store materials as recommended by manufacturer and conforming to applicable safety regulatory agencies. City, state, and federal. Refer to all applicable data including but not 9 Y 9 Y limited to MSDS sheets, Product Data sheets, product labels and specific instructions for personal protection. if C. Provide adequate ventilation, protection from hazardous fumes, and overspray potential to workers and associated trades in close proximity of site applications 106 WARRANTY A. The materials (sprayed polyurethane foam and elastomeric polyurethane roof coating) and workmanship included in this specification shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by the elastomeric membrane roofing manufacturer and the licensed applicator for a minimum of 15 years. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. General. The principle products used in elastomeric roofing system shall be by the same manufacturer B. Insulation' The insulation to be applied shall be a two - component, rigid -class urethane foam, sprayed -in- place, having the following minimum properties: Property Value Test Method I Tensile Strength 60 — 80 psi ASTM D -1623 Nominal Density 2.9 - 3 2 Ibs /ft ASTM D -1622 Closed Cells >90 % min ASTM D -1940 1 Compressive 50.0 psi min ASTM D -1621 K Factor Aged 0 158 BTU /hr ft ° F /in. ASTM C -518 C. Elastomeric Coating' The elastomeric coating shall be a two component fluid- applied 1 urethane system as installed by approved licensed applicators. The composite system shall include the waterproofing of roof expansion joints, flashings, elastomeric roof membrane and all materials and techniques required to properly adapt the roofing system to the particular substrates involved. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -2 1 1 1 Elastomeric Base Coat Material: The elastomeric base membrane shall be properly formulated liquid shipped in new labeled containers, with the following minimum properties. I Property Value Test Method Tensile Strength 1,000 psi ASTM D -412 I Elongation 375% ASTM D 412 Tear Resistance 100 Ibf /in ASTM D -1004 Hardness 50 - 55 ASTM D -2240 Water Absorption 3.0% Max ASTM D -471 1 Adhesion 15 lb/in ASTM D -903 2 Elastomeric Top Coat Material: The elastomeric weather protective material shall I be properly formulated high modulus urethane, shipped in new labeled containers, with the following minimum properties. Property Value Test Method I Tensile Strength 1,500 psi ASTM D -412 Elongation 360% ASTM D -412 Tear Resistance 100 Ibf /in ASTM D -1004 Hardness 70 - 75 ASTM D -2240 I Water Absorption 3 0% Max ASTM D -471 Permeability 0.06 Perm Inches ASTM E -96 I D Roof Granules: Elastomeric membrane roofing manufacturer approved uniformly graded, clean #11 silica (quartz) sand granules compatible with elastomeric top coat material to provide a non -skid surface at locations specified herein. I E. Flashing Material: Flashings and waterproof coverings for expansion joints shall be uncured, non - staining, elastomeric Neoprene sheet material, having a thickness of not less than 60 mils (0.060 ") I F. Miscellaneous Materials: Miscellaneous materials such as adhesives, elastomeric caulking compounds and similar materials shall be a composite part of the roof system and shall be those recommended by the elastometric roofing manufacturer. G Fasteners. Fasteners shall be as required by manufacturer for job conditions, code, and FM and /or UL requirements for system design. 1 H. Sheathing. As necessary to meet building code requirements, or at the Contractor's convenience, gypsum roof and wall sheathing may be used as a spray foam insulation substrate over the metal roof deck. Sheathing shall be gypsum board with a water I resistant, silicone- treated core penetrated by glass mats front, back, and edges with an alkali- resistant coating Gypsum sheathing shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C 1177 and have surface burning characteristics of zero flame spread and zero I smoke developed when tested according to E 84. Sheathing shall be "Dens -Glass Gold Gypsum Sheathing" for walls and soffits and be "Dens -Deck Roof Board" for roof sheathing as manufactured by Georgia Pacific Corporation, or equal. I. Manufacturer's: 1. Neogard, Permathane II FR roof coating system. 1 2. Gaco - Western, Gacoflex elastomeric coating system. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -3 i I 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS I A. Proceed with work of this section only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit the application to be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's '— recommendations. B. Do not install polyurethane foam insulation under the following conditions: II 1. When ambient temperature is below 50 °F (10° C) or surface temperature is above 160 °F (71° C). 2 When relative humidity is above 80% or temperature is within 5 °F of dew point. 1 3 When wind velocity exceeds 15 mph (24 km /h) (Without use of windscreen) regulations which affect the workers and C. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and re g others, materials used in the work, and the conduct of the work. 3.02 INSPECTION OF METAL I A. Metal surfaces to be foamed shall be free of rust, loose scale, dust, dirt, grease, oil or other contaminants. B. Grease, oil or other obvious contaminants must be removed by tri- sodium phosphate and water or other solutions as required by job conditions. Remove all cleaning solutions with plenty of fresh water C. Metal surfaces having loose scale or rust must be cleaned and primed per manufacturer's recommendations prior to foam application as job conditions dictate. 3 03 PREPARATION OF ROOF A. All surfaces not to be spray foamed and /or coated shall be protected with masking 1 , including walls, equipment, etc. All controls, lines and conduits to be masked No lines are to be buried in foam. B Pipes, curbs and other roof penetrations shall be cleaned and prepared as directed by III the roofing system manufacturer. 3 04 SPRAY FOAM APPLICATION 1 A. Techniques and equipment used to apply urethane foam insulation to roof structure or sheathing shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the spray urethane foam. 1 B. Spray foam insulation operations shall be performed only during periods of calm, open weather. All surfaces to receive spray foam shall be dry and free of dew, moisture, or frost. Primers shall be dry and free of solvent before foaming Spraying operations shall cease if substrate temperatures fall below 50 degrees F or if substrate temperatures come within 5 degrees F of dewpoint. C. All off -ratio spray foam shall be removed and refoamed immediately during foaming operations. Foam passes shall be at least 3/4 inch thickness but not more than 1 -1/2 inch in thickness unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -4 1 D. Insulation shall not be Tess than 4- inches thick across entire roof and shall have minimum R -value of 30 throughout. Additional foam insulation shall be applied to roof drainage, crickets and swales. The Contractor shall provide sufficient insulation to provide 1/4 12- inch slope to roof for drainage per codes E. Surface texture of the applied spray foam shall be free of excessive ridges, bumps, pinholes, etc. Acceptable foam profile shall be a smooth or orange peel foam texture as defined by the Society of Plastics Industry (SPI), Polyurethane Foam Contractors Division Document PFCD -GSI -1/90. F. Remove all foam overspray. Any folds or other irregularities shall be removed by sawing, planing and filing Undercuts shall be caulked flush with high solids urethane caulking and allowed to cure. 3.05 EXAMINATION OF FOAM SURFACE PRIOR TO COATING SYSTEM A. Inspect surfaces, which will receive the roof coating system to make sure they are clean, I smooth, sound, properly prepared, and free of moisture, dirt, debris, or other contaminants. B. Verify that polyurethane foam surface texture ranges from smooth to orange peel "Popcorn" surfaces are unacceptable and must be reworked by a foam applicator prior to coating C. Verify that all roof penetrations, mechanical equipment, cants, edge metal, and other on- roof items are in place and secure D Verify that all critical areas around the immediate vicinity of the coating application area are suitably protected. E. Verify that roof deck has sufficient slope for water to drain and that all drains and drain lines are clean and in working order F. Verify all roof drains are clean and in working order. 3.06 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATING A. The initial base coat shall be applied the same day as the sprayed polyurethane foam. If due to weather conditions, more than 24 hours elapse between sprayed polyurethane foam and the base coat application, the sprayed polyurethane foam shall be inspected for UV degradation by an approved third party inspector If such degradation is present contact the sprayed polyurethane foam Manufacturer for recommended procedures. B Apply the coating system according to the procedures as prescribed by the elastomeric roofing manufacturer The composite coating systems include the following: 1. Base coat: To all properly prepared and dry surfaces, spray or roller apply urethane base coat in one or two coats, to yield an average thickness of 26 dry mils. Color to contrast top coat color. 2 Top coat: To all properly applied and cured base coat, spray or roller apply urethane top coat in one or two coats to yield an average thickness of 13 dry mils. 3. Total system theoretical coating thickness, exclusive of granules, 39 dry mils. G. \ PROJECTS \2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -5 C. Heavy duty traffic bearing coating shall be provided 4 feet around roof hatches and roof 1 top equipment and as indicated on the drawings. 1. To finish top coat, recoat with 3/4 gallon per 100 square feet urethane top coat and immediately broadcast hard, dry granules at rates of 30 pounds per 100 square feet. • 2. When cured, remove loose granules, recoat with 3/4 gallon per 100 square feet top coat and repeat broadcast of hard, dry granules at a rate of 30 pounds per 100 square foot. 3. When dry, remove loose granules and apply seal coat of top coat at a rate of 3/4 gallons per 100 square foot. Theoretical coating thickness of heavy duty pad, exclusive of aggregate, 64 dry mils., 3.07 PROTECTION A. After completion of coating system application, do not allow traffic on coated surfaces for a period of at least 48 hours at 75 ° F and 50% R.H., or until completely cured. 3 08 CLEANING A. Remove debris, resulting from completion of coating operation, from the project site END OF SECTION 07530 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07530 -6 I I SECTION 07620 — SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ,1 A. This Section includes the following categories: 1 Metal flashing I 2. Exposed trim 3 Exposed fascias I 4 Miscellaneous metal fabrication I 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals C. Section 04200 — Masonry Units D Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals E. Section 07200 — Building Insulation I F. Section 07530 — Elastomeric Membrane Roofing I G Section 07720 — Roof Hatches H. Section 07900 Joint Sealants 11 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) I 1 A653 — Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. I 2. A792 — Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. I 3. A924 — Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic- Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. 4. D4586 — Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free. 1 B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). I 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. I B Shop drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docc 07620 -1 1 C. Samples of sheet metal flashing, and accessory items, in the specified finish. p 9, rY 1 Two (2) 8 -inch square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as finished surfaces. D Informational Data. Submit manufacturer's and installer's qualification data. E. Submit the following closeout data in accordance with Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1 Maintenance Data. 1 2. Warranty Submit specified warranty. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single - Source Obtain sheet metal from one manufacturer 1 B Installers Qualifications. Engage an experienced installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance 1 06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural 1 movement, thermally induced movement, and exposed to weather without failing 1 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Protect against damage and discoloration. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of work and protection of materials and finishes. 109 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The contractor shall furnish, at no additional cost to the Owner, a guarantee of the water- tightness of the flashings The warranty is limited to repairs due to ordinary wear from the elements and /or due to faulty materials and workmanship 1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from Date of Substantial Completion 1 1 1 G' \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07620 -2 1 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 METALS A. Zinc - coated Steel. Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper ASTM A653, G90 hot- dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting, not less than 22 gage thickness except as otherwise indicated. The Contractor may, at his /her option, substitute Zincalume or Galvalume, meeting ASTM A792, AZ50 requirements for galvanized finish 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or, other non - corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. B. Metal Accessories Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work; matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance C. Zinc Coated Steel Primer: Self- etching type, compatible with paint system specified in Section 09900; shop applied. D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying and nonmigrating sealant. E. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Section 07900 — Joint Sealants. F Adhesive Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather - resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. G. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb/square red rosin, sized building paper conforming to FS UU -B- �, 790, Type I, Style 1 b. H. Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. 2 03 GENERAL FABRICATION A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standards: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design dimensions, metal and other characteristics of the item indicated. B. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather - resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Form exposed sheet metal work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to I form hems. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat - lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams and solder. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07620 -3 1 E. Expansion Provisions. Space movement joints a maximum of 10 feet with no joints 1 allowed within 24 inches of corners or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and water proof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not Tess than 1- inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints) F Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. G. Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. H Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to view Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same materials as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 1 Size. As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.04 SHEET METAL FABRICATION A. General. Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with 1 performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. B Exposed Trim and Fascia. Fabricate from the following material. Galvanized Steel: 22 gage. 1 C Roof - Penetration Flashing Galvanized Steel: 22 gage. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION 1 A. Examine substrate and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected B Verify dimensions, tolerances and method of attachment with other work. 1 3 02 INSTALLATION A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual ". Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units, conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07620 -4 1 B Install exposed sheet metal work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to ' form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather- resistant performance Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corners or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and water proof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not Tess than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). D. Soldered Joints: Do not solder the following materials: �. 1 Aluminum I 2. Coil- coated galvanized sheet. E. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpanding, but moveable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joints with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. F. Separation Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrate by coating concealed surfaces, at location of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1 Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cementitious or wood substrate, install a slip sheet of red -rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 2 Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. G. Roof - Penetration Flashing. Coordinate roof - penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof 3 03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1 A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion C. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris END OF SECTION 07620 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07620 -5 1 SECTION 07720 — ROOF HATCHES PART 1 — GENERAL 1 07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ' A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of roof hatches and associated accessories as indicated on the Plans and specified herein. 1 08 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. 1 B. Section 05210 — Open Web Steel Joists. C Section 05310 — Steel Roof Deck. D Section 07530 — Elastomeric Membrane Roofing. 1 E Section 07620 — Sheet Metal, Flashing, and Trim F. Section 07900 — Joint Sealant. G Section 09900 — Painting. 1.09 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Submit product data. Include finish and color options. C. Submit shop drawings. 1 D Submit samples of finish and color options. E. Manufacturer's installation instructions 1 F. Warranties. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications. Manufacturer of proposed products for a minimum five years with satisfactory performance record B. Installer Qualifications. Installer of products similar to specified products on a minimum of five projects of similar scope as Project with satisfactory performance record. 1 11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All products shall be delivered in manufacturer's original packaging. 1 B. Store materials in a dry, protected, well- vented area. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11106 Specs.docx 07720-1 1 1.12 WARRANTY 1 A. Materials shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years from the date of purchase Should a part fail to function in normal use within this period, manufacturer shall furnish a new part at no charge PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.02 ROOF HATCHES A. Manufacturers. All roof hatches for this project shall be the product of a single 1 manufacturer Roof hatches shall be as manufactured by on one of the following, or Engineer approved equal: 1. The BILCO Company, P.O Box 1203, New Haven, CT 06505, Toll Free (800) 366 -6530; Phone (203) 934 -6363; Fax: (203) 933 -8478, www.bilco.com. 2. Nystrom, Inc., 9300 73rd Ave N, Brooklyn Park, MN 55428, Toll Free. (800) 547- 1 2635; Phone (763) 488 -9200; Fax: (763) 488 -9201, www.nystrom.com B. Single -Leaf Personnel Roof Hatches. 1 1 Fabrication. Roof hatch shall be single -leaf, fabricated of aluminum, provided with stainless steel hardware and neoprene gaskets and seals. Cover and frame shall be 11 gauge aluminum, liner shall be 18 gauge aluminum Cover and frame shall be insulated with 1 inch rigid insulation, polystyrene (R4) in cover and fiberboard (R2.8) in frame Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum 2 Design 3' -0" x 2' -6" roof access hatch, complete with spring assist hinges, integral curb and flange, insulated and weather - stripped metal cover, inside - outside handles, slam latch, lockable from inside or outside Hatch leaf shall be able to open 90- degrees and designed to withstand the applicable wind Toads or 40/20 psf external /internal loading, whichever is greater. Bilco model S -50, Nystrom model RHPA, or Engineer approved equal. C Double -Leaf Equipment Roof Hatches. 1. Fabrication Roof hatch shall be double -leaf, fabricated of aluminum, provided with stainless steel hardware and neoprene gaskets and seals. Cover and frame shall be 11 gauge (stiffened as needed for span to result in a max deflection of 1/150 span), liner shall be 18 gauge aluminum. Cover and frame shall be insulated with 1 inch rigid insulation, polystyrene (R4) in cover and fiberboard (R2.8) in frame Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum 2 Design: 5' -0" x 8' -0" or 5' -0" x 9' -0" (as shown on the Plans) double -leaf roof access hatch, complete with spring assist hinges, integral curb and flange, insulated and weather - stripped metal cover, inside - outside handles, slam latch, lockable from inside or outside. Hatch leaves shall be able to open 90- degrees and designed to withstand the applicable wind loads or 40/20 psf external /internal loading, whichever is greater Bilco model D -50, Nystrom model RHEA, or Engineer approved equal 1 G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07720 -2 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION M 3 09 INSPECTION A. Verify that dimensions and physical and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this section. B. Verify that roof hatch installation will not disrupt other trades. Verify that the substrate is dry, clean, and free of foreign matter. Report and correct defects prior to any installation. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance. 3.10 INSTALLATION A. The installation shall conform to applicable codes and the manufacturers published or written recommendations, specifications, and published installation instructions for the type of work being performed The construction shall be coordinated with the work of other trades B. All roof openings, and roof - mounted equipment, shall be provided with a prefabricated curb unless the equipment above the roof opening is supplied with its, own curb, which extends to 8 inches or higher beyond the top of the roof insulation C. Roof hatches shall be installed over prepared openings with prefabricated curbs, and shall be fastened to roof deck in accordance with the manufacturer's printed directions. Lifting mechanisms and accessories shall be adjusted to insure proper operation. Abraded prime and finish coat surfaces shall be touched -up after completion of installation with the same type finish and the same dry-film thickness as applicable D. Dissimilar metals shall be properly isolated Thermal movement, up to 100 degrees F change, shall be accommodated without distress in assembly of fasteners E. The installer shall furnish mechanical fasteners consistent with the roof requirements. END OF SECTION 07720 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07720 -3 1 1 SECTION 07900 — JOINT SEALANTS 1 PART 1 — GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1 A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of sealant and caulking as indicated on the Plans and specified herein. Work is primarily at perimeter of hollow metal doorframes, interior and exterior, and windows, and other penetrations in outside walls of buildings. B. The required applications of sealants includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following general locations. 1. Joints between louvers, window frames, door frames, and other construction. 1 2. Masonry control joints. 3. Roof penetrations and other required sheet metal /flashing locations 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure B Section 04200 — Masonry Units. 1 C. Section 07620 — Sheet Metal, Flashing, and Trim D. Section 08100 — Steel Doors and Frames. 1 E. Section 09900 — Painting 103 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit product data. C Submit manufacturer's surface preparation and installation instructions. D Submit samples of sealant colors. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Name and addresses of manufacturers of products specified herein are as follows 1 1 Dow Corning Corporation, Midland, Michigan 2. General Electric Company, Silicone Products Division, Waterford, New York. 3 Mameco International, Cleveland, Ohio 1 4. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, Pennsylvania. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07900 -1 1 5. Sika Chemical Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey. III 6 Sonneborn Building Products Division, Contech, Minneapolis, Minnesota. 7. Tremco, Cleveland, Ohio. I 8 Woodmont Products Incorporated, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. 2.02 SEALANT SYSTEMS A. Type 1. Vertical joints one -inch or less in width I 1. Silicon rubber (nonsag) a. Silpruf Sealant: General Electric Company, Silicon Products Div., r Waterford, New York. b. 790 Building Sealant: Dow Corning Corp., Midland, Michigan. c. 864 Architectural Silicone. Pecora Corp., Harleysville, Pennsylvania. B Type 2 Interior nonmoving joints 1 1 Silicone rubber (at wet interior areas) a. 786 Mildew- Resistant Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning Corp , Midland, I Michigan b Sanitary Sealant: General Electric Company, Silicone Products Div., 1 Waterford, New York. c. Chem -calk 1200 Woodmont Products, Inc., Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Nonstaining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application B Joint cleaner Noncorrosive and nonstaining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer and compatible with joint substrates. C Joint filler Round, opened or closed -cell, foam rod, as recommended by sealant manufacturer, diameter oversized 30 percent greater than the width of joint to be filled 1 D Bond breaker Pressure - sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION 1 A. Verify that joint dimensions and physical and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this section 1 B Beginning of installation means acceptance. 1 G. \ PROJECTS \2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07900 -2 1 1 3 02 PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. 1 B Verify that joint substrates and release tapes are compatible with sealant. C. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width /depth ratios. 1 D Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths, to allow sealants to perform properly E. Where joints are more than 3/4 -inch deep, install joint filler to within 1/2 inch of surface. F Where joint is more than 1/2 -inch deep, install joint filler to within 1/4 inch of surface G Where joint is less than 1/2 -inch deep, apply bond breaker tape to bottom of joint to prevent adhesion of sealant to joint bottom H Prime or seal joint surfaces wherever recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not 1 allow primer /sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3 03 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when 1 sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. C. Tool joints: Concave. D. Joints: Free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. E. Install sealant before painting only if it is recommended as paintable by the sealant manufacturer, otherwise do all sealing after painting is completed. 3 04 CLEANING 1 A. Remove excess and spillage of compounds promptly as the work progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to the adjoining surfaces of finishes. END OF SECTION 07900 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 07900 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011\ 11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 1 SECTION 08100 — STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 — GENERAL I 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ' A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of hollow metal doors and frames, and relites, as shown on Plans. B. Work included: I 1. Standard, insulated core steel doors, standard frames, unless otherwise detailed. I 2. Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware specified in Section 08700. 3. Provide lites in doors where indicated. 1 4. All steel doors and door frames on this project are to be hot -dip galvanized and factory finished. 1 5. Certain openings require custom doors and frames, see elsewhere for details. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS I A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B Section 04200 — Masonry Units 1 C. Section 08700 — Door Hardware. D. Section 08800 — Glazing E. Section 09900 Painting. I 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 1. A653 — Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc - Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. I 2. C1363 — Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. I B. Submit product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. I C. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame I hardware and reinforcements and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. I G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08100 -1 11 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI /SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications 11 for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" as specified B Certification of label construction For components exceeding Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), furnish inspection certificate stating that components construction conforms to UL rating requirements only if Engineer is aware of such a limitation and has allowed the non - labeled unit. 1 C. Fire -Rated door Assemblies. Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire - test - response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1 Oversize Fire -Rated Door Assemblies. For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that doors conform to all standard construction requirements of tested and labeled fire -rated door assemblies except for size 2 Temperature -Rise Rating: Where required by code, provide doors that have a temperature -rise rating of 450 deg F maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. D. Single Source: Provide doors, frames, and builders hardware through one source. 11 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames in cartons or crates to provide protection during transit and 1 storage. Adequately protect factory finished paint surfaces from damage during shipment, storage, construction and installation of door hardware and accessories. B. Inspect hollow metal work for damage upon delivery and during construction. Field repair of damage(s) will not be allowed Remove and replace any damaged items as directed by the Engineer. 1 C. Store doors and frames at the building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4 -inch high wood sills or on floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. Avoid the use of non - vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4 -inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, equivalent products by the following manufacturers are acceptable. 1. Steel Doors and Frames. a. Ceco Corporation b. Curries Company c. Republic d. Steelcraft e Stiles 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 08100 -2 1 1 1 2.02 MATERIALS ' A. Steel sheets: All doors and frames shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheets conforming to the requirements of ASTM A653, G90 minimum coating thickness. B. Paint: All hollow metal doors and frames on this project shall be factory primed and field finish painted with paint as specified in Section 09900 — Painting. Factory paint and field paint shall be spray - applied to achieve a smooth and uniform finish. 2.03 METAL DOOR FABRICATION A. General. Fabricate doors in accordance with SDI 100 -1991, Grade II, Model 2 seamless design, to sizes shown, providing necessary clearances and bevels to permit operation without binding Door shall be free from warp, wave, buckle and other defects B. Door Construction: 1. Thickness: 1 -3/4 inches, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Fabricated with face sheets of 18 gauge steel. 3. Both lock edge and hinge rail edge of the door shall be continuous welded and ground smooth the full height of the door. 4. Bevel lock and hinge edges 1/8 inch in 2 inch. 5 Provide with top and bottom inverted 16 gauge steel channels welded within the door to both face sheets. 6. Reinforce, stiffen and sound deaden with self- extinguishing, non - toxic, ' polystyrene foam core completely filling inside of door and laminated to the inside faces of panels. 1 7 Closer Reinforcement Channel* 12 gauge reinforcement in doors with closers. C. Thermal Rated Assemblies: Provide door and frame assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM C1363 at exterior locations. Unless otherwise indicated, maximum apparent U factor for thermal -rated assemblies is 0.24 BTU /hr (ft deg. F. D. Preparation for Hardware: t 1. Reinforce components for hardware installation in accordance with SDI 107 2. Door shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for templates 1 for all mortise hardware listed in the hardware schedule. 3 Door shall be reinforced only for surface applied hardware such as closers, checks, escutcheons and kick plates, the drilling and tapping for which is to be done in the field by the door erector. 4 Door shall be provided with reinforcing unit as recommended by lock manufacturer. 5. Hardware Mounting Height and Door Clearances. In accordance with ANSI industry standards. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 081 00 -3 1 2 04 METAL FRAME FABRICATION 1 A. General. Pressed, double rabbeted metal frames shall be formed to shapes and sizes shown Head and jambs are to be notched, mitered, welded and finished to present a yr smooth surface for painting. B. Frames shall be fabricated from 16 gauge steel, and shall be designed with integral stop and trim. Mitered corners shall be reinforced with 18 gauge channel shaped reinforce- ments. C. Jamb Anchors: Frame anchors shall provide stiffness and rigidity to keep frames square, in accurate position without twisting, buckling or warping. 1. Provide minimum 3 anchors at jamb end of frames. 2. Wood stud construction. 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet, U- shaped type to engage stud, welded to back of frame. Loose anchors are not acceptable. 3. Concrete masonry: Adjustable galvanized "tee" anchors. Install in course mortar as work progresses. 4. Cast -in -place concrete walls: Use cabinet type frames anchored to concrete as per manufacturers printed recommendations, using expansion bolts. D. Floor Anchors. For each jamb which extends to floor, provide clip -type anchors formed of not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel sheet, welded to back of frame, with 2 holes to receive fasteners. E. Preparation for Hardware Frame shall be prepared at the factory for all hardware using templates furnished by hardware supplier. Locations of miscellaneous hardware shall conform to the recommendations for the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap for all mortise type hardware. Reinforce for surface applied hardware, the drilling and tapping for which is to be done in the field by door erector 1 All hardware cutouts shall have steel plate reinforcements with tapped holes welded to frame. Reinforcement shall include 3/16- inch butt reinforcement; 12 gauge lock strike; 12 gauge for surface applied items. 2. Provide strike stops at frames to receive metal doors with holes for three (3) rubber door silencers. On double doorframes, provide for two (2) silencers per door at head. Omit holes at frames to receive unitized weather stripping. F. Removable Spreaders: Provide removable metal spreaders for frames to prevent damage during shipment and handling. Removal of spreaders shall be possible without damage to the finished surface. G. Plaster Guards. Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame at back of finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docc 081 00-4 1 1 2 05 ACCESSORIES I A. Cement Grout: Portland Cement, sand and water; with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at seven days. I B. Bituminous Paint: Coal Tar Epoxy. Factory coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 -inch. C. Vision Frames: Vision frames shall be removal channel type with sloped moldings, 7/16 I inches wide x 1 inches high, constructed of 18 gauge galvanized rolled steel, with mitered and welded corners and counter -sunk mounting holes Fasteners shall be stainless steel and placed on the interior side of the door All fire rated vision lites and I frames are to be installed in accordance to standards set forth by NFPA 80. All fire rated vision frames shall bear the mark of Underwriters Laboratory (UL), Warnock Hersey, or approved equal, visible without removal of the frame from the door. Glazing of vision lites shall be per Section 08800. I D. Louvers: Door louvers shall be supplied and installed by the door manufacturer Louvers shall be galvanized 18 -gauge steel with 50 percent free area, and integral stainless steel I mesh insect screen, model AFDL as manufactured by Anemostat ® , or approved equal. Refer to the door and HVAC schedules on the Plans for sizes and additional requirements. 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION 1 A. General. Install steel doors, frames and accessories according to shop drawings, manufacturer's data and as specified. I B. Placing Frames: Comply with provision of SDI 105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames ", unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall I construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Install silencers. 1. In masonry construction, install at least three (3) wall anchors per jamb adjacent 1 to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. 2. At existing concrete or masonry construction, install at least three (3) completed I opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. 3. In metal stud partitions, install at least three (3) wall anchors per jamb at hinge I and strike levels. In steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 1 4. Grout all frames unless noted otherwise. Coat inside of frames with bituminous paint. 5 Install fire rated frames in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 80 1 C. Door Installation: Fit steel doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI 100. 1 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Install in accordance with requirements of NFPA 80. G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08100 -5 11 D. Install hardware in accordance with Section 08700. E. Install glazing in accordance with Section 08800. 1 3 02 PROTECTION, ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Protection. Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrapping from doors and frames. B. Remove and replace defective work, including doors which are warped, bowed, dented, buckled or otherwise unacceptable. C. Final Adjustments 1. Check and readjust operating finish hardware items just prior to final acceptance. 2. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08100 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08100 -6 1 1 1 SECTION 08700 — DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 — GENERAL I 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1 A. Work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing and delivering to the job site for fitting and installation; all finish hardware complete, in accordance with this section and applicable Plans. It is intended that the following list of hardware will cover all finish hardware to complete the project. Omissions and discrepancies shall be I brought to the Engineer's attention during the bidding period. Hardware for labeled openings shall meet U L. requirements. 1 B. Work included 1 Templates for doors and frames. I 2. All required screws, bolts, anchors, and the like, for proper fastening of each item of hardware. I 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. C. Section 08100 — Steel Doors and Frames. 1 1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. International Building Code (IBC), latest edition. 1 B. Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973. I C State Building Code Act. D Washington State Barrier -Free Regulations (WAC 51 -30). 1 E. ANSI / BHMA A156.1 through A156.24 - Product Standard for Builders Hardware. F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) [www nfpa.org]80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 1 G. National Fire Protection Associations (NFPA) 101 - Life Safety Code H. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) [www dhi.org] - Hardware for Labeled Fire Doors. 1 I. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) - Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1 J Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) - Abbreviations and Symbols. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals procedure, for general submittal requirements. 1 I G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx 08700-1 1 B Furnish five (5) typewritten hardware schedules for approval with attached cut sheets Approval of schedule shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions therein. C Submit schedule in accordance to DHI publication on "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule" and include explanation of all abbreviations, symbols and codes. D. Include cross - reference to hardware groups in the hardware schedule. Mark openings with the Engineer's numbering and indicate each door and frame. E. Indicate type, style, function, size, hand, means of fastening and manufacture for each hardware item F Quantities listed are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. Items not specifically mentioned, but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished matching in quality, finish and design those items specified for similar locations. G. Submit one (1) copy of catalog cuts for each hardware item listed in the schedule. Catalog cuts must be of good reliable quality. Highlight each cut to readily show compliance with project requirements. H Provide samples if required by the Engineer. Samples will be returned to be incorporated into the work. Furnish a complete and current set of templates to all other related material suppliers. J Keying requirements will be discussed with the owner, finalized and documented for submittal to the owner K. At the completion of the project, submit the following in accordance with Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. As -built hardware schedule, including keying information. 1 2. Operation and maintenance data as specified. 3 Warranty data as specified 1 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The "scheduled" manufacture's names and numbers shown in the hardware schedule are for the purpose of establishing quality, design and function Only approved Manufacturers and model numbers will be accepted A request for approval, in writing, indicating the "scheduled" manufacture's catalog number and "substitution" manufacture's proposed substitution catalog number must be submitted. In addition, catalog cuts, and physical samples (if requested), clearly labeled, must accompany the request for approval. All physical samples must be left with the Project Manager for whatever time that is required for his evaluation. B. Single Source: Provide doors, frames and hardware through one source. 1 C. Only recognized builders' hardware suppliers who have regularly engaged in furnishing hardware in the project vicinity for a minimum of two (5) years will be acceptable. This supplier must have in its employ a locksmith along with a Hardware Consultant currently a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants, who is available at reasonable times, during the course of the work for consultation about the projects hardware details, installation or adjustment. Suppliers without certified 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 08700-2 1 1 1 consultants may be required to furnish a letter of qualification, listing similar projects furnished, including the Architects name, date and year and the project location. 1 D Provide hardware for fire rated openings in compliance with NFPA - 80 latest edition. 1.06 DEFINITIONS 1 A. ANSI American National Standards Institute. B. BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association. I C CABO Council of American Building Officials 1 D. DHI Door and Hardware Institute. E. ICC International Code Council. 1 F. NFPA National Fire Protection Association G. UBC Uniform Building Code. 1 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Hardware shall be delivered to the project site in the manufacturer's original packaging, I with appropriate markings indicating the location in accordance with the approved hardware schedule. I B Jointly inventory the hardware upon delivery with the Contractor and or Installer. C Store all hardware in a clean, dry and secure room to prevent hardware from damage and loss. 1 108 WARRANTY I A. The following items shall have warranty in excess of Division 1 1. Door Closers. 10 years. 1 2. Mortise Locks and Latches: 5 years. 3. Exit and Fire Exit Devices: 3 years. 1 B Warranty period shall begin from the date of substantial completion. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MANUFACTURERS . I A. Materials, equipment; and accessories specified under this section shall be products of: 1. Hinges ST Stanley 2. Locksets SR Sargent I 3. 4. Cylinders SR Sargent Exit Devices V Von Duprin 5. Flush Bolts IV Ives I 6. 7 Bifold Track ST Stanley Closers N Norton I G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08700-3 1 8. Wall Stops IV Ives 9. Floor Stops IV Ives 10. Overhead Stops GJ Glynn Johnson 11. Thresholds P Pemko 12. Gasketing P Pemko 13. Kickplates /Protective Items H Hager 2.02 MATERIALS 1 A. The following products have been selected to establish a level of quality, design and function. Furnish either the designated item or the approved alternate Plans show the direction of slide, swing and hand of each door. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installations and operation. Check door and frame types to ensure all additional installation accessories are included with the specified item. B. Related items All necessary fastenings, brackets, clips, and other items necessary to 1 install the hardware items in the best manner shall be furnished in the same material and finish as the related item and shall be furnished as a part of the project. 2.03 DOOR HANDLES A. All door handles on the project shall be lever -type. If lock cylinders are called for on the Door Schedule, they shall be in the handle. 2.04 FASTENERS A. All screws shall be of matching finish to their product and shall be manufacturers standard 2.05 HINGES AND PIVOTS 1 A. Doors 1 -3/4 inch thick minimum use 4 1/2 -inch hinges. B Each door shall have three hinges. Doors 7 feet 6 inches in height, and over shall have an additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height, or fraction thereof. C Exterior doors over 3 feet 2 inches wide and /or 7 feet 6 inches high shall have heavy 1 weight hinges. Hinges shall be non - ferrous with non - removable stainless steel pins. D. Interior reverse bevel doors with lockable hardware shall have non - removable pin hinges. 1 E. Hinges shall be sized in width to clear all trim. 2.06 LOCKSETS 1 A. Locks, cylinders and trim shall be the product of one manufacturer B. Functions as shown in hardware sets. C. Provide % inch minimum latch throw for mortise locks, '/2 inch for cylindrical locks and 1 inch throw for deadbolts. D. Provide locks with standard 6 -pin cylinder. 1 G:IPROJECTS12011111108%11108 Specs.docx 08700 -4 1 1 DOOR CLOSERS 2.07 00 S RS 1 A. Door closers shall be fully adjustable type with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 2 -6 and field adjustable according to door size and frequency of use. Closer shall have adjustable back - check. 1 B Where closers are indicated to be delayed action, provide units with adjustable delay. C Where doors are indicated to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units I that comply with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force and delayed action for closing. 1 D. Provide all accessories for mounting required by door and frame types. 2.08 EXIT DEVICES 1 A. Except on fire rated doors, equip exit devices with a cylinder dogging feature to hold the push bar down and the latch bolt in the retracted position. I B. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide mortise or rim cylinder as required. C. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices with UL label 1 indicating "Fire Exit Hardware ". For doors without fire rating, provide devices listed for "Panic Hardware ". I 2.09 DOOR TRIM UNITS A. Fabricate protection plates not more than 1 inches less than door width on stop side of door and not Tess than 1 inch less than door width on pull side of door. I B. Metal plates shall be of stainless steel and 0.050 or 18 gauge I C Provide manufacturers standard exposed fasteners with through bolting on matched pairs. 2.10 FLUSH BOLTS I A. Provide manual, self - latching or automatic flushbolts where listed in hardware sets. Flushbolts for fire rated doors shall be approved and shall have U.L. label. 1 B. Provide minimum 1 /2 inch diameter rods of brass, bronze or stainless steel with a minimum 3 /4-inch throw. I C. Provide 12 -inch rods for doors less than 7 feet 0 inches. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors taller than 7 feet 0 inches. D Provide dust proof strikes at all locations except where thresholds are shown. 2.11 THRESHOLDS AND WEATHERSTRIP l A. Provide continuous weather - stripping at the edge of every exterior door leaf Provide non - corrosive fasteners as recommended by manufacturer. B. Provide thresholds with flat head sleeve anchors on all exterior doors. I G: \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08700 -5 1 C Provide PemKote anti -slip surface on all exterior thresholds. 1 2.12 SILENCERS A. All interior wood and metal doors shall have silencers, unless specified otherwise. 1 B. Three per single door and two per pair 111 2.13 KICK DOWN DOOR HOLDERS A. Provide heavy -duty cast brass or bronze construction with specified finish. 1 B Base shoe shall be round non - marring rubber with a corrugated bottom. C Base shoe shall be removable for replacement. 1 2.14 FINISHES A. The designations used in hardware sets indicate hardware finishes are to be industry 1 recognized standard commercial finishes established by BHMA. 1 Hinges 630 2. Locks 626 3. Flushbolts 626 4 Push /Pull /Kicks 630 1 5. Closers 689 6. Exit Devices 626 7. Door stops 626 215 KEYING 1 A. Keying Schedule After receipt of approved finish hardware schedule, hardware supplier 1 shall prepare a keying schedule. Keying schedule shall then be discussed with Engineer and Owner to ensure all Iocksets are functionally correct and keying fulfills desires of Owner. Copies of proposed keying schedule shall be given to Engineer and /or Owner with all corrections inserted into proposed schedule 1 B. Establish system to integrate with existing system. C. All keyed cylinders shall be subject to existing Masterkey system. The hardware supplier 1 shall be responsible for obtaining all keying information from the Owner. D. Keys shall be furnished in the following quantities: 1 0 each Grandmaster 6 each Master keys 1 3 each Change keys per cylinder 2 each Control keys 6 each Construction keys E. Construction Keying' Furnish all standard cylinder items with construction cores. 1 Following construction, the hardware shall provide permanent cores as part of this contract. The hardware supplier shall insert all permanent cylinder cores into the locks and try each permanent key for operation before turning the permanent keys over directly to the Owner. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08700 -6 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION 1 A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames ", By DHI. The local Authority having 1 jurisdiction may have specific requirements that may apply. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Whenever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or 1 into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface- mounted items 1 until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Vision Panels Mounting is custom. Panic hardware is to be mounted to clear vision panel frames. The vision panel is to be located 40 inches maximum above finish floor, governed by ADA regulations D. Set all hardware plumb and true to locations specified in the installation instructions. 1 E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in a bed of butyl- rubber sealant. F. Upon completion of installation, verify hardware has been installed in accordance with the 1 approved finish hardware schedule. Check hardware for proper placement and operation. Hardware found to be incorrectly installed or damaged, will be repaired or replaced. 1 3.02 ADJUSTMENT A. After inspection of the installation and operation by Engineer, the Contractor shall 1 readjust all items of operating hardware as required. B Wherever hardware installation is made more than four (4) weeks prior to acceptance or ' occupancy of a space or area, return to work prior to acceptance of occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of air conditioning and ventilating equipment. Hardware to be found defective shall be repaired or replaced. C Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and 1 finishes during the final adjustment period 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING 1 A. After installation, all hardware surfaces shall be cleaned on both interior and exterior of all mortar, plaster, paint and other contaminants. After being cleaned, all work shall be protected against damage. 1 3.04 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide three (3) sets of any special tools, required for installation and maintenance of hardware to Owner. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 08700 -7 1 3 05 SCHEDULE 1 A. Refer to the Door Schedule on the Plans to relate the hardware group to specific doors. 1 Mfr. Qty. Description Model No. HW 1 1 ST 8 EA HINGES FBB191 4.5 x 4.5 NRP SR 1 EA LOCKSET 10G44LL IV 1 PAIR MANUAL FLUSHBOLTS FB458 IV 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 N 1 EA DOOR CLOSER (ACTIVE LEAF) 7500 1 P 1 EA THRESHOLD 171A P 2 EA SWEEP 29326CNB P 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP S88D 20' IV 1 EA KICK DOWN HOLDER (ACTIVE LEAF) FS 452 IV 1 EA MANUAL WALL HOLDER (INACTIVE LEAF) WS 445 HW 2 ST 3 EA HINGES FBB191 4 5 x 4.5 1 SR 1 EA LOCKSET 10U15LL N 1 EA CLOSER 7500 IV 1 SET DOOR SILENCERS SR65 IV 1 EA KICK DOWN DOOR HOLDER FS 452 HW 3 1 ST 3 EA HINGES FBB191 4.5 x 4.5 NRP SR 1 EA LOCKSET 10G44LL N 1 EA CLOSER 7500 P 1 EA THRESHOLD 171A P 1 EA SWEEP 29326CNB P 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP S88D 17' IV 1 EA KICK DOWN DOOR HOLDER FS452 END OF SECTION 08700 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 08700-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 1 SECTION 09770 — SPECIAL WALL SURFACES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section includes all labor, materials, and equipment required for surface preparation and installation of fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) wainscoting as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure. B Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. C. Section 04200 — Masonry Units D Section 07900 — Joint Sealants. E. Section 09900 — Painting 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300: ' 1. Manufacture's Certification The Contractor shall submit certification that the FRP panels meet or exceed the requirements specified herein. 2. Technical Data Sheets. For each type of FRP panel specified. The technical data sheet shall at minimum provide the material name, manufacturer name, product name and number, material specification, thickness, and installation data. 1 3. Samples Submit 6 -inch square units of each type of FRP panel required in each color, texture and pattern indicated or selected. Include representative samples of installation devices and accessories. 1 4. Maintenance Instructions: Contractor shall submit Manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and general maintenance procedures of FRP panel products. 1 04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 1 A. Protect FRP panels from excessive moisture in shipment, storage and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles. B. Store materials in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Materials should not be 1 delivered and stored until all "wet work" such as concrete, plaster, painting, etc. is complete. 1 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not begin installation of FRP panels until spaces receiving the panels are enclosed and maintained at approximately the same humidity and temperature conditions as planned for occupancy. Maintain temperature and humidity as recommended by panel manufacturer. G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.dacx 09770 -1 1 1 B. The Contractor shall inspect prepared wall surfaces and make necessary field measurements prior to order of materials. Fabrication schedule should be coordinated with the construction progress to avoid delay of work. If field measurements cannot be made without delaying work, the Contractor shall guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabrication of panels. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate final wall construction dimensions with guaranteed dimensions. 1 C FRP Panels shall not be installed until the wall substrate has been finished to a level acceptable to the panel manufacturer. All walls receiving FRP panels shall be clean, dry and dust free, prior to beginning installation 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 FRP PANEL MANUFACTURERS A. FRP Panel products shall be provided by the following manufacturers or approved equal: 1 Kemlite Company, Inc. 2. Marlite. 1 3 Structoglas. 2.02 MATERIALS 1 A. Provide panels fabricated from the following materials. 1 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP). 1 B. Provide panels complying with the following requirements. 1 Thickness — Approximately 0 090 inch 1 2 Panel Size — Nominal 48 inches wide by minimum 96 inches long. C. Fabricate panels to sizes and configurations indicated. Install panels free of blisters, seams, adhesive or other foreign matter D. Colors, textures and patterns will be selected by the Owner from the manufacturer's 1 standard options. E. Provide all joint, corner, edge and cap moldings to finish all exposed edges of the panels. The owner will select color and style from the manufacturer's standard selections. F FRP panel adhesive shall be non - flammable. 1 G. Provide manufacturer's recommended fasteners appropriate for the substrate that FRP panels are being applied. H. Provide manufacturer's recommended silicone sealant for sealing joints. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09770 -2 1 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install FRP panels in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Use mounting accessories as recommended by the panel manufacturer. 1 B. Vertical surfaces and edges shall be plumb, top edges level and in alignment with other panels Scribe panels to fit adjoining work and penetrations. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints 1 C. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with snips. ' D Predrill fastener holes in panels with 1/8 -inch oversize. E. For trowel type and application of adhesive, follow adhesive manufacturer's recommendations 1 3.02 CLEANING A. Remove all dust and other foreign materials from the face of the panels with a dry brush or vacuum. Remove any excess adhesive or sealant from the panel face with a cleaner recommended by the panel manufacturer. 1 B Remove and dispose of all debris resulting from panel installation. C All poorly adhered or damaged panels shall be replaced immediately. Panels which were 1 not installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions will be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner 3.03 PROTECTION 1 A. Protect installed products and finished surfaces from damage during construction END OF SECTION 09770 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09770 -3 1 SECTION 09900 — PAINTING I PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work covered by this section includes all labor, materials, and equipment required for surface preparation and application of protective coatings as indicated on the Plans and as specified herein. 1 B. It is the intent that all new interior and exterior metal and submerged metal surfaces be painted, whether specifically mentioned or not. I C. Unless specifically indicated in the Technical Specifications, the following items shall not be painted. 1 1. Nonferrous and corrosion - resistant alloys such as copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, stainless steel, except where a. Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. I b Aluminum and stainless steel that is embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry. 1 c. Color coding of equipment is required 2. Nonmetallic materials such as glass, PVC, wood, porcelain, and plastic except as 1 required for architectural painting or color coding. 3. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such as motor control centers, I switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, acoustical tile, cabinets, elevators, louvers, wall panels, except where color coding of equipment is required 1 4. Nonsubmerged electrical conduits attached to unpainted concrete surfaces. 5. Cathodic protection anodes. '1 6 Insulated piping or insulated piping with jacket, except as required for architectural painting or color coding I 7. Moving parts of operating units such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, unless otherwise specified 8 Code required labels, such as Underwriters Laboratories, or any equipment data I plates. D Work also includes concrete resurfacing and installation of an epoxy- modified mortar and I modified polymine epoxy protective coating system within the Euclid Lift Station wet well and on the Primary Clarifier effluent launders and walls. A qualified and experienced coating applicator will be required, as specified in this section. 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -1 1 1 C. Section 08100 —Steel Doors and Frames. D Division 15 — Mechanical. 1 103 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. B Manufacturer's Certification. Contractor shall submit certification that states that the factory applied coating system meets or exceeds the requirements specified herein C Technical Data Sheets: For each paint system used herein, Contractor shall submit a technical data sheet from each paint manufacturer and paint colors available for each product used in the paint system The technical data sheet shall at minimum provide the paint material name, manufacturer name, product name and number, material specification, minimum coats of coverage and thickness. 1 D. Contractor Qualifications: Submit coating applicator name and qualifications, including references and manufacturer's certification as applicable and specified in this section 1 E. Maintenance Instructions. Contractor shall submit Manufacturer's instructions for procedures and products required for re- coating of finish coat. Submit maintenance data in accordance with Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1 04 QUALITY ASSURRANCE A. Contractor Qualifications. All painting specified in this section shall be accomplished by an 1 applicator qualified in the field of protective coatings for a water and wastewater systems, with a minimum of 5 years of experience, including specific experience in application of the specified product systems. The contractor shall maintain qualified personnel who have received training by the manufacturer or manufacturer's representative and shall be certified or licensed by the coating materials manufacturer as a qualified applicator. 1.05 GUARANTEE 1 A. The Contractor shall provide a Manufacturer's guarantee as specified in the General Conditions for all labor, materials, and equipment required herein 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new, and unopened packages and 1 containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. 1 Provide labels on each container with the following information. 1 a. Name or title of material. b Federal Specification number, if applicable. c. Manufacturer's stock number. d. Manufacturer's name. e. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -2 1 f. Thinning instructions. ' g Application instructions. B Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials 1 and residue. 1 07 JOB CONDITIONS 1 A. Do not apply paint when conditions are such that dust, dirt, or other deleterious substances which may impair the quality of coats or the finish are present or will be present before the coating is fully dry. 1 B Comply with manufacturer's recommended limitations for ambient and surface temperature and humidity. No painting is to be done when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent. C Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for minimum and maximum times between applications. 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 01 PAINT AND COATING SUPPLIERS A. Specifications for paint of this section are based on products of the Tnemec Coatings, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri. Equivalent products are acceptable only with Engineer's 1 approval. B. Paint finish coats shall be by the same Manufacturer of the prime coat and shall be 1 compatible Contractor shall be responsible for verifying compatibility with shop coating system used by manufacturers of Owner furnished equipment. 2.02 COLOR REQUIREMENTS 1 A. All equipment shall be painted with the color as approved by the Engineer All non - submerged portions of equipment shall be painted the same color as the process piping it e serves, except as follows dangerous parts of equipment and machinery shall be OSHA Orange, fire protection equipment and apparatus shall be OSHA Red, and physical hazards in normal operating areas shall be OSHA Yellow ' B. Each coat of paint shall be darker than the preceding coat such that the finish coat is the darkest coat. C. Colors shall be formulated with colorants free of lead and lead compounds. D. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment with an integral colored gel coat shall not require painting, provided the color is approved by the Engineer. 1 E. Colors shall be selected from "deep" pigments 2.03 PAINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. All colors will be selected by the Engineer based on the color charts and samples submitted by the Contractor Refer to Section 15047 for color coding of piping. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -3 1 B. The Contractor will be re required to prepare and paint the following areas of construction. 1 q P P 1 All piping, valves, and fittings (except stainless steel) 1 2 All hollow metal doors and frames (unless otherwise noted) 3. Any miscellaneous metal work which is not galvanized, aluminum or stainless steel, including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and valve supports, and equipment stands and supports C The following types of paints in the schedule below, as manufactured by Tnemec 1 Coatings, Inc., have been used as a basis for the paint schedule: PAINTING SCHEDULE 1 LOCATION ITEM TYPE OF COATING PRODUCT SYSTEM Pump Building and Filter Pipe D I., steel, and PVC High Dispersion ENDURATONE, Series 1028, 1 Gallery Interior pipe, fittings, and Pure Acrylic Polymer Including OMNITHANE , Series valves 1 primer Pump Building Interior and Metal doors and Polyfunctional UVX, Series 750, Including F C. 1 Exterior frames Hybrid Urethane TYPDXY Series 27 primer D. For all product systems in the above schedule, primer shall be provided that is 1 appropriate for the substrate and compatible with the specified finish coat. If substrate conditions are not appropriate for the primer specified, the manufacturers recommended primer and /or ty -coat shall be provided. The manufacturers recommended (suggested) 1 dry film thickness shall be provided for all product systems. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION 1 A. All work performed under this section shall be carefully inspected by the Contractor and Engineer for rejections or flaws to be corrected, and for proper compliance with Plans and Specifications Owner furnished equipment shall be inspected by Contractor for compliance with this specification If surface damage to paint system occurs prior to I delivery, and if the Engineer determines that the damage cannot be repaired at the job site, the equipment will be returned to the factory for repair and returned to the job site at no cost to the Owner B Visual Inspection The paint system will be visually inspected by the Engineer and /or 1 Contractor. Show - through of substrate or previous coating will be grounds for rejection C. Testing. Dry Film Thickness (DFT) in mils on steel and galvanized substrates will be I measured with a calibrated magnetic non - destructive testing apparatus D. Coverage rates for concrete and masonry surfaces will be determined by a count of 1 empty containers Remove or permanently deface labels of empty containers after counting by the Engineer Remove empty, counted containers from the job site. E. All pipe testing shall be done prior to any finish painting. 1 F Leak tests and all functional tests shall be completed prior to painting unless permitted otherwise by the Engineer 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 4 I 1 G. Starting of painting work will be construed as the installer's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions within any particular area. 1 H. Prefinished items: 1 Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory finishing or 1 installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) toilet accessories, partitions, lab equipment, cabinetwork, acoustical materials, and acoustical ceilings. 1 2 For factory finished items that require additional field painting see painting schedule, Paragraph 2.03 Finished metal surfaces. Metal surfaces of aluminum louvers and similar finished materials will not require painting except as otherwise indicated. J. Remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machine surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish - painted, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating operations. Remove, if necessary, for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall the removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved. ' 3 02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate 1 condition B Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1 C. Test previously painted or primed surfaces for compatibility with painting systems. D. Masking. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect surfaces or hardware not specified or intended to be painted or blasted, or surfaces which have received the finish coat. E. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying coating or surface treatments Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that 1 contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly coated surfaces F. Metal Surface Preparation: All workmanship for metal surface preparation shall be in conformance with the current Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specifications as listed in Table 09900 -1. All oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants shall be removed prior to blast cleaning All surfaces shall be cleaned of all dust and residual particles of the blast cleaning operations prior to painting. Surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted shall be re- blasted. 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -5 1 1 Table 09900 -1. SSPC Specification Numbers Solvent Cleaning SP 1 1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP 2 Power Tool Cleaning SP 3 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 5 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 6 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning SP 7 Pickling SP 8 Near -White Blast Cleaning SP 10 G Plastic Surface Preparation All plastic surfaces to be coated shall be hand sanded to provide tooth for the coating system Larger areas may be power sanded or brush -off blasted, provided sufficient controls are employed so that the surface is roughened without removing excess material Wash sanded surfaces with detergent and rinse. H Concrete and Masonry Preparation 1. Prepare surfaces of concrete and masonry to be painted by removing all efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, through etching, wire brushing, fiber brushing, stoning or scraping to remove glaze. 2. Determine the alkalinity and moisture content of the surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests Do not paint over surfaces where the alkalinity or moisture content exceeds that permitted in the manufacturer's printed directions. Previously primed or painted surfaces Sand lightly to remove gloss then wash with detergent and rinse J Wood Preparation: 1 1 Touch up knots, pitch streaks and sappy spots with shellac where finish calls for interior enamel or paint. Sand all surfaces smooth and wipe clean before applying specified primer Putty or spackle holes, splits, and scratches smooth after primer application 2. Staining Clean soiled surfaces, sand smooth and even and vacuum clean where finish calls for stain. Putty all nail holes, cracks, and the like with colored putty matching that of finish, after first coat has been applied. Bring putty flush with adjoining surfaces in neat, workmanlike manner After "setting ", wipe wood - paste filler across open grain wood Wipe with grain and obtain clean surface 3 Back prime interior and exterior trim before installation with wood prime paint. K. Gypsum Wallboard Preparation Fill narrow, shallow cracks and small holes with 1 spackling compound Rake deep wide racks and deep holes Dampen with clear water. Fill with thin layers of drywall joint compound Allow to dry. Sand smooth. Do not raise 111 nap of paper. L. Protection from sandblasting Thoroughly mask and protect from dust all mechanical and electrical equipment in vicinity of sandblasting. Repair all painted surfaces and equipment damaged by sandblasting G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -6 1 1 M. Non - ferrous metals shall not be painted, except where directed or called for. 1 N Hot -dip galvanized items shall not be painted (except hollow metal doors and frames) except where directed or called for See elsewhere in these specifications for special treatment of hollow metal doors and frames. 1 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: 1 Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied Do not exceed 1 manufacturer's recommended coverage per gallon 2. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through I the finish coating, until the paint film is of uniform finish color and appearance 3 Apply paint to surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Coat surfaces behind permanently -fixed equipment or 1 furniture with prime coat and base coat only. 4. See elsewhere in these specifications for special requirements and treatment of ' hollow metal doors and frames B. Back priming Ungalvanized structural steel, miscellaneous steel and iron work shall be back - primed prior to erection Galvanized steel surfaces need not be back primed or ' painted All ungalvanized metal brackets, angles, mechanical equipment mounting plates and miscellaneous devices mounted against concrete or masonry surfaces shall be back primed before installing 1 C Factory finished items (including factory primer). Including some OWNER furnished equipment. See special conditions for hollow metal. ' 1 The CONTRACTOR shall repair or have repaired all surface damage to factory finished items. The ENGINEER shall determine if damage can be repaired at job site or if item is to be returned to the factory Any coating done shall be equal to I the original coating in every way and compatible with the shop coats 2 Where additional coats of paint are required, the factory applied primer shall be from the paint system selected, or be compatible with it. This finish coat will be field applied Coordinate this work with equipment manufacturers Colors will be selected by the ENGINEER D Coating inspection Each coat of material shall be inspected and approved by the ENGINEER before applying succeeding coats, otherwise no credit for coat applied will be given, and CONTRACTOR assumes recoat responsibilities. 1 3 04 CLEANUP A. Cleanup During the progress of the work, remove from the project daily all discarded coating materials, rubbish, cans and rags B. Cleaning: Upon completion of painting work, clean all window glass and other spattered surfaces. Clean by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. G \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -7 1 C Corrected Work: Correct any damages by cleaning, repairing, or replacing and painting 1 as directed by the Engineer Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly - coated finishes. Remove temporary protection wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. 1 D Repair of Defective Work: Where any painted surface exhibits rust through its finished coat, all layers of primer and paint shall be removed down to the bare metal. The metal surface shall be prepared again to receive a completely new paint system. The new system shall be the same as the one removed or as selected by the Engineer END OF SECTION 09900 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 09900 -8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 1 1 SECTION 10400 — IDENTIFICATION DEVICES PART 1 — GENERAL I 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for the installation of all signage as shown on the Plans and specified herein I B. Work included 1 OSHA compliant signage. 1 2. Maintenance tags. 3 Adhesive and stainless steel screws for attachment. 1 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure 1 B. Section 09900 — Painting C Division 15 — Mechanical. I D. Division 16 — Electrical. 1 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). B ANSI A117 1 C Washington State Accessibility Design (WAC 51 -30) I 104 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements. I B Submit product data for each type of sign specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles and finishes. I C Submit shop drawings listing sign styles, lettering and locations, message list, overall dimensions of each sign and installation details. 1 D. Samples: Provide the following samples of each sign component for initial selection for color, pattern and surface texture as required and for verification of compliance with the specifications: I 1 One (1) sample of porcelain enamel 10 -inch x 14 -inch sign of type, style and color specified, including method of attachment. The approved sample sign may be 1 incorporated into the project work. E. Submit a minimum of three references showing comparable products for projects ' completed by the manufacturer within the last five years. I G. \PROJECTS12011\11108 \11108 Specs.docx 10400 -1 1 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar to those indicated for this project, with a record of successful in- service performance, and sufficient production capacity to produce sign units required without causing delay in the work. B. Single- Source Responsibility For each separate sign type required, obtain signs from 1 one source of a single manufacturer 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 A. Package signs separately, or in like groups of names, labeled as to names enclosed. Include installation template, hardware and /or adhesive specified for installation 1 07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the specifications, equivalent products by the following ' manufacturers are acceptable 1. Brady Worldwide, Inc., 6555 W. Good Hope Rd, Milwaukee, WI 53223; Phone 1 (800) 250 -3082, Fax: (800) 292 -2289, www.bradyid.com. 2. Northwest Safety Signs, Inc., 3857 -A Hannegan Road, Bellingham, WA 98226; Phone. (877) 676 -6272, www.safetysignsinc.com. 3 Seton Identification Products, 20 Thompson Rd., Branford, CT 06405, Phone. (800) 571 -2596, Fax: (800) 345 -7819; www.seton.com. 2 02 SAFETY SIGNS AND MAINTENANCE TAGS A. General 1 1. Equipment installation is not complete until Contractor has provided and installed all required OSHA safety labeling signs and tags B. Signs. 1 All signs shall be porcelain enamel coated and have rounded or blunt corners, 1 free of sharp edges, burns, splinters or other sharp projections. Ends of fastening devices shall be located in such a way that they do not constitute a hazard. 2. Material 0 04 inch thick aluminum 3. Porcelain Coating: Coating shall be low gloss, smooth texture with a minimum thickness of 0 0025 inches for each coat. Apply first coat to all surfaces. Apply second coat to face following installation of name /graphics. 4. Names /Graphics. silkscreened. 1 G: \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docx 10400 -2 1 1 5 Sign Size. All signs shall be 10 inches x 14 inches. 1 C Maintenance Tags: 1. Maintenance tags shall be plastic, reusable and meet OSHA construction standards 2. Colors: per OSHA requirements. 1 3 Tag Size All tags shall be 4 inches x 7 inches. D. Safety Sign and Maintenance Tag Schedule SIGN & MAINTENANCE TAG SCHEDULE Description Location(s) Quantity 1 Signs DANGER ' This Equipment Starts and Pump and /or equipment frame 4 Stops Automatically NOTICE Exterior of doors 3 Authorized Personnel Only EXIT Interior wall above exterior doors 3 ' Maintenance Tags DANGER N/A 4 Do Not Operate 1 OUT OF ORDER N/A 4 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation areas to insure that proper conditions exist for timely completion of 1 installation. 3.02 PREPARATION 1 A. Mounting locations should be painted, smooth and free of all dirt, dust, grease, etc. 3 03 INSTALLATION 1 A. General Locate signs as indication in the sign schedule and on the Plans, in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions 1 B. Wall- Mounted Signs. Attach sign panel to wall surface that is smooth and non - porous with stainless steel fasteners appropriate for the substrate attached to ' C. Door - Mounted Signs: Attach sign panel to door surface with manufacturers recommended adhesive and /or double -sided adhesive tape. D Signs called out to be mounted in locations other than walls and doors, such as railings, piping, or equipment, shall be attached with appropriate stainless steel brackets and /or G: \PROJECTS12011 \11108 \11108 Specs.docc 10400 -3 1 fasteners, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and OSHA 1 standards. 3 04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING 1 A. Protect signs from damage during construction and until final acceptance by the Owner. B Clean and remove soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions 1 END OF SECTION 10400 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G. \PROJECTS\2011 \11108 \11108 Specs docx 10400 -4 1 • Client#: 88662 POWCONTR • ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDDIYYYY) 09/09/2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: PayneWest Insurance, Inc. PHONE _ FAX (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 7903 E Broadway E-MAIL ADDRESS: Spokane, WA 99212 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL # 509 535 -9178 INSURERA Ntl Fire Ins Co of Hartford -AXV 20478 INSURED INSURER B Continental Casualty Co -AXV 20443 Pipe of Washington, Inc. dba A Casualty Co of Reading-AXV 20427 INSURER C y g' POW Contracting P. O. Box 4772 INSURER D Pasco, WA 99302 -4772 INSURER E INSURER F . COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM /DDIYYYY) (MM /DDYYY) A GENERAL LIABILITY X X 5086405638 08/24/2013 08/24/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Ea o occurrence) $1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 X PD Ded:1,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 7 POLICY X PRO LOC $. JECT C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X X 5086405655 08/24/2013 08/24/2014 {Ee acBcdeDntj INGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON -OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS (Per accident) X 0- Deductible $ B X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR X X 5086405641 08/24/2013 08/24/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED X RETENTION $10000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION 5086405638 08/24/2013 08/24/2014 WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY TORY LIMITS FR Y/ N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER /EXECUTIVE WA Stop Gap E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N / A (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Installation 5086405638 08/24/2013 08/24/2014 Loc Limit $500,000 Floater In Transit $50,000 $1,000 Deductible Temp Loc - $50,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) RE: Naches River Water Treatment Plant, Filter Backwash Lagoon Improvements, DWSRF Project No: DM11 -952 038, City Project No: 2259, HLA Project No: 11108C The City of Yakima, Huibregtse,Louman Associates Inc, and their respective officers, directors, agents and employees are additional insureds per policy forms with primary and non - contributory wording. Waiver of subrogation and per project aggregate per policy forms. 30 Day Notice of Cancellation. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Yakima SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE ty THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 129 North Second Street ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Yakima, WA 98901 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S961372/M961362 Al C This page has been left blank intentionally CNA G (Ed. 10/10) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. 'BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - WITH PRODUCTS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE (OPTIONAL) Name of Additional Insured Persons Or Organizations (As required by °written contract" per Paragraph A. below.) Locations of Covered Operations (As per the °written contract,' provided the location is within the °coverage territory'. of this Coverage Part.) A. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include 2. We will not provide the additional insured any as an additional insured: broader coverage or any higher limit of insurance o 1. Any person or organization whom you are than the least that is: O required by °written contract to add as an a. Required by the °written contracr; additional insured on this Coverage Part; and b. Described in B.1. above; or 2. The particular person or organization, if any, scheduled above. c. Afforded to you under this policy. B. The insurance provided to the additional insured is 3. This insurance is excess of all other insurance available to the additional insured whether on a limited as follows: primary, excess, contingent or any other basis. 1. The person or organization is an additional But if required by the °written contract,' this insured only with respect to liability for 'bodily insurance will be primary and non - contributory injury,° 'property damage,' or 'personal and relative to insurance on which the additional advertising injury° caused in whole or in part by: insured is a Named Insured. a. Your acts or omissions; or 4. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to °bodily injury," "properly b. The acts or omissions of those acting on your damage,' or 'personal and advertising injury behalf arising out of: Main amm in the performance of your ongoing operations a. The rendering of, or the failure to render, any specified in the °written contract"; or professional architectural, engineering, or c. 'Your work' that is specified in the "written surveying services, including: contract° but only for 'bodily injury° or (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to 'property damage° included in the 'products- prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, completed operations hazard," and only if: opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, (1) The 'written contract° requires you to change orders or drawings and provide the additional insured such specifications; and coverage; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or (2) This Coverage Part provides such engineering activities; or coverage. G - 140331 - Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 1 of 2 (Ed. 10 /10) • G- 140331 -C (Ed. 10/10) b. Any premises or work for which the additional We have no duty to defend or indemnify an insured is specifically listed as an additional additional insured under this endorsement until we insured on another endorsement attached to receive from the additional insured written notice This Coverage Part. of a claim or 'suit.' C. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. With respect only to the insurance provided by this CONDITIONS is amended as follows: endorsement, the first sentence of Paragraph 4.a. 1. The Duties In The Event of Occurrence, of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and Offense, Claim or Suit condition is amended to replaced with the following: add the following additional conditions applicable 4. Other Insurance to the additional insured: a. Primary Insurance An additional insured under this endorsement will This insurance is primary and nov- as soon as practicable: contributory except when rendered (1) Give us written notice of an 'occurrence' or excess by endorsement G- 140331 -C, or an offense which may result in a claim or when Paragraph b. below applies. 'suit° under this insurance, and of any claim D. Only for the purpose of the insurance provided by this or 'suit' that does result; endorsement, SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is (2) Except as provided in Paragraph B.3 of this amended to add the following definition: endorsement, agree to make available any 'Written contract' means a written contract or written other insurance the additional insured has for agreement that requires t th a loss we cover under this Coverage Part; e9 you to make a person or organization an additional insured on this Coverage I. (3) Send us copies of all legal papers received, Part, provided the contract or agreement: and otherwise cooperate with us in the 1 • Is currently in effect or becomes effective during investigation, defense, or settlement of the claim or 'suit'; and the term of this policy; and (4) Tender the defense and indemnity of any 2. Was executed prior to: claim or 'suit' to any other insurer or self a. The 'bodily injury" or 'property damage"; or insurer whose policy or program applies to a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. But b The offense that caused the 'personal and if the 'written contract' requires this insurance advertising injury' to be primary and non - contributory, this for which the additional insured seeks coverage provision (4) does not apply to insurance on under this Coverage Part. which the additional insured is a Named Insured. • G- 140331 -C Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 2 of 2 (Ed. 1 0110) G- 18652 -J ��A (Ed. 07/12) CONTRACTORS' GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART as follows. The changes this endorsement makes do not apply with respect to any coverage that has been excluded or amended by another endorsement attached to this policy. SCHEDULE Coverage is summarized below. For particulars and limitations affecting each coverage, please refer to the corresponding policy provisions in the body of this endorsement. 1. Additional Insureds Seven additional Insured extensions. 2. Bodily Injury — Expanded Definition 3. Broad Knowledge of Occurrence/ Notice of Occurrence 4. Broad Named Insured 5. Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To "Your Product" And "Your Work" Limit: $100,000. 6. Contractual Liability — Railroads Expanded definition of "insured contract.° 7. Contractual Liability For Personal And Advertising Injury 8. Electronic Data Liability Loss of Electronic Data Limit: $100,000. 9. Expanded Personal And Advertising Injury - Discrimination Or Humiliation 10. Expected Or Intended Injury Reasonable force — °bodily injury" or "property damage." 11. General Aggregate Limits Of Insurance - Per Project 12. In Rem Actions 13. Incidental Health Care Malpractice Coverage § 14. Joint Ventures/Partnership/Limited Liability Companies Coverage for your interest in such terminated or ended organizations. 15. Legal Liability /Alienated Premises/Borrowed Equipment Coverage Extended perils. Default limit increased to $500,000 for Damage to Premises Rented To You. $25,000 limit for "property damage" to borrowed tools or equipment at a jobsite. 3 16. Liberalization Clause 17. Liquor Liability Coverage Extension 18. Medical Payments Limits increased to $15,000. Reporting increased to three years from the date of accident. 19. Non -owned Aircraft Coverage 20. Non -owned Watercraft increased to 75 feet. 21. Primary And Non - Contributory To Other Insurance 22. Property Damage - Elevators • MEM 23. Supplementary Payments Cost of bail bonds increased to $5,000. Daily loss of earnings increased to $1,000. 24. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 25. Waiver of Subrogation - Blanket Waiver of subrogation where required by written contract or written agreement. 26. Wrap -Up Extension G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 1 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) . I 1. ADDITIONAL INSURED not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires. SECTION 1I — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an insured any person or organization D. Lessor - Land (called additional insured) described in paragraphs A. An owner or other interest from whom land has through G. below whom you are required to add as an been leased by you but only with respect to additional insured on this policy under a written liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance contract or written agreement, provided the written or use of that specific part of the land leased to contract or written agreement: you and subject to the following additional 1 Is currently in effect or becomes effective exclusions: during the term of this policy; and This insurance does not apply to: 11. Was executed prior to the 'bodily injury," 1. Any "occurrence'' which takes place after you 'property damage" or °personal injury and cease to lease that land; or advertising injury' for which the additional insured seeks coverage. 2. Structural alterations, new construction or provide the additional demolition operations performed by or on However, we will not p behalf of such additional insured. insured any broader coverage or any higher limit of insurance than the least that is. E. Lessor - Premises a. The maximum permitted by law; A manager or lessor of premises but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, b. Required in the written contract or written maintenance or use of that specific part of the agreement; premises leased to you and subject to the c. Afforded to you under this policy; or following additional exclusions: d. Described in the applicable paragraphs A. This insurance does not apply to: through G. below. 1. Any 'occurrence" which takes place after you . A. Controlling Interest cease to be a tenant in that premises; or Any persons or organizations with a controlling 2. Structural alterations, new construction or interest in you but only with respect to their liability demolition operations performed by or on arising out of: behalf of such additional insured. 1. Their financial control of you; or F. Mortgagee, Assignee or Receiver 2. Premises they own, maintain or control while A mortgagee, assignee or receiver but only with you lease or occupy these premises. respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee, or receiver and arising out of the ownership, This insurance does not apply to structural maintenance, or use of a premises by you. alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for such additional This insurance does not apply to structural insured. alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or for such additional B. Co -owner of Insured Premises insured. A co -owner of a premises co -owned by you and G. State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision covered under this insurance but only with respect or Political Subdivisions to the co- owner's liability as co -owner of such premises. A state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision subject, to the following C. Lessor - Equipment provisions: 1. Any person or organization from whom you 1. This insurance applies only with respect to the lease equipment, but only with respect to following hazards for which the state or liability for "bodily injury,° "property damage" governmental agency or subdivision or or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in political subdivision has issued a permit or whole or in part, by your maintenance, authorization in connection with premises you operation or use of equipment leased to you own, rent, or control and to which this by such person or organization. insurance applies: 2. With respect to the insurance afforded to a. The existence, maintenance, repair, these additional insureds, this insurance does construction, erection, or removal of G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 2 of 11 Copyright, CNA Ali Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) advertising signs, awnings, canopies, (3) An executive officer or the employee cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, designated by you to give such notice, if you manholes, marquees, hoistaway are a corporation; or openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, (4) A manager, if you are a limited liability or decorations and similar exposures; or company. b. The construction, erection, or removal of B. NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE elevators; or Your rights under this Coverage Part will not be c. The ownership, maintenance or use of prejudiced If you fail to give us notice of an any elevators covered by this insurance. "occurrence," offense, claim or "suit" and that 2. This insurance applies only with respect to failure is solely due to your reasonable belief that operations performed by you or on your behalf the "bodily Injury° or "property damage" is not for which the state or governmental agency or covered under this Coverage Part. However, you subdivision or political subdivision has issued shall give written notice of this °occurrence,' a permit or authorization. offense, claim or "suit" to us as soon as you are aware that this insurance may apply to such 3. This insurance does not apply to: °occurrence," offense claim or "suit." a. 'Bodily injury," "property damage" or 4 BROAD NAMED INSURED personal and advertising injury° arising out of operations performed for the A. Any subsidiary or affiliate organization, other than federal government, state or municipality; a partnership, joint venture or limited liability or company, in which a Named Insured specifically 'Bodily injury' control, directly or through one or more subsidiary " or "property damage" shown in the Declarations has management b. "Bo incl within the 'products-completed perma " operations hazard." organizations, at the time of loss will qualify as a o P Named Insured but only if there is no other similar A govemmental permit which requires you to add insurance available to such organization, nor i the governmental entity as an additional insured similar insurance which would be available but for exhaustion of its limits. For the purpose of this 1 will trigger this Provision 1. as if the permit were a 0 written contract. provision, similar insurance means general liability or equivalent insurance, no matter whether its 2. BODILY INJURY – EXPANDED DEFINITION coverage is broader or narrower than that provided by this Insurance. But if the only other SECTION V – DEFINITIONS, the definition of "bodily similar insurance is for a "consolidated (wrap -up) N injury" is changed to read: program," then a subsidiary that qualifies as a 2 ° Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease Named Insured on such project - specific insurance sustained by a person, including death, humiliation, can still qualify as a Named Insured on this § shock, mental anguish or mental injury by that person insurance, but not for projects covered by the at any time which results as a consequence of the "consolidated (wrap -up) program.' bodily injury, sickness or disease. . [Please see Item 26.C. of this endorsement for the a 3. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCC NOTICE definition of "consolidated (wrap -up) program."] OF OCCURRENCE . B. This endorsement does not apply to any Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, organization for which coverage is excluded by Offense, Claim or Suit of SECTION IV – another endorsement attached to this policy. = COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is — amended to add the following provisions C. Only for the purpose of this endorsement: A. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE 1. Management control means: You must give us or our authorized representative a. Ownership interest representing more = notice of an 'occurrence," offense, claim, or "suit" than 50% of the voting, appointment, or only when the "occurrence," offense, claim or designation power for the subsidiary "suit° is known to: organization's governing body; or "— (1) You, if you are an individual; b. Having the right, pursuant to a written contract, or pursuant to the by -laws, (2) A partner, if you are a partnership; charter, operating agreement, or similar document of a specifically shown Named Insured or controlled subsidiary G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 3 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) organization to select, appoint, or (a) Fire; designate a majority of the subsidiary (b) Smoke; organization's governing body. Such contract or document must have been (c) Collapse; or created prior to the time of Toss; or (d) Explosion. c. Having the right, pursuant to a written trust agreement, to protect, control the B. The following paragraph is added to SECTION III use of, encumber or transfer and sell — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: property held by a trust. Subject to 5. above, $100,000 is the most we will 2. Governing body means the Board of Directors pay under Coverage A for the sum of damages of a corporation. arising out of any one 'occurrence° because of "property damage" to "your product° and "your 3. Loss means: work" that is caused by fire, smoke, collapse or a. The occurring of the "bodily injury" or explosion and is included within the °product - "property damage"; or completed operations hazard." This sublimit does not apply to "property damage" to "your work° if b. The committing of the offense that caused the damaged work or the work out of which the the "personal and advertising injury." damage arises was performed on your behalf by a D. The insurance provided by this policy applies to subcontractor, Named Insureds when trading under their own C. This Provision 5. Broadened Liability Coverage names, or under such trading names or doing- For Damage To Your Product" And "Your business as (DBA) names as any should choose Work" does not apply if an endorsement of the to employ. same name is to this policy. 5. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR 6. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS DAMAGE TO "YOUR PRODUCT" AND "YOUR WORK" With respect to operations performed within 50 feet of railroad property, the definition of Insured contract' in A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is replaced by the INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, following: Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete insured Contract° means: exclusions k. and I. and replace them with the following: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that [This insurance does not apply to:] portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for k. Damage to Your Product damage by fire to premises while rented to you or "Property damage° to "your product" arising temporarily occupied by you with permission of out of it, or any part of it except when caused the owner is not an "insured contract "; by or resulting from: b. A sidetrack agreement; (1) Fire; c. Any easement or license agreement; (2) Smoke; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to (3) Collapse; or indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; (4) Explosion. e. An elevator maintenance agreement; I. Damage to Your Work 1. That part of any other contract or agreement °Property damage° to your work" arising out of it, pertaining to your business (including an or any part of it and included in the 'products- indemnification of a municipality in connection with completed operations hazard." work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay This exclusion does not apply: for "bodily injury' or "property damage" to a third (1) If the damaged work or the work out of person or organization. Tort liability means a which the damage arises was performed liability that would be imposed by law In the on your behalf by a subcontractor; or absence of any contract or agreement. (2) If the cause of foss to the damaged work Paragraph f. does not include that part of any arises as a result of: contract or agreement: G-18652-J (Ed. 07/12) Page 4 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or °Electronic data means information, facts or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to or from computer software (a) Preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, (including systems and applications software), opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, hard or floppy disks, CD -ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing devices or any other media change orders or drawings and which are used with electronically controlled specifications; or equipment. (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing D. For the purposes of the coverage provided by this to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage; endorsement, the definition of 'property damage in SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is replaced by the (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, following: engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an 17. Property damage" means: injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional a. Physical injury to tangible property, services, including those listed in (1) above including all resulting loss of use of that and supervisory, inspection, architectural or property. All such loss of use shall be engineering activities. deemed to occur at the time of the 7. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL AND physical injury that caused it; ADVERTISING INJURY b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not Under SECTION I — COVERAGE B — PERSONAL physically injured. All such loss of use deemed to occur at the time of AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY, Paragraph 2. shall Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion e. the ''occurrence" urrence` that caused it; or Contractual Liability. c. Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, This provision 7. does not apply to any person or corruption Inability of, inability ma n to access, or i organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional Inability to properly manipulate `electronic or g q data," resulting from physical injury to insured on this Coverage Part. tangible property All such loss of 8. ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY °electronic data" shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence that A. Under SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A — BODILY caused It, INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion p. For the purposes of this insurance, "electronic s Electronic Data and replace it with the following: data" is not tangible property. [This insurance does not apply to:1 E. If Electronic Data Liability, is provided at a higher limit by another endorsement attached to this p. Electronic Data policy, then the $100,000 limit provided by this Damages arising out of the l oss o f, loss of use of, Provision 8. Electronic Data Liability is part of, N damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or and not in addition to, that higher limit. I inability to manipulate °electronic data" that does 9. EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING G not result from physical injury to tangible property. INJURY - DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION However, this exclusion does not apply to liability A. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended to add for damages because of "bodily injury." the following to the definition of "Personal and B. The following paragraph is added to SECTION III advertising injury": — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in Subject to 5. above, $100,000 Is the most we will injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural pay under Coverage A for all damages arising out person, but only if such discrimination or of any one "occurrence" because of "property humiliation is: damage" that results from physical injury to (1) Not done intentionally by or at the tangible property and arises out of "electronic direction of: = .-..--- data." =,.. (a) The insured; or -`� C. The following definition is added to the SECTION V — DEFINITIONS: (b) Any "executive officer,' director, =—=- stockholder, partner, member or G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 5 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) manager (if you are a limited liability "property damage" included in the company) of the insured; and "products- completed operations hazard "; (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the and employment, prospective employment, 2. All medical expenses under Coverage C, past employment or termination of employment of any person or persons by that arise from "occurrences" or accidents any insured. which can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at that construction project. B. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE B — PERSONAL Such payments shall not reduce the AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY, General Aggregate Limit shown in the Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to add the Declarations, nor the Construction Project following additional exclusions: Aggregate Limit of any other construction [This insurance does not apply to:] project. Discrimination Relating To Room, Dwelling B. All: or Premises 1. Damages under Coverage B, regardless of "Personal or advertising injury" caused by the number of locations or construction discrimination directly or indirectly related to projects involved; the sale, rental, lease or sub -lease or 2. Damages under Coverage A, caused by prospective sale, rental, lease or sub -lease of "occurrences" which cannot be attributed any room, dwelling or premises by or at the solely to ongoing operations at a single direction of any insured. construction project, except damages Fines Or Penalties because of "bodily injury" or "property damage included in the products - completed Fines or penalties levied or imposed by a operations hazard "; and governmental entity because of 3. Medical expenses under Coverage C caused discrimination. by accidents which cannot be attributed solely This provision 9. does not apply to any person or to ongoing operations at a single construction organization who otherwise qualifies as an project, additional insured on this Coverage Part. will reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in 10. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY the Declarations. Under SECTION l — COVERAGE A — BODILY C. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, Occurrence, for Damage To Premises Rented To Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete You and for Medical Expense continue to apply, exclusion a. Expected or Intended Injury and but will be subject to either the Construction replace it with the following: Project Aggregate Limit or the General Aggregate Limit, depending on whether the "occurrence" can [This insurance does not apply to:] be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a a. Expected or Intended Injury particular construction project. "Bodily injury" or 'property damage" expected D. When coverage for liability arising out of the or intended from the standpoint of the insured. 'products- completed operations hazard" is This exclusion does not apply to "bodily provided, any payments for damages because of injury" or "property damage" resulting from the "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in use of reasonable force to protect persons or the "products - completed operations hazard," property. regardless of the number of locations involved will reduce the Products- Completed Operations 11. GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMITS OF Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. INSURANCE - PER PROJECT E. If a single construction project away from A. For each construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured has premises you own or rent, a separate been abandoned and then restarted, or if the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit, authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, equal to the amount of the General Aggregate blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, Limit, is the most we will pay for the sum of: the project will still be deemed to be the same 1. All damages under Coverage A, except construction project. damages because of "bodily injury" or G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 6 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J • (Ed. 07/12) F. The provisions of SECTION III – LIMITS OF C. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS Is amended to add INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this the following new definition: endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. ''Health care incident" means a negligent act, error 12. IN REM ACTIONS or omission by your "employees' or 'volunteer workers" working on your behalf in the rendering Any action in rem against any vessel owned or of or failure to render professional health care operated by or for you, or chartered by or for you will services in any of the following capacities, or the be treated in the same manner as though the action related furnishing of food, beverages, medical were in personam against you. supplies or appliances: In rem is a term used to designate actions instituted a. Physician; against the thing, as distinct from actions against the person, which are said to be in personam. b. Nurse; 13. INCIDENTAL HEALTH CARE MALPRACTICE c. Emergency medical technician; COVERAGE d. Paramedic; A. With respect only to 'bodily injury" that arises out e. Chiropractor; of a "health care incident," COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE f. Dentist; LIABILITY OF SECTION I – COVERAGES is amended to replace Insuring Agreement g. Athletic trainer; Paragraphs 1.b.(1) and 1.b.(2) with the following: h. Audiologist; b. This insurance applies to "bodily injury" only if i. Physical therapist; you are not in the business of providing professional health care services, and only If: 1. Psychologist; (1) The "bodily injury° is caused by an k. Speech therapist; j "occurrence" that takes place in the I. Other allied health professional; or ' 'coverage territory." For the purpose of this insurance: m. Provider of first aid or Good Samaritan i S services rendered in an emergency and for (a) 'Bodily injury° caused by a °health which no payment is demanded or received. care incident" will be considered caused by an 'occurrence "; and D. SECTION 1 – COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY A ll acts, errors or omissions that are AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph 2. r (b ) Exclusions is amended to add the following logically connected by any common additional exclusions. These new exclusions apply fact, circumstance, situation, only to this Incidental Health Care Malpractice transaction, event, advice or decision Coverage: will be considered to constitute a single "occurrence "; [This Insurance does not apply to:] 1 (2) The 'bodily injury° occurs during the Dishonesty or Crime policy period. All "bodily injury" arising Any dishonest, criminal or malicious act, error or from an 'occurrence" will be deemed to omission. have occurred at the time of the first act, error, or omission that is part of the Clinical Trials / Product Testing "occurrence'; and Acts, errors or omissions that occur in the course B. With respect only to the insurance provided by this of human clinical trials or product testing, Provision 13., Exclusion 2.e. Employer's Liability Medicare/Medicaid Fraud of SECTION 1 – COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, is amended Medicare or Medicaid fraud or abuse. to append the following: — Services Excluded by Endorsement � _ Only for "bodily bodily injury not covered by other liability insurance (including state - sanctioned self Any "health care incident" for which coverage is — insurance ) available to the insured (or which y excluded by endorsement. would be available but for exhaustion of its limits), E. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS is amended to add this exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" that the following subparagraph to Paragraph f. of the arises out of a °health care incident." definition of "insured contract ": G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 7 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Paragraph f. does not include that part of any A. The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS contract or agreement: AN INSURED: (4) Under which you assume another's tort 4. You are an insured when you had an interest liability for "bodily injury° arising out of the in a joint venture, partnership or limited rendering of or failure to render professional liability company which terminated or ended health care services. prior to or during this policy period, but only to F. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended the extent of your Interest in such joint to add the following provisions: venture, partnership or limited liability company. This coverage does not apply: 1. Your "employees" are insureds with respect a. Prior to the termination date of any joint to: venture, partnership or limited liability a. "bodily injury" to a co-"employee" while in company; the course of the co- "employee's" b. If there is other valid and collectible employment by you or while performing insurance purchased specifically to insure duties related to the conduct of your the partnership, joint venture or limited business; and liability company; or b. °bodily injury" to a "volunteer worker" c. To a joint venture, partnership or limited while performing duties related to the liability company which is or was insured conduct of your business; under a 'consolidated (wrap -up) when such "bodily injury" arises out of a insurance program." , "health care incident." [Please see Item 26.C. of this endorsement 2. Your 'volunteer workers" are insureds with for the definition of "consolidated (wrap -up) respect to: program."] a. °bodily injury" to a co- °volunteer worker" B. The last paragraph of SECTION II — WHO IS AN while performing duties related to the INSURED is deleted and replaced by the conduct of your business; and following: b. °bodily injury" to an °employee" while in Except as provided under the Contractors' the course of the "employee's" General Liability Extension Endorsement or by the employment by you or while performing attachment of another endorsement (if any), no duties related to the conduct of your person or organization is an insured with respect i business; to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not when such "bodily injury° arises out of a shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. " health care incident." 15. LEGAL LIABILITY /ALIENATED PREMISES/ 3. Paragraphs 2.a. (1)(a), (b) and (c) of BORROWED EQUIPMENT SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED do not apply to "bodily injury" for which insurance is A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY provided This Provision 13. INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion j. 4. Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) of SECTION II — WHO IS Damage to Property in its entirety and replace It AN INSURED is deleted. with the following: G. With respect to the insurance provided by this [This insurance does not apply to:1 Provision 13., the following is added to Paragraph 4.b.(1) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL j. Damage to Property • GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: , damage" to: -- To the extent this insurance applies, it is excess (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy; over any of the other insurance (including qualified self insurance), whether primary, excess, (2) Premises you sell, give away or abandon, contingent or on any other basis, except for if the 'property damage" arises out of any insurance purchased specifically by you to be part of those premises; excess of this policy. (3) Property loaned to you; 14. JOINT VENTURES / PARTNERSHIP / LIMITED (4) ,Personal property in the care, custody or LIABILITY COMPANIES control of the Insured; G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 8of11 Copyright, CNA Ali Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J _ (Ed. 07/12) (5) That particular part of real property on others that occurs while the equipment is being which you or any contractors or used to perform operations. subcontractors working directly or D. Paragraph 6. Damage To Premises Rented To indirectly on your behalf are performing You Limit of SECTION 111 — LIMITS OF operations, if the "property damage° ! arises out of those operations; or INSURANCE is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, (the Each (6) That particular part of any property that Occurrence Limit), the Damage To Premises must be restored, repaired or replaced Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay because "your work' was incorrectly under SECTION — 1 — COVERAGE A for performed on it. damages because of "property damage" to Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply any one premises while rented to you or if the premises are "your work." temporarily occupied by you with the Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do permission of the owner, including contents of such premises rented to you for a period of 7 not apply to °property damage" to tools or or fewer consecutive days. The Damage To equipment loaned to you. A separate limit of Premises Rented To You Limit is the greater insurance applies to such tools or equipment of: that are damaged while being used in your operations. a. $500,000; or Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion b. The Damage To Premises Rented To do not apply to "property damage° (other than You Limit shown in the Declarations. damage by fire) to premises rented to you or E. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(aXii) of SECTION IV — temporarily occupied by you with the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ' permission of the owner, or to the contents of CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced by the premises rented to you for a period of 7 or following: fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises (ii) That is property insurance for premises rented Rented To You as described in SECTION 111 — to you, for premises temporarily occupied by ° LIMITS OF INSURANCE. you with the permission of the owner; or for ° Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this personal property of others in your care, exclusion do not apply to liability assumed custody or control; under a sidetrack agreement. F. This Provision 15. does not apply if Damage To Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply Premises Rented To You Liability under SECTION $ — I — COVERAGE A is excluded by endorsement. a3 to "property damage° included in the �, 'products - completed operations hazard," 16. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE g B. Under SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A — BODILY If we adopt a change in our forms or rules which would § INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE the last broaden coverage for contractors under this paragraph of Paragraph 2 E xclusions is deleted endorsement without an additional premium charge, § and replaced by the following. your policy will automatically provide the additional ° Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage coverage as of the date the revision is effective in your by fire to premises while rented to you or state. temporarily occupied by you with permission of 17. LIQUOR LIABILITY the owner nor to the contents of premises rented M to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph 2. r A separate limit of insurance applies to this Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion c. Liquor coverage as described in SECTION Ill — LIMITS Liability. -- OF INSURANCE. This provision 17. does not apply to any person or C. The following paragraph is added to SECTION 111 organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: insured on this Coverage Part. Subject to 5. above, $25,000 is the most we will 18. MEDICAL PAYMENTS pay under Coverage A for damages arising out of any one "occurrence" because of "property A. Paragraph 7. Medical Expense Limit, of SECTION damage" to tools or equipment loaned to you by 111 - LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by the following: G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) - Page 9 of 11 - Copyright, CNA At Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) 7. Subject to Paragraph 5. above (the Each following is added jto Paragraph 4. of SECTION IV — Occurrence Limit), the Medical Expense Limit COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: Is the most we will pay under SECTION — I — If you have agreed in writing in a contract or COVERAGE C for all medical expenses because of "bodily injury° sustained by any agreement that this insurance is primary and non- one person. The Medical Expense Limit is the contributory relative to an additional insured's own greater of: insurance, then thl's insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from that other insurance. For (1) $15,000; or the purpose of this Provision 21., the additional (2) The amount shown in the Declarations for insured's own insurance means insurance on which Medical Expense Limit. the additional insured is a Named Insured. B. Paragraph 1.a.(3)(b) of SECTION I — COVERAGE This Provision 21 does not apply In situations where MEDICAL PAYMENTS, Is replaced by the the endorsement on this policy affording coverage to C I following: the additional insured specifies that this insurance is excess over any other insurance available to that (b) The expenses are incurred and reported to us additional insured.' within three years of the date of the accident; 22. PROPERTY DAMAGE — ELEVATORS and A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY This paragraph B. does not apply to medical INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph expenses incurred in the state of Missouri. 2. Exclusions is amended such that exclusion k. 19. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Damage to Your Product, and subparagraph (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage to Property do Under SECTION 1— COVERAGE A — BODILY not apply °property damage" that results from the INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY. use of elevators. Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended such that exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft does not B. With respect only to the coverage provided by this apply to an aircraft you do not own, provided that: endorsement, Condition 4. Other Insurance in SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL 1. The pilot in command holds a currently effective LIABILITY CONDITIONS Is amended to add the • certificate issued by the duly constituted authority following subparagraph b.(1)(a)(v): of the United States of America or Canada, designating that person as a commercial or airline 4. Other Insurance transport pilot; b. Excess Insurance 2. The aircraft is rented to you with a trained, paid (1) This insurance is excess over: crew; and 3. The aircraft does not transport persons or cargo (a) Any of the other insurance, for a charge, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: 20. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT (v) That is Property insurance Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY covering property of others INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, damaged from the use of Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete elevators. subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or 23. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS • Watercraft and replace it with the following. [This exclusion does not apply to:] A . Under Section I — Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b., the limit of (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: $250 shown for the cost of bail bonds is replaced by $5,000: (a) Less than 75 feet long; and B. In Paragraph 1.d., the limit of $250 shown for daily (b) Not being used to carry persons or property loss of earnings is replaced by $1,000. for a charge. 24. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE 21. PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY TO OTHER HAZARDS INSURANCE If unintentionally you should fail to disclose all existing With respect to any person or organization that is an hazards at the inception date of your policy, we will not additional insured under this Coverage Part, the deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 10 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) 25. WAIVER OF SUBGROGATION - BLANKET or during such operations of anyone acting on Under SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL your behalf; nor LIABILITY CONDITIONS, The Transfer Of Rights Of 2. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included Recovery Against Others To Us Condition is amended within the "products- completed operations by the addition of the following: hazard" that arises out of those portions of the project that are not "residential structures.° We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization because of payments we B. SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL make for injury or damage arising out of: LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended to add the 1. Your ongoing operations; or following subparagraph 4.b.(1Xc) to Condition 4. Other Insurance: 2. Your work° included in the "products completed [This insurance is excess over:] operations hazard." However, this waiver applies only when you have (c) Any of the other insurance whether primary, is agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in a excess, contingent available to or yo other basis of that Insurance available to you as a result of your r contract or agreement, and only if the contract or being a participant in a "consolidated (wrap - agreement: up) insurance program,' but only as respects 1. Is in effect or becomes effective during the term of your involvement in that "consolidated (wrap - this policy; and up) insurance program.° 2. Was executed prior to loss. C. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS is amended to add 26. WRAP -UP EXTENSION: OWNER CONTROLLED the following definition: INSURANCE PROGRAM, CONTRACTOR °Consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM OR means a construction, erection or demolition CONSOLIDATED (WRAP -UP) INSURANCE project for which the prime contractor /project PROGRAMS manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance covering some Note: The following provision does not apply to any or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved . g public construction project in the state of Oklahoma, in the project, such as an Owner Controlled 0 nor to any construction project in the state of Alaska, Insurance Program (O.C.I P.) or Contractor that is not permitted to be Insured under a Controlled Insurance Program (C.C.I.P.). "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" by applicable state statute or regulation: "Residential structure means any structure where If the endorsement EXCLUSION – CONSTRUCTION 30% or more of the square foot area is used or Is intended to be used for human residency including § WRAP -UP or another exclusionary endorsement but not limited to single or multifamily housing, a pertaining to Owner Controlled Insurance Programs apartments, condominiums, townhouses, co- I (O,C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled Insurance operatives or planned unit developments and also 1 Programs (C.C.I.P.) is attached to this policy, then the includes their common areas and/or appurtenant following changes apply: structures (including pools, hot tubs, detached . E. A. The following wording is added to the garages, guest houses or any similar structures). 8 endorsement: When there is no individual ownership of units, residential structure does not include military With respect to a "consolidated (wrap -up) housing, college /university housing or dormitories, insurance program" project in which you are or long term care facilities, hotels, or motels. were involved, this exclusion does not apply to Residential structure also does not include those sums you become legally obligated to pay hospitals or prisons. as damages because of: This provision 26. does not apply to any person or — 1. "Bodily injury," "property damage," or organization who otherwise qualifies as an "personal or advertising injury° that occurs additional insured on this Coverage Part. during your ongoing operations at the project, All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. Material used with permission of ISO Properties, Inc G- 18652 -J (Ed. 07/12) Page 11 of 11 Copyright, CNA All Rights Reserved. This page has been left blank intentionally a waria www. insurance. wa. gmiconsumertoolWt/ Company/ComparriProfiIe.aspOWAOIC =892 ,R S earch > NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD General 1 Contact 1 Licensing 1 Appointments 1 Complaints I Orders 1 National Info_ 1 Ratings General information Contact information — Name: NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF Registered Mailing address HARTFORD address Corporate family group: CNA INS GRP What is this? 333 S WABASH 333 S WABASH Organization type: CHICAGO, IL 60604 — Or g ype: PROPERTY CHICAGO, IL 60604 Telephone WAOIC: 892 Telephone 312- 822 -5000 NAIL: 20478 312 - 822 -5000 Status: ACTIVE Admitted date: 06/26/1890 — Ownership type: STOCK • t:aJ top Types of coverage authorized to sell What_5_th;5? — 'Insurance types -- ;Casualty 'Disability — ;Marine — — :Ocean Marine ;Property — !Surety � - - - -- -- _-- - - - - -- 'Vehicle ^back to top — Agents and agencies that represent this company (Appointments) W h a t S eh, Vrewaagents View agencies ba,d< to top Company complaint history Nhats01s - View,c n1,011 ts.j • Sack to_ cop — Disciplinary orders 2008 -2013 wna s_„,„ No rlicrinlinary nrrierc are found - www.insuranceAte.g ovIconsumertoollaUCompany tompanypro'i le.asp OWAOIC =892 1/2 8119113 vorminsurance wa.g oAconsumertooilaUComparniCompanyprofile .aspX?WAOIC =892 • Looking for other orders? Our_onliine orders_search allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. — bask National information on insurance companie Want more information about this I company? The NAC'sConsumer InfPrmatio In kCIS }page_ allows you to retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance com anies, plus has information and tips to - help you understand current insurance issues. back tc_too, Ratings by financial organizations The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. Be st B A.M. e - - - - - -' A. est V+Ieiss Group_ Ratings_ Standard and Poor's Corp _Moody_'s,_investors_Service i Fitch IBCA Duff and Phelps Ratings . 51( . ta C rofile.aspWWAOIC =892 2/2 wwwinsurance .wa.gov/consunrertoollaUCompany/ ompanyP www.insurance.wa.goVconsumertoolhit/CompanyCompanyProfile.aspOWAOIC=336 Search > CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Geperal 1 Ccliika a I tt!CriPIL14. 1 8ppointrnents, 1 Complaints 1 Orders 1 National Info 1 ftatir.195 kfAa.05:itSAOYCkil General information Contact informati.on Name: CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Registered address Mailing address Corporate family group: CNA jNsGRp What is this? 333 S WABASH 333 S WABASH Organization type: PROPERTY CHICAGO, IL 60604 CHICAGO, IL 60604 WAOIC: 336 Telephone Telephone — NAIC: 20443 312-822-5000 312-822-5000 Status: ACTIVE - Admitted date: 03/23/1948 Ownership type: STOCK " Types of coverage authorized to sell — Insura types Casualty Disability Marine :Ocean Marine Property — Surety .Vehicle Agents and agencies that represent this company - (Appointments) _ View 40,. yiew,aigyicie..s] bo -- Company complaint history vyti.pt_isAills:?_ Viewomptaints wnat is this? Disciplinary orders 2008-2013 No disciplinary orders are found Looking for other orders? Our online orders search allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. t' thp vmsAtinsurance.wa.govIconsurnertoolidt/CompanylCompanRrofile.aspC?WAOIC=336 112 _ 019/13 vwm.i nsurance.wag oviconsurnertool ~^~~'r~y`~'~—, —' . . National information on insurance companies allows you to ",a"`^"''^~^'~~~^~~~------'--` ----` sinfnnmationandtipsto retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance companies, plus has help you understand current insurance issues. Ratings by financial organizations — The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. iStandard _and Poor's Corp _ ' RgUngs —____—� .�� t.9.2 _ _ 2/2 �xxuC~�6 0/ u /1.5 vwwv insurance. wa. gov/ consumertoolldUCompany /CompanyProfile.aspOWAOIC =55 S earch > AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA General 1 Contact 1 Licensing 1 Ap2ointments 1 Complaints 1 Orders 1 Natiortal Info_ 1 Ratings SaclFio,Search,� General information Contact information -- Name: AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, Registered address PENNSYLVANIA 100 MATSONFORD RD Mailing address Corporate family group: CNA INS_ GRP via= i this? STE 200 333 S WABASH Organization type: PROPERTY RADNOR, PA 19087 CHICAGO, IL 60604 WAOIC: 55 Telephone Telephone NAIL: 20427 312 - 822 -5000 312 - 822 -5000 Status: ACTIVE Admitted date: 09/22/1939 - Ownership type: STOCK t to top Types of coverage authorized to sell — Insurance types Casualty . — Marine 'Ocean Marine : Property • - Surety�� Vehicle ^ backtetop Agents and agencies that represent this company (Appointments) What ;s this? [View agents j View agencies.] back *� gop Company complaint history Whatsthis? iyi # s . i back to top - Disciplinary orders 2008 -2013 What isihis? Nn dicrinlinary nrdprc arr fnund uwvw. insurancem e. govlconsumertooliMompanydCompanWtofile .aspX?WAOIC =55 1/2 8/19/13 www.insurance.wag oviconsumertool lat/ Corrpany /Corrpanyi'rofile.aspOWAOIC = Looking for other orders? Our online orders_search_allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including • enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. .* to, ?Q, National information on insurance companies -- Want more information about this company? The NAIC's Consumer Information fCIS) ,pale allows you to retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance companies, plus has information and tips to help you understand current insurance issues. ^ ackto ta� Ratings by financial organizations The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. A.M. Best J _ Weiss pray') Ratings _.._..- .- ..-- .---- . - - - -- - - - -- Standard ; Maody's Investors Service _,; Fitch IBCA Duff and Phelps Ratings ba tr _Icp C n rofile.as WAOIC =55 2/2 www. insurance .wa.gov/consumertoollaUCompan� ornpa yQ P 9/27/13 ww . insurance .wa.godconsumertoollat/Con anylCompanyProfiIe.aspx?WAOIC =1320 • ft Search > TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY COMPANY OF AMERICA General 1 Contact 1 Licensina 1 Appointments 1 Complaints I Orders 1 National Info 1 Ratin4s I Back.to, Searc i General information Contact information Name: TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY COMPANY OF Registered RICA M ailin g address AMERICA orate family address ONE TOWER SQUARE p y group: TRAVELERS GRP y��,at�s this? ONE TOWER SQ Organization type: PROPERTY HARTFORD, CT 06183 HARTFORD, CT 06183 WAOIC: 1320 Telephone Telephone 860 -027 -7011 NAIC: 25674 860- 027 -7011 Status: ACTIVE Admitted date: 10/11/1974 Ownership type: STOCK ^ back to to Types of coverage authorized to sell w Insurance types ,Casualty _ - ..._.._._._..._. .._..__. __..-----_---__ -. -- Marine !Ocean Marine ;Property Surety :Vehicle back to top Agents and agencies that represent this company (Appointments) What is fhs?. View agen J ,View agencies ^back to tap Company complaint history wn ci�cnrSz ;; View complaints,: back to top Disciplinary orders 2008 -2013 ,�n cn5 No disciplinary orders are found Looking for other orders? Our online orders search allows you to search a ten year history of all orders, including www.insurance.wa.g ov/consumertoollat/ Company /CompanyProfile.asp OWAOIC =1320 1/2 9/27/13 vwvw.insurance.wa.g oviconsurnertoolkit/CornpanVCompanyProfi I e.aspx?WAOIC= 1320 enforcement orders, administrative orders, and general orders. 19P National information on insurance companies Want more information about this company? The NAIC's Consumer Information (CISIp_age allows you to retrieve national financial and complaint information on insurance companies, plus has information and tips to help you understand current insurance issues. cI(.Sp .t.9P Ratings by financial organizations The following organizations rate insurance companies on their financial strength and stability. Some of these companies charge for their services. A.M. Best !Standard and Poor's Corp ir.. 1 Fitch IBCA Duff and Phelps Ratings " POQ9..t9.P wwwinsurance.wa.g ovlcons umertool kit/C ompany'CompanyProfi I e.asp)OWAOIC= 1320 2/2 POWCONTR DATE (MM /DDIYYYY) ACORDTM EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE 09/17/2013 _ THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST AGENCY PHONE 5 09 535 -9178 COMPANY (ac, NO, eXt): PayneWest Insurance, Inc. Travelers Property Casualty Co of Amer 7903 E Broadway % St Paul Travelers Spokane, WA 99212 1501 4th Ave. Seattle, WA 98101 -1603 FAX E -MAIL (A/C, No): ADDRESS:Jmaieskey @Paynewest.COm CODE: SUB CODE: AGENCY CUSTOMER ID #: 88662 INSURED Pipe of Washington, Inc. dba LOAN NUMBER POLICY NUMBER POW Contracting 6605C531923 P. O. Box 4772 EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE CONTINUED UNTIL Pasco, WA 99302 -4772 09/16/13 05/30/14 TERMINATED IF CHECKED THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATION /DESCRIPTION Location #1 6390 US Highway 12 Yakima, WA 98908 -4772 Building #1 Project Site THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. COVERAGE INFORMATION COVERAGE/PERILS /FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Location Limit 3,548,391 Temporary Location 250,000 Transit 250,000 Earthquake 3,648,391 50,000 Soft Costs 100,000 7 days Maximum Paid Any One Occurence of Loss 3,548,391 Specified Testing - Included Equipment Breakdown - Included (See Attached Coverage Info.) REMARKS (Including Special Conditions) CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAME AND ADDRESS MORTGAGEE X ADDITIONAL INSURED City of Yakima LOSS PAYEE 129 North Second Street LOAN # Yakima, WA 98901 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 27 (2009/12) 1 of 2 S 128288 © 1993-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. A1C The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD • COVERAGE INFORMATION (Continued from page 1.) COVERAGE/PERILS/FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Flood - Excluded Special Form 5,000 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation per Written Contract Blanket Named Insured Per Written Contract SAGITTA 27.3 (12/09)2 of 2 S 128288 A1 POWCONTR AC ®RDr. EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YVYY) 09/18/2013 THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST AGENCY PHONE (ac, No, Ext): 509 535 -9178 COMPANY Lloyds of London PayneWest Insurance, Inc. Llo Y 7903 E Broadway % All Risks, Ltd. Spokane, WA 99212 11911 NE 1st St. Bellevue, WA 98005 FAX E -MAIL (A/C, No): ADDRESS. Jmajeskey @paynewest.com CODE: SUB CODE: AGENCY CUSTOMER ID #: 88662 INSURED Pipe of Washington, Inc. dba LOAN NUMBER POLICY NUMBER POW Contracting WF139490824 P. O. Box 4772 EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE CONTINUED UNTIL Pasco, WA 99302 -4772 10/15/13 10/15/14 TERMINATED IF CHECKED THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATION /DESCRIPTION 6390 US Highway 12 Yakima, WA 98908 Project Site THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS COVERAGE INFORMATION COVERAGE/PERILS /FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Commercial Property Policy Level Coverages Coverage: Only to Pay in Excess of $500,000 FEMA Coverage: Service of Suit Clause Coverage: Exclusion - Microorganism Coverage: Exclusion - Radioactive Contamination Coverage: Exclusion - Biological or Chemical Materials Coverage: Exclusion - Land, Water, Air, Seepage, (See Attached Coverage Info.) REMARKS (Including Special Conditions) CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAME AND ADDRESS MORTGAGEE X ADDITIONAL INSURED City of Yakima 129 North Second Street LOSS PAYEE LOAN # Yakima, WA 98901 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE tr ACORD 27 (2009/12) 1 of 2 S 128336 © 1993-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. AIC The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COVERAGE INFORMATION (Continued from page 1.) • COVERAGE/PERILS/FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Pollution, Debris Removal Coverage: Exclusion - Asbestos Commercial Property Location Specific Coverages Location #: 1 6390 US Highway 12 Yakima, WA 98908 Building #: 1 Project Site Coverage: Flood 3,048,391 $5,000 Cause: Flood SAGITTA 27.3 (12/09)2 of 2 S 128336 A1C • U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY ELEVATION CERTIFICATE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY OMB No 1660 - 0008 National Flood Insurance Program Important: Read the instructions on pages 1 -9. Expiration Date. July 31, 2015 SECTION A — PROPERTY INFORMATION , FORINSUF2ANCE COMPANY US E Al Building Owner's Name City of Yakima Policy-Number_ -_ " - A2. Building Street Address (including Apt., Unit, Suite, and /or Bldg. No.) or P 0 Route and Box No. ' Company NAIC Number i 6390 Hwy 12 - . .. — City Yakima State WA ZIP Code 98908 A3. Property Description (Lot and Block Numbers, Tax Parcel Number, Legal Description, etc.) Tax Parcel No. 171424 -32002 A4. Building Use (e.g., Residential, Non - Residential, Addition, Accessory, etc.) Non - Residential A5. Latitude /Longitude. Lat. 46d41'11" Long. 120d3916" Horizontal Datum: ❑ NAD 1927 ® NAD 1983 A6. Attach at least 2 photographs of the building if the Certificate is being used to obtain flood insurance. A7 Building Diagram Number 1B A8. For a building with a crawlspace or enclosure(s). A9 For a building with an attached garage: a) Square footage of crawlspace or enclosure(s) _ sq ft a) Square footage of attached garage sq ft b) Number of permanent flood openings in the crawlspace b) Number of permanent flood openings in the attached garage or enclosure(s) within 1 0 foot above adjacent grade within 1.0 foot above adjacent grade c) Total net area of flood openings in A8.b sq in c) Total net area of flood openings in A9 b sq in d) Engineered flood openings? ❑ Yes ❑ No d) Engineered flood openings? ❑ Yes ❑ No SECTION B — FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) INFORMATION B1. NFIP Community Name & Community Number B2. County Name B3. State Yakima County 530217 Yakima WA B4 Map /Panel Number B5. Suffix B6. FIRM Index Date 87 FIRM Panel B8. Flood B9. Base Flood Elevation(s) (Zone 0692 D Nov 18, 2009 Effective /Revised Date Zone(s) AO, use base flood depth) Nov 18, 2009 AE 1333.0 B10 Indicate the source of the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data or base flood depth entered in Item B9. ❑ FIS Profile ® FIRM ® Community Determined ❑ Other /Source: B11. Indicate elevation datum used for BFE in Item B9: ❑ NGVD 1929 ® NAVD 1988 ❑ Other /Source: B12. Is the building located in a Coastal Barrier Resources System (CBRS) area or Otherwise Protected Area (OPA)? ❑ Yes ❑ No Designation Date. ❑ CBRS ❑ OPA SECTION C — BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY REQUIRED) C1. Building elevations are based on: ® Construction Drawings* ❑ Building Under Construction* ❑ Finished Construction *A new Elevation Certificate will be required when construction of the building is complete. C2. Elevations — Zones A1—A30, AE, AH, A (with BFE), VE, V1 —V30, V (with BFE), AR, AR/A, AR/AE, AR/A1 —A30, AR/AH, AR/A0. Complete Items C2.a —h below according to the building diagram specified in Item A7 In Puerto Rico only, enter meters. Benchmark Utilized: SB0566 Vertical Datum: NAVD 88 • Indicate elevation datum used for the elevations in items a) through h) below ❑ NGVD 1929 ® NAVD 1988 ❑ Other /Source Datum used for building elevations must be the same as that used for the BFE. Check the measurement used. a) Top of bottom floor (including basement, crawlspace, or enclosure floor) 1333. 6 ® feet ❑ meters b) Top of the next higher floor ❑ feet ❑ meters c) Bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member (V Zones only) ❑ feet ❑ meters d) Attached garage (top of slab) ❑ feet El meters e) Lowest elevation of machinery or equipment servicing the building 1334..0 ® feet ❑ meters (Describe type of equipment and location in Comments) f) Lowest adjacent (finished) grade next to building (LAG) 1332..6 ® feet ❑ meters g) Highest adjacent (finished) grade next to building (HAG) 1333..5 ® feet ❑ meters h) Lowest adjacent grade at lowest elevation of deck or stairs, including structural support _ ❑ feet ❑ meters SECTION D — SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, OR ARCHITECT CERTIFICATION This certification is to be signed and sealed by a land surveyor, engineer, or architect authorized by law to certify elevation r r ' information. / certify that the information on this Certificate represents my best efforts to interpret the data available. T . 1 ; .. •� i j � ' t. t 1 understand that any false statement may be punishable by fine or imprisonment under 18 U S. Code, Section 1001 s� " 'W f. '� l' c; O , \ to 0 Check here if comments are provided on back of form. Were latitude and longitude in Section A provided by a 4 . w ry, ti ❑ Check here if attachments. licensed land surveyor? ® Yes ❑ No ,4 e' 6-1 •: ,r 6-1 , ..! p Certifiers Name Eric T. Herzog License Number WA 33132 , :- . Title Vice - President Company Name Huibregtse Louman Assoc. Inc. �' ` `• 33132. Address 801 North 39'" Avenue City Yakima State WA ZIP Code 98902 i ! 4' tca rods IN Signature Date Sept. 11, 2013 Telephone (509) 966 -7000 9 4L!(JIIO f.. i FEMA Form 086 -0 -33 (7/12) See reverse side for continuation. -.Replaces a previous e• i . - s._, ELEVATION CERTIFICATE, page 2 IMPORTANT: In these spaces, copy the corresponding information from Section A. FOR INSURANCE COMPANY USE Building Street Address (including Apt., Unit, Suite, and /or Bldg. No.) or P.O. Route and Box No. - Policy Number 6390 Hwy 12 City Yakima State WA ZIP Code 98908 Company NAIC Number: SECTION D — SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, OR ARCHITECT CERTIFICATION (CONTINUED) Copy both sides of this Elevation Certificate for (1) community official, (2) insurance agent/company, and (3) building owner. Comments Base flood elevation of 1333.0 determined by Yakima County Public Services from FEMA maps, Certificate is based on proposed construction. The building is a new pump building at the City of Yakima Water Treatment Plant. All equipmeent servicing the building will be above 1334.0. 6 ? .r5�t Se // Zv l Signature Date SECTION E — BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY NOT REQUIRED) FOR ZONE AO AND ZONE A (WITHOUT BFE) For Zones AO and A (without BFE), complete Items E1 —E5. If the Certificate is intended to support a LOMA or LOMR -F request, complete Sections A, B, and C. For Items E1 —E4, use natural grade, if available. Check the measurement used. In Puerto Rico only, enter meters. El Provide elevation information for the following and check the appropriate boxes to show whether the elevation is above or below the highest adjacent grade (HAG) and the lowest adjacent grade (LAG). a) Top of bottom floor (including basement, crawlspace, or enclosure) is ❑ feet ❑ meters ❑ above or ❑ below the HAG. b) Top of bottom floor (including basement, crawlspace, or enclosure) is ❑ feet ❑ meters ❑ above or ❑ below the LAG. E2: For Building Diagrams 6 -9 with permanent flood openings provided in Section A Items 8 and /or 9 (see pages 8 -9 of Instructions), the next higher floor (elevation C2.b in the diagrams) of the building is ❑ feet ❑ meters ❑ above or ❑ below the HAG. E3. Attached garage (top of slab) is ❑ feet ❑ meters ❑ above or ❑ below the HAG. E4 Top of platform of machinery and /or equipment servicing the building is ❑ feet ❑ meters ❑ above or ❑ below the HAG. E5. Zone AO only If no flood depth number is available, is the top of the bottom floor elevated in accordance with the community's floodplain management ordinance? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Unknown. The local official must certify this information in Section G. SECTION F — PROPERTY OWNER (OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE) CERTIFICATION The property owner or owner's authorized representative who completes Sections A, B, and E for Zone A (without a FEMA- issued or community- issued BFE) or Zone AO must sign here. The statements in Sections A, B, and E are correct to the best of my knowledge. Property Owner's or Owner's Authorized Representative's Name Address City State ZIP Code Signature Date Telephone Comments ❑ Check here if attachments. SECTION G — COMMUNITY INFORMATION (OPTIONAL) The local official who is authorized by law or ordinance to administer the community's floodplain management ordinance can complete Sections A, B, C (or E), and G of this Elevation Certificate. Complete the applicable item(s) and sign below Check the measurement used in Items G8—G10 In Puerto Rico only, enter meters. G1 ❑ The information in Section C was taken from other documentation that has been signed and sealed by a licensed surveyor, engineer, or architect who is authorized by law to certify elevation information. (Indicate the source and date of the elevation data in the Comments area below ) G2. ❑ A community official completed Section E for a building located in Zone A (without a FEMA- issued or community- issued BFE) or Zone AO G3. ❑ The following information (Items G4 —G10) is provided for community floodplain management purposes. G4 Permit Number G5. Date Permit Issued G6. Date Certificate Of Compliance /Occupancy Issued G7 This permit has been issued for ❑ New Construction ❑ Substantial Improvement G8. Elevation of as -built lowest floor (including basement) of the building: ❑ feet ❑ meters Datum G9.. BFE or (in Zone AO) depth of flooding at the building site. ❑ feet ❑ meters Datum G10 Community's design flood elevation; ❑ feet ❑ meters Datum. Local Official's Name Title Community Name Telephone Signature Date Comments ❑ Check here if attachments. FEMA Form 086 -0 -33 (7/12) Replaces all previous editions. POLICY NUMBER INSURED DIANE AND ADDRESS C 5086405638 PIPE OF WASHINGTON, INC. PO BOX 4772 PASCO, WA 99302 -4772 POLICY CHANGES EFF: 08 -13 -13 015115A - NOC This Change Endorsement changes the Policy. Please read it carefully. This Change Endorsement is a part of your Policy and takes effect on the effective data of your Policy, unless another effective data is shown. G- 15115 -A (Ed. 10/89) This form has been added to the policy: THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CHANGES - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL COVERAGE CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS /COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part (other than the reduction of aggregate limits through payment of claims), we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: SCHEDULE 1. NUMBER OF DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE: 30 10 DAYS FOR NON - PAYMENT OF PREMIUM 2. NAME: CITY OF YAKIMA 3. ADDRESS: 129 NORTH SECOND STREET, YAKIMA WA 98901 RE: NACRES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT, FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS, DWSRF PROJECT NO. DM11952 0 O_ (J 3ecre Ch&rman of the Board G- 56015 -B (ED. 11/91)